View Full Version : Breatharianism, and living on Prana: a how-to guide
Dawn
13th November 2011, 22:48
As a breatharian at age 37 there was no need to ever eat again
WOW and thanks for your whole post.
Please say more! :) Bill and Limor, I am happy to provide more information for you. I purposely did not do so earlier because this thread is about cleansing, not living on prana. I am happy to tell you of my personal experience.
About me: I took a course from the Berkeley Psychic Institute in August of 1986 in meditation. They taught a method which involved a few simple but profound steps. I'm going to write these here because, so many aware people on the forum could do this with ease. I think meditation was an important part of my process:
1) Sit in a straight backed chair with your hands resting on your thighs, palms facing up
2) Create a grounding chord linking you to the center of the earth
3) Now bring the earth energy up through the balls of your feet, up your legs, and when it arrives at the 1st chakra allow it to fall down your grounding chord like water. So now you have an upside down "U" of energy going up through your legs and down your grounding chord.
4) From your crown reach up into the 'universe' with your awareness and find a frequency of 'cosmic' energy you like and invite it down through your crown, into your spine, and on downwards, finally exiting your grounding chord. This should run down the 'back channel' of your microcosmic orbit.
5) When this cosmic flow is strong, begin to mix it with the earth energy in an 80/20 ratio and bring this up the front channel of your microcosmic orbit. Each time it reaches a chakra as it travels upwards, hold your attention on that chakra until it begins to spin and balance.
This energy will travel upwards in the front channel of the body, and when it reaches the crown it will exit and fountain out the top of the head, creating a shower of energy which cleans your outer auric field. You will also find the energy running from the heart chakra down through the arms and exiting your upturned palms in small fountains. Here is a link to a diagram of this meditation: http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?34696-Breatharianism-and-living-on-Prana-a-how-to-guide&p=356189&viewfull=1#post356189
https://i.imgur.com/tf5FeTj.jpg
* Mod note from Bill, added much later. The above image was on this page, which also contains a LOT of useful descriptive text:
https://ammaviranajn.blogspot.com/2017/12/breatharian.html
This type of meditation was referred to as 'running your energy'. It reverses the normal course of the microcosmic orbit. At at the end of a 30 minute meditation you will feel really clean and balanced inside as these channels open up flow without blockage.
Back to my story: After doing this for 90 days, I began to really enjoy it, and my meditations became longer and longer. One evening I sat for 6 hours doing this, and when I opened my eyes ... there was only light. I thought I had gone blind, however within 15-30 minutes I began to see vague shapes of the 3d world which would flicker in the light before vanishing again. (According to some things I have read, it is likely my 3rd eye had opened fully.) There was a lot of trauma and drama with this, because I saw all of creation, and all of the emptiness of it at the same time. Fitting back into 3d reality, when everything I saw kept vanishing within a few seconds, was very difficult for me. This state of affairs began to slowly return to the old 'normal' way of seeing very gradually... it took 9 years before I began to perceive things here as solid.
After this life was very different. It took another year before I became a breatharian. During that year I no longer slept, however my body needed to lie down and rest for 1.5 hours daily. What was I to do during the long nights when the world around me was sleeping? I settled on hiking in the dark. So, every night for 9 years I headed into the Quicksilver Park, a nature preserve with 4,152 acres of wild, oak studded woodlands. In my heightened state, since the samadhi, many things were learned and seen. But, in my opinion the three most important which led my body to become a breatharian are
1) I hiked in the dark with and without shoes and off of the trails, which meant I was challenging my fears every night and learning to be courageous in every situation. Also, no weather stopped me, which encouraged my body to become impervious to temperature changes.
2) I was also getting a lot of exercise and being exposed to the energies of the natural world.
3) One more thing... I was internally led to frequently lie in the soft green meadows and do a meditation upon the death of my body. This was an ecstatic experience filled with great joy, where I would experience the freedom of the 3D body falling away, then disintegrating into atoms and molecules again which would then be used by other life forms in the 3D world to build their bodies.
The next spring, over a few days, I went through a transition where I no longer was aware of my heart as a 3D beating thing. Instead my heart became a spinning vortex located somewhere between where my old heart had been and where the third chakra had been. I could no longer hear my heart beat. I began to notice that breathing was an ecstatic experience. Each breath felt thick and warm. Although air came in and out of my nose, the important part of the breath came in through a chakra at the base of my skull. From there it contacted the tissue at the back of the throat (this was directly opposite to the back of the mouth cavity). This thick liquid breath (prana) flowed down through the body along the chi channels and fascia. Each breath felt like liquid love, and each breath was orgasmic.
The problem with this at the time was, that I found myself having a very difficult time connecting with other people. Their conversation seemed totally insane to me, and I also could not join them in the really big social events... which were always around food. I could not eat with my family, I could not have coffee with my co-workers (yes, I worked every day through this time), I could not go to lunch with friends, I could not go to dinner parties. Is this really true? No it is not, but I could not attend these things without looking like an outsider and seeming strange. After making up stories about having just eaten, having no appetite, and of being on a diet for a few months... I knew others were holding back from interacting with me. So I decided to eat again. Now this was not easy, because my body truly did not want to eat.... It fought me all the way.
When I finally got the first bite to go down and stay down without my body throwing it up and out again, I knew I was on the road to being able to interact socially with others. That first bite took over 90 minutes to get down and keep down. For about a year I was aware that all the life force in food was extracted in my mouth, from there it went through the same channels that breathing did. (entering the fascia and chi channels at the back of the throat) After chewing the food to extract this prana, what I swallowed was totally devoid of all nutrition and essentially dead decaying tissue that my body needed to deal with.
So there it is Bill, my story about how I became a breatharian and then gave it up. Here are the steps again, stated simply:
1) Run your energy daily
2) Get plenty of exercise
3) Remain in courage and find things you are scared of to overcome
4) Spent a lot of time in nature
5) Do 'death' meditations until they become ecstatic
6) Pay attention to the chakra at the back of your throat when you breath with the intention of opening it and breathing in prana
NOTE: The only place I have found this type of breathing discussed is in Diary of a Yogi, by Yogananda. He mentioned that he had ordered this method taught in his school to all the children there. He did this so that if there was ever a famine, they could survive easily without food.
There are a number of teachers who are working with students to help them make this transition. If you google breatharian you will find a number of links to these methods.
One last note: I have told this story a number of times, it has always met with silence. No one has ever asked me a question about any of it. Something in consciousness must be changing.... you actually asked me for information.
Limor Wolf
13th November 2011, 23:41
Dawn,you took my breath away with this post! Thank you deeply for taking the time to write it and share your 'procedure' with us so eloquently.
There is so much more that I would like to ask you,and yet,I would'nt want to burden...
For now,some thoughts are rolling in my head... Extraterrestrials species (from the few sources that are known to us,especially via contactees/abductees like Alex coliier,and some channeled material) as far as we know,can sustain themselves without the need for food and hardly any sleep,they live on the abundant energy of the universe (what we call 'prana') therefore,can it be that those few breatherians individuals here are possibly simply attracted to live the way they used to not long ago ,before they entered the physical body? on the other hand,the majority of society,although contain a mixed DNA,is not yet able at this time,to operate as a food free beings because of the tenuous belonging to extraterrestrial life..
By what Dawn is describing,she had a profound metamorphosis and opening of chakras that led to her change in 'lifestyle',that means level of soul and movement of vibrations has to be higher in order to be able to connect to this flow of abundance.
WhiteFeather
14th November 2011, 00:46
What a Story!......."Each breath felt like liquid love, and each breath was orgasmic". Wow Dawn! That is Fantastic. I would love to be able to access this someday.
Dawn I found this ebook Autobiography of a YOGI, by Paramhansa Yogananda on Pdf format listed below, is this the book you mentioned in this thread? Please Let Me know.
http://kv1madurailibrary.files.wordpress.com/2011/03/autobiography-of-a-yogi-by-paramhansa-yogananda.pdf
jessamy99
14th November 2011, 01:45
Dear Dawn,
I am amazed and thrilled to read your post!
I had a very similar experience when I was a teenager at boarding school.
After that I found it very hard to eat and have been trying to avoid dinner parties ever since.
I also only slept about two hours and used to go out for night walks in the countryside - often barefoot.
It is so good to meet other people who have experienced similar things.
With love, Jessamy.
Aetheric Traveler
14th November 2011, 02:41
Thanks Dawn, I am going to try this. I have read several of Yogananda's books and my wife has pictures of Yogiji plastered all over the house. He feels like one of those great uncles you can't have too many pictures of on the walls. Before I even met her, I had started reading a book by one of his disciples named Norman Paulson titled "Christ Consciousness". Just beginning to read it brought my celestial princess within my sphere of influence for me to meet after looking and trying on for over 20 years! Been married now 16 years and looking to meditate deeper.
I've tried some of the other techniques and don't seem to stay with them because my knees are quite a challenge for me-can't sit cross legged. This sounds like tuning into the I AM PRESENCE of the Whole Universe using the Earth as a tuning fork. Mabye I should tie a big rock to my foot in case I float up to the ceiling! Will let you know. Cheers, AT.
TelosianEmbrace
14th November 2011, 02:59
I first read about Jasmuheen, one of the better known breatharians, and an Australian at that, about 18 years ago.
www.jasmuheen.com
Another breatharian who has been in the news fairly recently is Prahlad Jani.
8fyrrNrYXJo
Perhaps of interest to Bill is Akahi, a breatharian from Ecuador.
ZYHsQ4xcVHo
Guest
14th November 2011, 03:02
Thank you Dawn,
This is a great thread. Your experience and discipline is very encouraging to me. Practicing the breath technique may help people during these times of shifts, mergings & flows. I used to work not to far from Yognanda's Self Realization Center in Encinitas, Ca. When I had time I used to sit in the Center's garden during my lunch hour & take in the ocean views.
Nora
we are all related
Dawn
14th November 2011, 03:10
There are hardly any words for the energy pouring through me in response to the interest in this topic. So many years have happened since the spring of 1977, and in all that time no one was interested in the information I was keeper of. I hope this thread will encourage others to expose and share information they may have on this topic.
Limor: To address your wonderful post. I was recently gifted with a PDF of an out-of-print book called, "Living on Light, the Source of Nutrition for the New Millennium" by Jasmuheen, 1998 (ISBN 3-929512-35-1). In this book she mentions many of the things I know from my experience. I have not completed the book, however she does say that after completing her 21 day program (not her teaching- but what is mentioned in the book) a person should be able to switch over to living on light (prana) directly. (instead of using it after plants have transformed it using chlorophyll)
White Feather: Yes, that is the name of the book I mentioned. The book itself is amazing and I understand there has been a new version published which contains information that society was not ready for with the original publication. His mention of teaching students to use the chakra at the base of their skull for bringing prana into the body is brief and I do not remember where in the book he writes about it. The book is so wonderful that I envy you if it is your first time through it... you will probably really enjoy this book.
Jessamy99: I am so glad to hear from you. I did not have a teacher, a friend, or any mental understanding of the process I was going through. I lived on 'knowing' only, and it was both the best of times and the worst of times. The best because I was so close to my higher self and many highly advanced streams of consciousness. And the worst because I has such a hard time fitting in here on this planet, married to a very 3D guy, with a very 3D child. I was hoping someone like you was on the forum here so that we could reach across space and touch each other's hearts. Can I ask whether you would be willing to write about your experience and what you know? We would all be grateful.
I would like to add some information I did not previously. My life here has been very challenging this time around. Next weekend my body will have been here 61 years. (yes, I know this reality is a dream but this is the truth on this level of understanding) It is caught in the aging program, and it takes extreme awareness to balance it these days. The book, mentioned above 'Living on Light' has some very specific information about rejuvenation and becoming free of the death program. I know several people who have had their bodies begin to rejuvenate, so I believe this is possible. I do not live on light at this time, once I decided to eat again my body began to slowly age and lose it's extreme sensitivity. I am not sure my body will ever again be balanced enough to make the change to this way of nourishing it.
During the past few years I have been experimenting with sun gazing as a road back to this type of nourishment. So far, my appetite has dropped, however I have recently found that my raw food diet is not adequate. I have needed to begin supplementing with CDP Choline in order to support my nervous system and feel well. I do not have the answer for a 61 year old body to make the change back into being a full breatharian.
I really hope some Avalon members have additional information to share. Now appears to be the time when others are open and curious about this topic.
TelosianEmbrace
14th November 2011, 03:39
Thank you, Dawn, for sharing your experiences. Let us hope that in the society we are birthing, your knowledge will be shared openly for all to hear.
Talking about birthing, ;) I just found this interesting footage. Camila is Akahi's partner, and both are breatharians. Camila is going through a pregnancy as a breatharian, and it is fascinating! Particularly of note is Camila's more than healthy iron and other levels.
IhAdUS5RcEw
Nortreb
14th November 2011, 03:43
Awesome, Dawn! Thanks for sharing!
Jonathon
14th November 2011, 03:45
Thanks so much for sharing Dawn - really fantastic. I can remember after a kundalini my vision being much brighter for a few days, however nothing like you described LOL. Thinking about trying this technique out - especially the pranic breathing.
May I ask: how exactly do you determine an 80/20 energetic split during meditation? In my mind, I'm having a hard time figuring out how to do that. And too, I'm really interested in hearing more about the other, perhaps more inconsequential, experiences you had in that state... just as an example you described the sensation of breath. Perhaps I can ask for starters, what did the connection with nature during your walks (or other times) feel like to you (from the perspective of your relationship with it)?
Thanks!!
Dawn
14th November 2011, 04:40
May I ask: how exactly do you determine an 80/20 energetic split during meditation?
Johnathon, let me try to answer your questions. About the 80/20 or ... you can also do 90/10....
Here is an easy walk through for you..... Everything you do in 'running your energy' is done through intention and inner visualization. The first thing to know is that you have absolute control over all of this. NO EXCEPTIONS... this statement applies to everyone. Any doubts you have about your ability to know exactly what to do, and what you are doing, is simply a form of fear trained into you by your life in this reality. So, when you feel unsure or do not know 'how' to do this, thank your mind for informing you that you are experiencing some fear/doubt energy ...and then just continue what you are doing.
So... with your eyes closed
----you imagine a connection to the earth,
--------next you imagine the earth energy coming up through your feet and legs then draining back down your earth connection.
--------------now you imagine the cosmic energy that is best for you coming into your crown and moving down your spine
-----------------then you simply IMAGINE that you are mixing the cosmic/earth energy in about an 80/20 or 90/10 mix that you bring up the front channel of your body clearing your chakras along the way and finally spouting out of your head as a fountain of energy.
The keys here are:
** that you decide you are doing it,
***imagine it if you are able,
****and dismiss any energy of doubt/fear as interfering energy that has no power
After writing this I think I might take some time to record this meditation for everyone interested and put it up for free on my website. I will let you know the link for it when it is available on this thread. It might take a day or 2.
------------------------------------------------
what did the connection with nature during your walks (or other times) feel like to you (from the perspective of your relationship with it)?
I have something to share with you about my experiences with and connection to nature. In my experience all of nature is in the state you are in when in deepest meditation. In order to connect with nature, all you have to do is learn to meditate with your eyes open while you walk through the wild places. You will find that birds and animals come right up to you, and you will begin to actually hear the trees talking and feel the consciousness of the stones in different places. I am happy to tell you about my experiences but I would rather give you the key to your own.
Recently on Avalon I found a link: www.higherbalance.com and I ordered a free download of a recording that is wonderful. Currently their website is down for a couple of days but I think you can call them in the meantime: toll free (800) 935-4007 (this is in Portland, OR, USA) The author of this free material guides you to going into a special place of intense awareness and connection which he calls the 'in between'. From this place you can examine how this reality is put together your connection to everything within it.
It isn't really possible to put most of what you learn in this state into language. This connection and awareness exists before language is created. Some of what I learned from hiking all night for 9 years include an awareness of what plants can help as medicine and how to speak to them directly to learn about what they can do for the human body. I also learned to feel the energy in different places on the earth and note which places would enhance my health and awareness in any given moment. I've learned to see the ground with the bottoms of my feet. And I have learned how to become part of every living thing as a direct experience - rather than just a mental idea. I have many friends in the forest who recognize me as an individual (surprisingly) and who extend their protection to me wherever I am through the network of life which exists on this planet.
Is this the type of thing you wished to know?
Jonathon
14th November 2011, 05:01
Thanks so much for taking the extra time to clarify Dawn, and yes, I would personally be interested in a recording of the meditation - lovely of you to offer. And yes, these were the types of little experiences I was hoping to hear - fills me with joy to know that someone has moved into the inner or outer potentials. My discipline has been off quite a bit and I have been 'meandering' around 3D again for the past few months or more, which kind of gives me a small inkling as to what the Biblical fall is all about - the fall from the state of grace and union back into attachment (at least that's how it felt to me). In your experience it may seem much more so. Truly appreciate your time. I'm all ears, so as much as you feel like spilling, I'll be happy to sponge =)
P.S. Where do you imagine your cord to the core of the Earth actually manifesting from? (body location) Probably doesn't matter - just curious.
Nortreb
14th November 2011, 07:12
:horn: Thanks again, Dawn. This blew me away!
You are putting into words an Ancient Science of the Human Body that has been lost with remnants of it in Yoga, Qgiong, and Tai Chi!
"As Above, So Below", "As within, So Without" are symbolic references to this experience of Connection to Source.
Lord Sidious
14th November 2011, 11:55
This is one reason I love this forum, sometimes you come across a thread that can be literally life changing.
christian
14th November 2011, 13:09
Thanks so much Dawn. This is amazing.
Did you drink water or anything during your breatharian phase?
Cheers
Chris
Lisab
14th November 2011, 13:22
Hi Dawn absolutely brilliant thread. I remember reading about breatharianism thru,believe it or not, the astrologer Linda Goodman during the early nineties. She recommended first going vegatarian, then fruitarian for a few years first. She also recommended Yogananda's book and Ive never read it. But it keeps cropping up alot lately so Ive just ordered the book off Amazon. So thanks!!
Do you think there could be a possibility of switching off the aging program without becoming Breatharian? I think some people here are meant to enjoy the physicals but would still love to drop these programs. Wonder if its possible. Hmmm.x
Bill Ryan
14th November 2011, 14:13
Awesome, Dawn! Thanks for sharing!
Hi, Nortreb :) -- I’m very aware this resonates with some of the conversations we had when we spent some quality time together in May.
Dawn -- thank you so much again. I agree with Lord Sid: sharing this kind of personal experience (together with valuable, applicable hard information) is one of the core purposes of the Avalon Forum, and represents Avalon at its best.
jorr lundstrom
14th November 2011, 14:17
Thank you Dawn.
http://i600.photobucket.com/albums/tt81/sakasvattaja/3juliSvalbard2001.jpg
bearcow
14th November 2011, 15:11
Regarding Prahlad Jani, he is not a a breatharian as such. He has a strong connection to the divine shakti as the hindus call it, emanating from a non physical being existing the higher levels of the astral plane. she blesses him with this energy on a regular basis. when this shakti energy interacts with the pineal gland, it is transformed into a physical substance, commonly known as amrita. the overflow amrita leaks down through the roof of his mouth and then in turn he digests it. this sustains and refines the quality of his body in a way that is not possible with basic pranayama exercises. unless a yogi knows how to convert the chi present in nature to heavenly chi, he/she will not be successful in living without physical sustenance.
Nortreb
14th November 2011, 15:54
Hi Bill!
Yes, it is a very strong resonation especially after the my experiences in Peru and Rapa Nui in June!
I have a very strong feeling that this is part of the puzzle that has been hidden from us intentionally. But it(the Science) is being revealed to each and everyone who is opening themselves to this science in their own unique way.
Perhaps "Earth changes" could also correspond to "Body changes" in relation to the planet as we are cells on this "Wonderful Being". :cool:
Zampano
14th November 2011, 16:48
Thank you very much Dawn for sharing your experience
Breatharianism is something I got interested in after seeing a documentary about it from an Austrian filmmaker called Peter-Arthur Straubinger: "In the Beginning There Was Light"
Here you can see the trailer with english subtitles-unfortunately there is not the full movie on youtube
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ul82-jaDmlY
The first half of the movie shows people who life from "air" featuring Jasmuheen, Prahlad Jani, an overweight Russian lady and others
They are also scientists and doctors talking about this phenomena.
The other part features scientists like Fritz-Albert Popp, Dean Radin, Rupert Sheldrake and their approach to Breatharianism.
Aetheric Traveler
14th November 2011, 16:56
This is one reason I love this forum, sometimes you come across a thread that can be literally life changing.
Isn't it amazing how one can sometimes think they know so much and then come across something that makes them feel just like a nugget all over again? The more I learn, the more I keep re-inventing the feeling of being a novice.
jessamy99
14th November 2011, 17:39
Dear Dawn,
I have written about my childhood here and will copy it into this post.
I apologise for the length. I have more but that will have to be in a separate post.
With love, Jessamy.
When I was born children used to fly around the room like hot potatoes. My eldest brother told me this once and I rolled up laughing with tears pouring down my face. I was one of those flying potatoes!!
I was born in 1951, the youngest of four. My eldest brother, Johnny, was 11, my sister, Madeleine, was 10. (As a matter of fact, I was born on her tenth birthday). My other brother, Christopher, was 18 months. I was an accident. The result of an attempted reconciliation between my parents, my mother and her second husband.
My mother was so disheartened when she realised she had three children, a second failure of a marriage, and another baby on the way, she went into a big depression (a popular activity in our family) and drank a bottle of 1001 carpet cleaner. She was four months pregnant with me at the time. She had also been hit in the stomach with a mop handle by my father in one of his uncontrollable rages.
My grandmother told me she sat next to my mum for four hours while the doctors banged her chest and brought her back to life. I have no way of verifying this as the Irish blood in the family tends to alter facts and improve stories, particularly if they are tragic.
I was always in another world, from the beginning. I was waiting and watching and flying out of my body. I remember one day trying to sit up, but the reigns that tied me to the pram wouldn't allow much movement. I gave up and went back to flying. The family thought at one point that I might have learning disabilities as I was content to lie asleep for so long. I was keeping my head down!
My earliest memories are of rows. I remember hiding under the kitchen table, with the clumps of fluff and the dust. This was my air-raid shelter when things began to fly around the room. My eldest brother introduced me to this safe haven, and my other haunt. I would squeeze under the bed and curl up on the wooden floorboards, fingering the bed springs and sucking the two middle fingers of my left hand. I can still hear the shouts, screams and thuds echoing through the floor. Johnny told me to stay there until he came to get me. I did.
I would go flying with my angel friend, far into space and learn all sorts of important things with him. I was separated from the family by a wide space. I would be looking through my eyes from a great distance. I was in charge of making sure my mother was ok. I used to hold her hand and take her pain through myself and out of my feet into the ground. Sometimes I would put my tiny hand on her feverish brow and take her headaches away too. I was told to look after her and I did.
Johnny was our mum then. He used to protect us, (my father was there for the weekends), feed us, put us to bed and tuck us in, read us a story, make our breakfast, take us for walks, and most of all, he used to love us all and somehow we felt safe. He was 12, 13, 14, and 15. Meals were erratic and often missed altogether.
My sister hid inside herself and I have few memories of her. My other brother, Chris, bullied me all through our childhoods.
I used to lie awake waiting for mum to come in. I liked to see her come home before I went to sleep. We moved house so often, but we all had our own plate, knife, fork and spoon, and home was wherever they were.
Mum needed to be looked after. She was not capable of looking after us. She was too depressed and she drank too much. The fights she had with my father gave her high blood pressure, three times higher than normal she told me. I'm not sure what that means exactly, but it certainly sounds bad. She was put on Benzedrine because of her depression. Benzedrine kills you in the end anyway, so mum told me. She was a lost cause, or she felt it.
I'm not sure if it was before this, or later, but mum got pregnant again with my father, during another reconciliation perhaps. Anyway, she lost the baby because they had a fight and he kicked her downstairs, so she had her tubes cut, what with the blood pressure etc. My father had a violent temper which he could feel coming and couldn't control. Mind you, mum could be extremely provocative, and they were both the sort of people who had to be right, so it was unavoidable really.
By this time I had learned how to close my eyes and lift mum's bad moods off her. I found this helped keep the harmony at home.
Several times, Johnny had to run to the Police station, to get help in case mum got killed. She used to talk about it all to me when I was seven and older. Most of what she told me I still remember happening. My dad was Polish, and flew Spitfires in the Battle of Britain. He was very brave in the war, and got medals etc, but he won't talk about that. He had shell shock after the atrocities of the war, and had treatment after he and mum split up finally.
After being on the Benzedrine for a while, mum called us all to her bedside. She used to spend most of the day in bed, even then. I was two or three. She had an announcement to make, and we were to listen and pay attention very carefully. She was very likely going to die soon, and we were to be very brave and try to keep together, and Johnny was to be in charge. I remember the others crying. I don't remember if I did, but it's quite likely that I did if only out of sympathy. I didn't believe in death though.
Later that afternoon, Johnny took me for a little walk. He sat me on a wall and told me he had something very important to discuss with me. He said "It's quite possible that mummy may die. Do you understand what that means?" I understood perfectly. I remembered my birth still. I remember feeling such sorrow and compassion for this dear boy, who was so grown up, and so very scared and alone. I put my arms round his neck and told him I did understand, but he mustn't worry because mummy was not going to die. Not yet. Not for a long time. Of course he didn't believe me, but I knew. I also knew it was impossible to convince him, so I just hugged him and told him I loved him. He was so brave.
Soon after, mum met a man in one of the bars she went to, who worked for a magazine called Weekend. She was pouring out her troubles to him and he asked if he could print her story in the magazine, or better still, she could write it herself. So she did. She wrote all her despair and worry about dying and leaving four children behind. Johnny and Madeleine went to boarding schools, which their father paid for, but in the holidays mum wanted us to stay together.
I can remember the sacks of letters arriving. I can remember mum opening letter after letter, some with money, some with comfort, and some offering to take all four of us into their families. I remember mum weeping and laughing and feeling a bit like Christmas, only better. Mum talked to us a bit then. It was like having a party.
Chris and I started school at a little kindergarten when I was four. I had a best friend called Alexandria. One day sitting in the classroom filling in my copy book with beautiful lines of italics, I wondered what it would be like to be her. The next thing I knew I was sitting on her chair and looking out of her eyes. It satisfied my curiosity and I don't remember trying it again.
She gave up the Benzedrine and started to get better. She became a childminder, and we had a succession of other children staying with us, none of whom I remember. I was too engrossed with my invisible friend, and I preferred his company to anyone else's apart from Johnny or mum. I was a loner. I had invisible company.
John took us to Singapore. It was wonderful. Swimming underwater became my favourite pastime. I collected animals, a puppy which I was allowed to keep, called Shandy. She slept on my bed. A kitten called Cat the Cat. She had a kink in her tail. She slept in my bed too. We only had morning school, and all afternoons to swim or go for walks in the jungle. I would go the beach and swim out to join the Indonesian fishermen. I understood them perfectly somehow, and they always waved to me to join them.
I became one of best Jacks players in the RAF school, and I could do the drain-walk better than most. I was bright and found maths and english easy. I got 100% for my 11 plus in maths. I was in the A stream. Chris was bright too and went into the grammar school there. We were doing well.
We had the most wonderful holidays in Malaya, in a place called Jahore Bahru. There were miles of white sand, and we stayed in rest houses on stilts on the beach. The palm trees dropped coconuts, and if you picked them young enough, you could eat the white meat with a teaspoon, like white of a boiled egg.
In the mornings when we got up, the beach would be seething with hermit crabs, shifting in a mass. If you stamped your foot, they would all disappear down their holes, so you could walk to the sea. Jellyfish and starfish were common enough not to be interesting.
At our school we had to decide which religion we were out of Church of England, Methodist or Catholic. I found the C of E annoying as the vicar always smiled at the Air Vice Marshal's son. I tried Catholic and found, as it was all in Latin, that although the incence smelled lovely and I enjoyed the singing, it did not feel like religion to me. I stuck to Methodist as they had puppets for the children. This again was not religion to me but it was quite fun.
During one of our holidays we went to a Buddhist temple. Here, for the first time, I heard the sound of silence. This was what I recognised. That was all I knew. On another occasion, I remember going into the jungle with my dog. I sat under a tree and I worked out the whole of life. I decided that there were many many worlds all one second apart. When we saw ghosts it was someone on the next world remembering a previous life. It made sense to me at the time. I also used to draw many many pictures of what now I would call little grey men. I have no explanation for this.
John was good to us. He would swim with us, give me rides on his shoulders. He was never allowed to tell us off. Mum was in charge of permissions and punishments. He had little to do with us except for holidays and picnics. I think for a time he was proud of us, and dreamt we were his own.
After three years we returned to England and Chris and I went to a boarding school. This was hard as my psychic traits became a huge problem for me. I was unable to eat without the most crippling stomach aches. I was given all sorts of medicines for this - none worked. I found in the end it was simpler not to eat so often. Once I went for three weeks with only water. Usually I ate in the evening so I could go to bed after and curl up with a hot water bottle. I still do this.
I also stopped sleeping. I would sleep for two hours and that was enough. I was put in charge of waking people who wanted a midnight feast. I also completed all the text books of maths that we were using in the night. I wrote essays and poems. Then when I had run out of ideas, I started to go out for midnight walks. The river and the pine forests called me. I had a few special friends among the trees. The magic of the frost on the grass under my often bare feet, the wind in the clouds over the moon, the silence of the pine forest, all reminded me of the Buddhist temple. I was in complete bliss. I had also learned to move silently when escaping from the boarding house.
Another difficulty I had was that my body had become very sensitive and I found it hard to be touched. In fact, if anybody on the other side of the Hall walked past me, it felt as though they were brushing my body. This became hard on the London underground and caused me physical pain,.
At night I practised sleeping and staying the observer. I managed to get out of my body and see what other students were doing down the corridor. Then I would go and see if I had seen it correctly. I also had dreams that happened about minor things to do with friends or lessons. I used to fly to see if mum was ok. She was happy with John.
I was interested in Buddhism and decided I would practise Right Speech. For a term I only spoke when it was necessary. This was only when asked a question. I was sent to the Head at the end of the term as she was worried about me. I was fine.
I did automatic writing and W would write and draw through me. My doodles - as I called them - filled a drawer at home.
Another symptom at this time was that I could hear thoughts. This became slightly embarrasing one day. A girl came and asked me why her boyfriend had given her up. I said I couldn't understand it as I thought she was a really nice person. She burst into tears and ran off. It turned out that she had asked me to help her with maths homework and had not mentioned this to anybody.
I still had regular contact with my angel friend. He called himself Watcher or W for short and always showed me an eye rather like and Egyptian eye as his signature. There was a period where the students decided that Ouija boards were the thing. Strange things happened like glasses flying across the room and smashing. One of the masters asked me to see if I could help stop this craze. I just asked W one night to help. The next day, several of the younger students came to me and said they had had nightmares about this and they were never going to do it again. I did nothing. W did.
When I was 15, I had more friends in the boarding houses than anyone, so one of the masters told me. I refused to be part of any clique. I only talked to people on their own, since I couldn't be bothered with cocktail party chat, or passing the time of day. But I had good talks with everyone who came my way. Sixth form boys were always coming to me for advice about their succession of girlfriends. They were all like brothers to me.
During the school holidays I went to the Buddhist summer school. I remember Christmas Humphreys who was the chairman of the Buddhist society then, talking and saying that none of us in that room would ever be enlightened for years to come. I was surprised that he said this. How did he know? I didn't believe it.
I also met a man at the same summer school who had a gate using experience in the present moment to experience being one with God and all that is. This was much more up my alley. There was a Tibetan man there who was a Rinpoche and who founded a Tibetan monastery in Scotland. I went there twice. It was a beautiful place in Eskdalemuir.
I also started learning meditation and was initiated with a mantra when I was 15. I studied Sanskrit under a Brahmin sage who was full of humility. I would walk across London from Clapham to Chalk Farm to sit at his feet and chant the alphabet. He always gave me my bus fare home. He used to say - You see the television set, but I am the programme. Feel the vibration of ether going from your heart to the sun, moon and stars. From them to your heart. I loved to be there more than anything else.
Odd things happened to me when I lived in London. I remember one time when I was walking to a cafe to meet a friend. There was a huge poster advertising the Incredible String Band. They had written a song about one of my friends at the Buddhist summer school. I thought "Wouldn't that be nice?" and forgot about it as I had no money at all. When I got to the cafe, early as always, a group of people were sitting at a table. One of them came to me and asked if I would like to go to see the Incredible String Band at the Albert Hall that evening as one of their party had dropped out. I said I couldn't go as I had promised to meet a friend. Just then, my friend arrived and apologised that she couldn't stay with me as she had terrible flu and was going to bed. So I went to the Albert Hall after all.
This sort of thing happened all the time. I was also able to see what had happened to people. I was frequently asked to get rid of ghosts and I used to sit, make contact, bles and love them so they could rest easy. I could fly still with my angel friend. He often healed through me and I could take pains away.
The trouble was that I was made into a sort of party piece by my friend and I didn't really like that.
I decided to go to college to train as a teacher of special needs and I went to Birmingham. This helped me to lose contact with the people who had used me for entertainment. I told nobody about my abilities and started a new life.
Of course I still managed to do some healing, particularly on then children I worked with. I loved my job and only retired from it last December.
I still found certain things difficult. I had two marriages which were both under one year as I simply could not eat three times a day and sleep eight hours a night.
I had a daughter who is now 28. She was also very sensitive and was horrendously abused by her father. We dealt with court cases for over six years. I still feel bad about my judgement.
Then a dear friend of mine died. I had met him through my daughter as he was the father of one of her friends. This was a huge shock for us both. After this my psychic abilities returned full blast. I had a number of experiences where my friend David and I had long conversations and W was very much around me.
I joined a group that was a course to help people communicate with their spirit guides. This was wonderful and I had many beautiful experiences.
At that time, someone asked me what W looked like. So, I asked W to show me. He showed me at least 100 faces, and some animals too, laughing. What would you like me to look like, he asked, a white persian cat to match the carpet? I said I wanted to see what he really looked like. I was shown a pillar of light, like a tornado, reaching up to the furthest stars. It was so bright, it hurt my eyes. With it came the familiar feeling of intense gentleness, and great strength.
This is strange to be writing about W, as I usually don't talk about him. I am not in any way a spiritualist. I have been haunted by the dead, many times, although haunted sounds wrong. They have visited and made me laugh, and talked in the usual familiar way. They have always felt full of gaity and laughter bubbling over. It must be a nice place to go. Somewhere I read that death may be like a birth into another place. If so, it seems quite a happy place to be.
I have also heard that we choose our lessons in this life. I look back and wonder what the lessons were, and whether I will have to repeat them. It feels rather like having an exam - no memories or text books allowed. Once you are born you are on your own. I hope I have learned something in this life. One thing I always try to do is to laugh. I always feel very happy - bursting with it, if left alone. It just seems so exciting to be here. But I do feel sad for people who are unhappy. It is not always something you can resolve for them.
Now, older, I can live a normal life - do the shopping and pay bills, and all the rest of the humdrum stuff. When I was younger my head was in the clouds, I was told frequently - on another planet probably. Not just my head either - the whole lot was somewhere else watching it all like a film. I still fly in the night, and to faraway places that are not in this world. Colours are quite different. Bright, flourescent, transparent. The eyes of the mind are blinded by them - cannot even see - the brightness takes some getting used to.
I have no religion as such - but I am probably the most religious out of all the people I know. I believe that you should love, to the best of your ability, not only the neighbours, but also the strangers. And most importantly - yourself. If the latter is hard, then at least accept yourself. That is what I try to do. It is so easy to spend days criticising oneself. We were born human and all have the human failings. I believe in kindness. One of the most important things in life.
I believe in laughter. Not the careless laughter that hurts. The laughter of knowing for sure that whatever happens in life is good. If it seems otherwise - then there is a fault in our attitude. Change your mind and your point of view and it can be seen to be good. It has to be good and right. It is marvelous to be a part of this creation.
Somewhere inside all of us there is a place that we can reach, which is vast. Here I find there is abundance of joy, of sheer gladness and love. It is so powerful it hurts - makes me ache inside. It wants to burst out like an explosion. It is unending - like the everlasting spring. It fills me with laughter and sadness. There is an interesting Sufi aphorism : When the heart weeps for what it has lost, the spirit laughs for what it has found.
I remember a dream I had one night. I was teaching at the time. The dream was of a staff meeting, and everyone was being true to life - behaving in their own normal way. The topic under discussion was death. Someone believed in re-incarnation. Another lady believed in the Christian heaven and hell. A man believed that death was the end and nothing else existed.
I was listening, and then a voice said in my ear "This is all nonsense. You do your work before you are born, and after you die. This place is your holiday, like Butlin's Holiday camp."
I laughed so much that I woke up. I have never forgotten this. Fancy not remembering that we should be enjoying life!!
I believe that this life is just a tiny crumb in the vast ages of our existence. Whatever birth and death are - and there are many different ideas on that - surely we are here with the gifts of bodies and the world around us. Surely it is allowed to enjoy the experiences. The very fact of life itself has to be an extraordinary miracle. Then why do we not enjoy and celebrate every day? Perhaps death is like the open window in a room - through which, like a trapped bird, we escape to the clear blue sky.
shamanseeker
14th November 2011, 18:34
Thank you, Jessamy! This is just so beautiful! x
Ilie Pandia
14th November 2011, 18:39
Thank you Dawn and Jessamy for sharing your experiences with us :). I am so glad to have "met" you.
jessamy99
14th November 2011, 19:23
Thankyou Shamanseeker.
I am slightly embarrassed about the length.
Shall I post the rest??
What do you think?
Is it relevant??
With love,
Jessamy.
jessamy99
14th November 2011, 19:49
I am going to post the second part for you all. Apologies for the length again.
Also sorry that it wanders from the main thread topic.
I hope it is of interest.
With Love, Jessamy.
David haunted me a few days after he died. I remember walking in my bedroom, and seeing him standing there. I said, without thinking, You'll have to come back in half an hour, I am in the middle of sorting out Rosalie for tomorrow. He disappeared at that. I kicked myself. How could I have been so stupid. Anyway, I was sure he wouldn't return. But he did. Spot on the half hour. I pointed out that he had no clothes on, so he changed to be in cords and a silk shirt. Not that! I said, You died in that. He changed again into jeans and a checked shirt.
I knew you would leave me, I said. I didn't want to die just then, he replied. But I am glad you were right about life after death. He told me to remember the poem... Don't stand by my grave and weep. I am not there, I do not sleep. He said he would always be there for me - whenever I need him.
He told me to prepare for his daughter to leave - she will be fine. He also said I must laugh every day, and get the girls to as well. Don't live in the past like I did, he said. Look forward to the future, and enjoy life, and love again. "Laugh and be happy. Live each day so it is special and worth remembering. Meet people and find another man to love. And help the girls to laugh each day." Love life and laugh - this sounds a good way to live if I can remember to do it.
After that I had not expected to have a man in my life again. It's no hardship - I wasn't expecting to have a man ever again before I met him. I see David sometimes - sitting near me and laughing. He was a warm person and very kind to all of us. I miss the hugs and the smell of him. The love I still have inside me. I feel so lucky to have met him in this life. So many people never meet like that. I am sure I will recognise him if we meet again.
I had a few months here with very deep communication with my invisible friend or Angel. I was anxious that I should be able to communicate with him as much as possible. I went to a lady who was a medium, and she referred me to a course that was being run then, at the spiritualist church. It was designed to help people to get in touch with their Guides. It also helped open channels of communication. I was pleased to be able to join the group. Watcher was very evident during the whole of this course, and the following were some of the conversations that took place.
At times I see W with these enormous transparent hands, spreading light around people to give them strength or healing. He is full of love.
He has shown me a cathedral made of pine trees, shaped like a Gothic cathedral in Normandy - very tall and narrow and arching to a point at the top. Once I heard monks chanting there, beautiful in harmony. W separated the voices out and I listened to them individually. Some were lovely - others not so nice - but on their own they had lost the richness and beauty. "That is what life is like." I was told.
There were many paths going in different directions in the forest. "It doesn't matter which path you take." said W "They all lead to the same place." Once more in the clearing - the pine tree cathedral, I heard the song "Prepare ye the way of the Lord". W said "Get the place inside you ready, and God will come in." I was told. We can all be unconfident and unsure forever, but really we should get our act together, take the risk and get on with it.
I was told "You are here to serve. Don't let others elevate you. Feel who needs help and healing. Do your work. See how small your body is in the palm of my hand. See how bright your light is and how it glows large in the dark. It overflows and radiates out. Allow it to grow. Let others go their own way, with their own beliefs and religions and truths. They need that. I give you your lessons. I am your teacher."
W said we must learn to love ourselves first, then we can love others. He said we all worry that our bodies and clothes and behaviour is not good enough. This is all to do with the human condition and mind. Just like the wild flowers, every person has their own value.
"The first thing you should know is that with all your failings and lack of self worth, you were created by God and you are loved by God. It is God that breathes through you and God that fills you with light. It is God that gives the mind the ability to doubt his existence. You must accept this love and learn to accept and love yourselves as you are. You are as precious as the flowers of the field. The body is a vehicle - but not just that. It is rented accomodation. And you are responsible for looking after it properly. Clean it, heal it, protect it. It belongs to God. It is precious."
"The second thing you should know is that you can be, or do, anything you wish. If you aim low you will never travel further than that. If you aim high you may not reach your goal, but if you reach half way you will have done well."
"The third thing you should know is that you are all needed in some way by others. Watch out for the moment when you are needed and respond accordingly. Never cross the street when you are called on for help."
"Learning never ends. It is like a book that you put down for a while. You can always come back to it. Love yourselves. You are children of the universe. Slow down, you move too fast. You can control your own life if you step back from it. You can go as far as you wish. Remember the lift is faster than the stairs and you can choose to take which you like. Speak from the heart with love in your voice and you will be heard. Remember you can deeply affect others. Be careful what you say. Don't rush, take things slowly. All will be well."
"When a something comes to an end, we are left with a hole in our lives. Don't think for a second that this is the end. This is just the beginning - the preface of the book. Now you are ready to begin chapter one. Make sure you write it well. A strong beginning makes a good book. Bring laughter on every page. Let the pictures shine with light and love. Make your life a book that one doesn't want to put down."
" Families are like people sharing a bus or a carriage in a train, for part of their journey. Children are like library books. They are on loan. They are not yours to own or keep. Be glad when you part from these people and wish them well on their journeys. We all have our lessons to learn. They take us all in different directions. This is how it should be. Keep your eyes open for the time when your paths cross again. As you meet people in your life's path, you can deflect each other as marbles do. Each meeting can be an opportunity for you to have a crossroad in your life. See the choices and walk on."
"As you meet people in life, turn and teach those who ask. Learn from those who are wiser than yourself. Don't be fooled into thinking that wisdom has anything to do with age. Neither does it have anything to do with nationality, gender, colour or background. Education or appearances or clothing have little to do with it. teach what you know to those who wish to listen. Learn from those who have something to teach you. Be humble. Make no assumptions. "
"When you are asked a question that you don't know the answer to, say so. Do not think that wisdom is given to you privately for you alone. It is for you to share, so take the loaf out of your pocket and break off pieces of bread to feed the others around you. And if you should ask a question, be prepared. you will get an answer, but it may not be the answer you were looking for. "
I asked W about suffering. He said "Be glad of pain and despair in this life. These are gifts, given to us to help us to turn around and search out spiritual development. Those people who have no suffering are not ready for it, and have no inclination to spirituality. Picture your life from your earliest memories. Ponder over the good and bad memories. What was the lesson in each case. Once you see the lesson you can let them go and be free of them."
We went to the bottom of the ocean. Dolphins and beautiful, luminous fish, with wonderful colours, were there. An old wreck too, with sea horses living in it. Treasures of shells, coral and pearls. All sorts of sea plants moving with the current. We went to a cave and swam through a long tunnel, coming out in a cavern. It was lit from the most wonderful luminous stalactites. We walked through many such caverns and came out to sunlight in a beautiful world, with the brightest most vivid colours I have ever seen. Colours literally shone, as did the faces of all the people there.
W said that emotion can be dealt with in 3 ways. One way is to jump out of it. Another is to swim through it as we did, and you come through it to a better place. There is a third way - to let it drain away. He showed an enormous plug at the bottom of the ocean and pulled it. the ocean drained away. That made me laugh. "Just let it go." he said. "Emotion can bring suffering to us."
He showed me a cartoon film of Tom and Jerry - full of suffering and pain. Then I was shown it - simply a reel of celluloid. "This is illusion. The reality is the breath of God. Thoughts, opinions and ideas are worn like clothing. Take them off and be empty when you wish to hear the voice of God. Fly to the light free of these fetters."
"Suffering is of the body and mind. The life and light within us cannot be harmed. Tune yourself into God. You will feel the expansion, the hugeness of that Creator. We are not lots of separate lights, but one great light which is God. Just as we do not have separate programmes for each TV set, but we tune our TV sets into the national programme. This one programme is everything."
He took me to outer space and showed me the stars. "See the space between the stars. The electrons in each atom have the same ratio of space around them. The electrons are whirlpools of energy - the breath of God. Look at the space - find that space in yourself. Tune into God. What would happen to our 'real world' if God stopped breathing?" I was shown a picture of swirling gases. "From the breath comes the reality" said W.
"Fill yourself with light and love. Spread it around you each day to those you pass. Let your light shine. Form a group of like minded people. One person's light is not so strong. Two people's lights fuse and it is magnified not by two, but by one hundred. In a group, the light is without limit. If you tune into God you can heal the whole of life. Be empty and allow God to enter."
He showed me the planet Earth, and in the dark I could see many tiny pinpricks of light all over it. "That is the people shining their lights. If they would join together, this planet would shine like a star. As it is, so many of them have God tapping on their shoulders, and they take no heed. They need to tune in."
I was taken to a hill, and I was sitting half way up it, on a rock. A small boy came up to me and asked me which way he should go. "Where do you want to get to?" I asked him. "To the light." was his reply. W said "The only way is up." (He sang it actually which made me laugh again.) He lifted the boy onto his shoulders and took my hand and we went up towards the top of the hill, without following any path at all. I am not much of a hill climber - and I was thinking that at the time. "You are right. This is too slow." said W. "Lay your bodies down here." So the boy and I laid down our bodies, neat and tidy, on the grass. W took us each by the hand and we flew to the sun with him, like rays of sunlight.
Once, W showed me a spiral staircase going up to the sky with many floors. Everyone was plodding up them step by step. In the centre was a blue white light. W took me to this light in the centre, saying "It is quicker and easier to take the lift up." We were taken up to the top in a flash. He makes me laugh.
At the top was a world of light, with the thoughts of light beings superimposed on it. Too bright to see easily, the light was blinding. There was a tremendous feeling of love and joy in the air. W told me this is where he lives. Then I began to see the beings there, almost transparent, some just light without body forms at all. As they moved about they looked deep in each others' eyes, and touched a cheek, or a shoulder, a carress on the back in passing - sharing so much love. Their faces shone with it, and there were no barriers between them.
Then he took me to the shopping precinct where we often go shopping. There were many people avoiding each other's eyes. They were hurrying, pushing, bumping and swearing. Angry if anyone touched them or looked at them. What a difference.
"There are many gates to the world of light." W said. He showed me a field of flowers. He scooped them up and they turned into paints of all different colours. There was a canvas. We smeared the paints on it, and then W spun it round until all the colours merged into whilte. "Come on." he said. he took my hand and led me into this spinning white doorway. There we were in his world where the light was so bright you could hardly make out anything
I asked W what I should be doing. "To have talents and not use them is like keeping the stick of bread in your pocket. Take it out and break pieces off. Hand it around. Heal while you are carrying out your daily business. you have no need to say sit here, or stand here. Just a smile, the tone of your voice, a gentle touch in passing, or a thought given in love works as well. Or if you want to devote yourself full-time, get a qualification in something you enjoy like massage or aromatherapy, and give the healing with God's love as the free gift."
He showed me a group of people glowing as if they were being seen through a night camera, or infra red camera. All their colours were bright and radiating. "This is how healing works. You look for the shadows and wash them out with light. You can see the patches that need attending to when you think of someone. You can see better with the mind than with the physical eyes of the body. Just continue, teaching, healing, counselling, growing herbs. This is the time for rest."
He showed me a picture of the countryside. Ahead of me was a sandy path going through the woods, gently sloping up to a summit. Behind were thick forests with tangled undergrowth. The path ahead was clear and straight. There were bluebells in the woods and light green ferns. The path was sandy and easy to follow. W said "When you reach the summit, people will listen."
I asked what I have to offer. "Your home, your brain, your love, your food.... whatever you have will be gratefully received where it is needed. If there is a space it can fill, just offer." He showed me something shaped like a star fruit, but it had more points. There was a light in the centre radiating out of the points. Round it was curled a dragon. W said "This is you. The dragon is guarding the treasure. He is your self defense. Your self protection from fear. Let him stand aside and let God's light shine out of you."
He showed me climbing a rock face and I was stuck for a foothold. I called for help and W reached his hand down and pulled me to the top. "Trust." he said. "Clear out your attic. Make way for new stuff. You will need the room soon. Keep your good humour and laugh each day at the little things. The big things will come by themselves. they are waiting for the empty page, so they can happen."
He showed me walking on a path. On the path were many other people all about one inch in height. As they became tired, I picked them up and carried them in my basket for a while until they had recovered. W said "Your job is to help others.
W showed me a watering can and showed his hand pouring it into a funnel. He said "This funnel is the entrance to someone's heart. Pour love into every heart that you meet. You are pure light, vast and open. Release yourself from the bonds of the mind just for a while. Pour love into the hearts around you. Water the garden. It is thirsty."
He took me to a hill, and over it I saw rolling countryside - a patchwork of fields. Then there was an expanse of shimmering water, and on the water was a city shining pink and blue. It was a mass of fairytale turrets and pinnacles. I went there. Everything was built of transparent crystal, filled with this pink and blue light. The doors and windows were all open. It was a very peaceful and lovely place. The light was refracted from the sun in the sea and made a rainbow hang over the city. There were people in the city like the people in the light world, full of love for each other, moving together in harmony - rather like a dance. W said this is what we will become.
In the centre of the city was a huge building with very high ceilings. We went in and there was an emormous crystal, from which radiated a light of white fire. W said "This is the light of life which shines through you. It is a portal to the spiritual world. We walked into one of the facets on the crystal and were once more in the land of light where W lives. There was a beautiful sound - a bit like the sound of gregorian chants, but without words. Looking out of the other facets was like looking out of other people's eyes.
W said he would take me to see a friend. We went into a warm cave, lit by fires. There was a large, old, wooden table. Sitting at it was a wizened man who looked Chinese. He asked me to put my concerns on the table. I put my unconfidence and my fear. two lumps of concrete. he put them in the bin. Then I put my feelings there - a pink rose. He took the rose and crushed it in his hand, and when he opened his fingers, the petals were all squashed and fallen. I said "Yes, that is how I feel." He closed his hand and opened it again. There in the place of the rose was a huge, cut amethyst. He said he would keep it in the pocket of his white garment, safe for me. He said I need not worry about conforming. I can be happy and laugh and love and be myself.
He gave me a ball of silver thread, one end of which was tied to a leg of his table. He said I can use it to find my way back, so I will never get lost. He poured a cauldron of water over me, which clothed me in a silver coating. He gave me his blessing and we left.
I was told by someone that W was really an Indian brave with long dark plaits and a long peace pipe. I asked W if this was true. "I can be whatever you want." he said. immediately he showed himself like that. Later I was told that he had been replaced by someone else who was a new teacher. I asked him to show himself to me, and I was shown an Egyptian man with bare chest and arms folded. His hair was dark, straight and shoulder length. He looked very powerful. I asked his name and he showed me the birdman who flies in Buck rogers. "Hawk?" I asked. "King of the skies." he smiled.
Every time I have been brought back to my invisible friend. Watcher. Always with me since my earliest memories.
I was shown a tornado of destruction. In the centre, where it was calm and still, Rosalie and I were standing. "What does it mean?" I asked. I was told to stand absolutely still and be quiet, until the storm had passed. Destruction is needed before the new can be built.
I was shown a whirlwind of blue and white light and energy, going up to the stars and down to the centre of the earth. A circle of Angels of light were all around it. I was standing with one finger in the side of it - making ripples as if it was a lake of water. The energy from it was making my hair stand out, and making me glow all over.
On another occasion I was taken up the lift inside the spiral staircase to the land of light. I saw W in all his glory then. Starshine - as a huge pillar of light. He washed me in light and it felt refreshing. He put a cloak of light around me and told me I have to have this new one as I have grown. I felt ashamed as if I was not worthy of this gift from my old friend. He held my head in his hands and showed me my life. There were parts where I was in need of help, and W had been there. He said I had loved those who had hurt me. I had given when I had nothing. And I am still happy to be alive.
"This is how you are," he said. "You do these things because you are strong. Now, wash away those doubts and laugh. Have fun, relax, love yourself and those around you. It is time to move forward."
After this, I thought it had taken about 5 minutes, but when I looked at the clock, it had taken 2 hours. W said "Don't lose heart. Be filled with God. Laugh, sing, be joyful, for all is as it should be. Love all those you meet and send love to the whole world. I will be with you. Live life to the full and celebrate for it is good."
I was told to open the New Testament...John 1, Chapter 4, Verse 7.
Beloved, let us love one another, for love is of God and everyone that loveth is born of God and knoweth God.
I have a theory that if you are developing your spirituality, these talents, such as being psychic, telepathy, seeing visions, will come as part of your development. But it is quite wrong to chase them. I think if you are on your way to Tescos, and you pass a lovely park, you may admire it and enjoy it, but don't forget to go and get the shopping. Keep God as the important thing and the rest will be fine.
It can be very tempting to get distracted on the way.
Mum had a breakdown and went into hospital. After being discharged, she came to us once or twice a week for the day, and sometimes for the night too, so dad could get the garden done etc. We had good times together. She seemed to have found a peace which she never had before. She asked me one day if she was going to die. I said that it was certain she will, but when was the question. I asked her if she was thinking of dying that afternoon and she laughed - no. So I asked her what she believed would happen after she died. She said she was past caring - it would just be a relief. I said that I have heard you see a light, and it seems sensible to go towards it. She nodded. She died two months later.
I had started the Aromatherapy course after getting a credit for the massage course. It was one morning a week and the people were lovely. Particularly the tutor who took the aromatherapy. She was a healer and a beautiful woman. She had a light shining in her face.
We went to the Lakes with my father. It was a strange thing that happened at the beginning of the holiday. W showed me a picture of myself pouring cold water over the engine of my car. I thought it was odd because I couldn't think of an occasion when I would need to do that. However, on the first day, when we were exploring the Dales, I was finding it increasingly hard to depress the clutch pedal. As time went on, it finally became a real battle to change gear. I pulled in to the side of the road and had a look at the engine.
There, all over the clutch linkage was the crystalline deposit of battery fluid. Obviously the battery had been spilling over. Later I was to discover that this was due to the battery boiling due to a faulty voltage regulator. But as I was looking at it that day, I remembered the picture W had shown me, and getting the cold water bottle, I poured water over the linkage to dissolve it away. The trick worked and we were mobile again.
In the meantime, I had made a number of new friends on the internet.
I found this very exciting, to be able to meet people from all over the world and make new friends. Of course, there are those who whisper flirtatious remarks at one, but you can ignore that easily enough. Again, you have to remember that people may lie about themselves, and not be what they seem, or what they say. This didn't disturb me though. Maybe because I have met enough people like that in real life. Also I found that I could somehow feel the other person though the keyboard.
I had mentioned to one guy there that I had done some healing in the past. He later asked me if I would help one of the ladies he knew as her grand-daughter was quite ill. I agreed. I contacted her and asked what the problem was. She said her grand-daughter had a sort of anaemia in the blood that wasn't curable. Her blood count was very low and she was in hospital waiting to have blood transfusions.
I told her that I was very inexperienced in healing. I would be delighted to try and help her, but there was no guarantee. I would give her an exercise to do, but she had to do it herself. She could ask my Angel friend for help too, and so would I. She was pleased with this, so I told her what to do, and said I hoped she would feel better soon. We parted company then. It was Friday.
On the Monday, I met the guy who had asked me to talk to her. I asked him how the little girl was doing. He said she was off the danger list. I asked what he meant, what had happened. I didn't know she had been on a danger list. He said she had been seen by the doctor that day and was much, much better. She was still going to need some transfusions, but she was much improved to the surprise of everyone. He added that as for what had happened...he suspected it was me. It took me a moment to register what he meant. Then I protested. I had done nothing, but W obviously had.
A few weeks later, the same lady had a mystery phone call from someone. He said he had answered her message on his answer phone regarding a job vacancy. She said she did need a new job, but hadn't phoned him. He said never mind, would she be interested in the post anyway. This was very strange. She told me she had been doing the exercises I had given her, and asking W for help, and it was a miracle.
Another lady I had met was trying to get some money for a ramp to be built from the front door of a friend's house to the pavement. The friend's husband had developed a deteriorating illness, and was now in a wheelchair. he hadn't been out of the house for over 6 months. She asked me what she should do, and I suggested that she ask for help from W, my old friend. The next time I heard from her, a few days later, she was delighted to tell me that someone had approached her wanting to rent rooms from her. As she had a large rambling house, this had solved her problems. It was a miracle, she said.
These things that happened, and many others, were not something I can take any credit for. I suppose many will say that they were just coincidences. This may well be true, as far as I am concerned. It just seems that when W is asked for help, coincidences happen.
I am now married and my husband is very tolerant of my strange eating and sleeping habits.
I live mainly on coffee made with milk and water. I eat about three times a week and stay the same weight.
I am healthy and sleep about 3 to 5 hours a night usually.
I love life and try to laugh every day!!
John Parslow
14th November 2011, 21:29
Hello Jessamy
A very moving and thought provoking summary of your very interesting life - if only we could all be in the same place life here would seem so much better ...
Love and peace to you. JP :cool:
christian
14th November 2011, 22:10
The marvelous stories in here are abundant, thank you Jessamy! :hug:
I have a theory that if you are developing your spirituality, these talents, such as being psychic, telepathy, seeing visions, will come as part of your development. But it is quite wrong to chase them. I think if you are on your way to Tescos, and you pass a lovely park, you may admire it and enjoy it, but don't forget to go and get the shopping. Keep God as the important thing and the rest will be fine.
It can be very tempting to get distracted on the way.
I believe in laughter. Not the careless laughter that hurts. The laughter of knowing for sure that whatever happens in life is good. If it seems otherwise - then there is a fault in our attitude. Change your mind and your point of view and it can be seen to be good. It has to be good and right. It is marvelous to be a part of this creation.
Somewhere inside all of us there is a place that we can reach, which is vast. Here I find there is abundance of joy, of sheer gladness and love.
W showed me a watering can and showed his hand pouring it into a funnel. He said "This funnel is the entrance to someone's heart. Pour love into every heart that you meet. You are pure light, vast and open. Release yourself from the bonds of the mind just for a while. Pour love into the hearts around you. Water the garden. It is thirsty."
"Thoughts, opinions and ideas are worn like clothing. Take them off and be empty when you wish to hear the voice of God. Fly to the light free of these fetters."
:whoo:
another bob
14th November 2011, 22:33
At that time, someone asked me what W looked like. So, I asked W to show me. He showed me at least 100 faces, and some animals too, laughing. What would you like me to look like, he asked, a white persian cat to match the carpet? I said I wanted to see what he really looked like. I was shown a pillar of light, like a tornado, reaching up to the furthest stars. It was so bright, it hurt my eyes. With it came the familiar feeling of intense gentleness, and great strength.
Greetings, Friend!
Deep bows from the heart for your report!
It's said that we all have guides for these adventures, but has it ever occurred to you that "W" may be none other than yourself, in our natural light being form?
In any case, your generosity of spirit is wonderfully inspiring, and Thank You for your continued service!
Blessings!
Guest
14th November 2011, 22:42
Dawn & Jessamy,
Thank you for helping me to begin removing some of my own shadows from my life -to help me move forward. There have been quite a few threads on PA that have been very cathartic for me and this is one of them.
I wrote about an experience I had last Friday on the here & now thread and if you and Dawn had not been so open about your lives and your wonderful experiences, it would still be sitting inside me; thinking should I share this or not? I realize by me writing about it that I am letting the beings & universe know I appreciate what they gave and showed me and that it was to be shared with others.
I hope to PM you both at some point & ask some questions or perhaps just to share a tid bit about where I am with those who have gone before me.
Your experiences and the messages are a great blessing to me & I wish you many blessings in return. I do hope you write more when the time is good for you.
Nora
we are all related
jessamy99
14th November 2011, 23:22
A huge thankyou to you all for your encouraging comments.
It is a difficult thing to open up in this way about things so personal.
I am only glad if the experiences strike a chord in anybody here.
QUOTE: from another bob
It's said that we all have guides for these adventures, but has it ever occurred to you that "W" may be none other than yourself, in our natural light being form?
UNQUOTE
That information is in part 3!! You gave the game away a bit here!! Laughing
With love, Jessamy.
Agape
15th November 2011, 00:17
Hello Dawn,
and thanks for opening the thread ...
I can relate to your experiences , as I've been through similar process . I've never done any fasting as such , actually, except on days when I really don't feel to eat anything.
During the 6 years which I spent doing lots of daily mediation practise ( 6 to 8 hours a day ) in the Kalachakra temple ..I used to have packet of bisuits and some fruit in the evening and two big pots of milk tea, morning and evening.
I've got used off warm food totally , my stomach would not take it anyway . I drank lots of clean water and had snacks here and there but the fun of it is that at the end of those 6 years when i returned to Europe , I had 6 kg more than at the moment ..
Energy yes, in fact I ate lots of etheral blessings everyday , sunlight, fresh mountain breeze and smell of pine trees . And lots of love from all those hands ..
When I returned here ..it was not easy ..but I'm more adjusted now to ocassional trips to the society ..
I should not be living with computer because it's damaging my eye sight, energy again..?
People do not seem to report these things ...
My eyes get overlighted and I'm sensitive to noise and all else you can imagine .
I wish I could follow the yogic path instead and have a lots of peace and turn to rainbow ..
Give them the Ultimate Proof ;)
another bob
15th November 2011, 00:21
You gave the game away a bit here!! Laughing
With love, Jessamy.
Oops, but happy to hear that there's more to come, and looking forward to hearing that song! Sharing our unique tales with each other is just about the best part of this internet medium, imo. Yours is a delight, just as you've sung it!
Blessings!
TraineeHuman
15th November 2011, 00:26
Just a suggestion that if anybody is trying to ground themselves properly and thereby have that strong connection to the centre of the earth that Dawn was mentioning, here’s a little technique that may help. If you place one of your thumbs on your belly button and have your fingers resting naturally (pointing horizontally) just below, almost at right angles to your thumb, then the chakra in the middle of your hand will be over the chakra at your center of gravity. That automatically centers and grounds you. Any time you feel flustered or down or whatever, you can do that. It’s standardly done as part of the sitting posture for meditation in Asian countries – or it used to be.
I once had an experience that was just a tiny glimpse of something like Dawn’s and Jessamy’s. I was at a three-week meditation retreat in India, my first meditation retreat ever. After about a week I noticed that there was an “energy” that came in from my oversoul point (above the head) and beyond and came down the front of my body to at least my navel, then up the spine to the oversoul point and back down to the right of the heart. But it got lighter and lighter, and eventually seemed to be weightless, like pure light would be. It somehow moved in synch with my breathing.
Also, in the past I had had a spiritual teacher who insisted I meditate for several years with my legs raised to a fully horizontal position on a chair – which somehow ensured that the energy or prana or whatever flowing through the navel also connected with the earth. Otherwise, apparently, it may often short-circuit the lower part of the body and the earth connection. It did take me months to learn how to set up that arc of energy/prana to the earth and to habitually allow it to flow, at least when I meditated. I had also noticed that most people who meditated – even some very experienced practitioners – would get more and more ungrounded the more they meditated. Thanks to Dawn, I now understand why. (Those individuals hadn’t set up the arc to the earth.)
Anyway, with that “weightless”, effortless flow of what seemed like pure light there came the sensation that I was no longer “driving” my body, and it was doing everything on automatic, yet that was totally OK. After the retreat I didn’t sleep for three-and-a-half days, which seemed amazing given how the jet lag had affected me on the journey to India. I also didn’t feel like eating. After I did eventually go to sleep, when I woke up everything seemed to be shining with a very bright light for half an hour or so, making it hard to see some objects. OK, I know this is tiny compared to Dawn’s and Jessamy’s experiences.
eaglespirit
15th November 2011, 01:02
It is getting more beautiful here at Avalon every new visit...
Thank You so much for the special and open sharing here...everyone : )
This is it...each of us are going to spread the love endlessly and it is going to bust this whole place wide open...haha!!!
bearcow
15th November 2011, 01:38
I had also noticed that most people who meditated – even some very experienced practitioners – would get more and more ungrounded the more they meditated.
this is very common for westerners who practice eastern methods without understanding the idiosyncrasies between themselves and those who originally formulated the line of teaching. to meditate in a unbalanced way generally turns into a form of escapism and creates a state in the human energy field which encourages the personality to develop dissociative identity disorder.
certain meditation disciplines were specifically designed to be done only after the required preparatory work was completed and then the practitioner would retreat to nature, ie preferably a cave to stabilize his connection to the earth.
I should not be living with computer because it's damaging my eye sight, energy again..?
People do not seem to report these things ...
you are too yin, if this is your first incarnation in a human body i guess this is to be expected. grounding would be more difficult for you.
Dawn
15th November 2011, 02:09
P.S. Where do you imagine your cord to the core of the Earth actually manifesting from? (body location) Probably doesn't matter - just curious.
Hi Johnathon, I imagine the chord coming from the tip of my tailbone. This is actually how the energy naturally runs in your body at night when you are sleeping... so your body knows exactly how to do this. During the day the flow is usually from the ground upwards into the body. When you do this meditation you are running your energy as it would normally be while sleeping, yet you are remaining awake and sitting up straight.
I am a little overwhelmed by the reception here on the site. My intention is to draw a picture of how the energy runs in the meditation I am recommending which will help with visualization. As soon as I have a chance I'll draw it, scan the drawing, and put it on a web site page so everyone can see it here in this thread.
Dawn
15th November 2011, 02:19
Thanks so much Dawn. This is amazing.
Did you drink water or anything during your breatharian phase?
Cheers
Chris
Hi Chris, I really liked the physical sensation of cool liquid water going down my throat at the time. It felt so amazing that I drank about a cup of water each day. It probably wasn't necessary, however I just loved the sensation so much and my body didn't seem to mind it. I know of many breatharians who do not drink, and some that do. It is a personal choice when you are in that state.
Dawn -- thank you so much again. I agree with Lord Sid: sharing this kind of personal experience (together with valuable, applicable hard information) is one of the core purposes of the Avalon Forum, and represents Avalon at its best.
Thank you for inviting me to 'come out' Bill. I had offered this information on a couple of threads previously, however no one picked up on it. Without your curiosity about this, others may not have opened to the shared creation of this wonderful tread.
unless a yogi knows how to convert the chi present in nature to heavenly chi, he/she will not be successful in living without physical sustenance.
I appreciate your contribution. I would like to say that all of us actually know how to do this. It is something we have done before... Our mental conditioning here and our energetic blocks are currently preventing most people from re-membering. The cleaning of the energetic body and letting go of limiting beliefs in the key. I think the simple suggestions I made at the beginning of the thread will work for those who resonate with them. However, it will take some focus and attention.
Quote I should not be living with computer because it's damaging my eye sight, energy again..?
People do not seem to report these things ...
you are too yin, if this is your first incarnation in a human body i guess this is to be expected. grounding would be more difficult for you.
I usually find that remaining in the question can be very productive. I wonder why this is bothering you and if a simple change might allow your body to be more comfortable?
My eyes have been uncomfortable and I recently found that taking Citicoline or DMAE (a precursor for it) solved the problem. Do you think your body might need additional nutrition?
As for sensitivity Agape, I have been there... and I found my way out. Are you, by any chance resisting what you are sensitive to? Resistance is a difficult energy to work with until you realize you can simply deliberately invite the bothersome energy inside you until you find it pleasurable. Another thing you might try are the Wands of Horace. They are said to balance and align all your bodies (including subtle ones) and make you impervious to interfering energies with regular use. They certainly have worked for me. Here is a post with more information about this:
http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?21614-Parasitic-Non-Organic-Multidimensional-Beings&p=343966&highlight=wands+horus#post343966
http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?21614-Parasitic-Non-Organic-Multidimensional-Beings&p=340688&viewfull=1#post340688
http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?24436-Wands-of-Horus-its-technology-Seeking-for-more-information&p=261120&highlight=wands+horus#post261120
another bob
15th November 2011, 03:03
I think the simple suggestions I made at the beginning of the thread will work for those who resonate with them. However, it will take some focus and attention.
Greetings, Friend!
As much as I appreciate what you are sharing here, I think it would be adding some balance to note that just about every authority on the subject of this kind of energy work recommends that it only be undertaken after personal instruction from a qualified practitioner. These can be powerful techniques with unanticipated results. Gopi Krishna ( http://gopikrishna.us/gk.html) provided cautionary tales of kundalini going up the wrong nadi and frying the mechanism in his groundbreaking work on Kundalini, but this warning is also echoed historically through other yogic, tantric, and similar esoteric schools. I personally know of several folks over the years who have damaged themselves in this way, and heard enough anecdotal evidence to prompt this mention.
Blessings!
realitycorrodes
15th November 2011, 03:27
I love this stuff too.
Jonathon
15th November 2011, 03:28
I think the simple suggestions I made at the beginning of the thread will work for those who resonate with them. However, it will take some focus and attention.
Greetings, Friend!
As much as I appreciate what you are sharing here, I think it would be adding some balance to note that just about every authority on the subject of this kind of energy work recommends that it only be undertaken after personal instruction from a qualified practitioner. These can be powerful techniques with unanticipated results. Gopi Krishna ( http://gopikrishna.us/gk.html) provided cautionary tales of kundalini going up the wrong nadi and frying the mechanism in his groundbreaking work on Kundalini, but this warning is also echoed historically through other yogic, tantric, and similar esoteric schools. I personally know of several folks over the years who have damaged themselves in this way, and heard enough anecdotal evidence to prompt this mention.
Blessings!
Good thinking another bob - glad you brought this up. I am definitely one of those "feet first" kind of people, so thank you for looking out for me =) Eager to hear the replies.
Dawn
15th November 2011, 03:32
http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?24436-Wands-of-Horus-its-technology-Seeking-for-more-information&p=261120&highlight=wands+horus#post261120
Jessamy99, thank you so much for 'coming out' Wonderful story and told with such light and love. Deep Gratitude.
-------------------------------------
As much as I appreciate what you are sharing here, I think it would be adding some balance to note that just about every authority on the subject of this kind of energy work recommends that it only be undertaken after personal instruction from a qualified practitioner. These can be powerful techniques with unanticipated results. Gopi Krishna ( http://gopikrishna.us/gk.html)
Another Bob, This is a good point. However I have never let fear rule my life. I have read Gupti's book on kundalini and found nothing there to run from.
The techniques in this thread are designed to lead your body into a balanced state. From there you MIGHT find being a breatharian a natural outcome. People who are reading this thread are following a soft inner voice which can open new doors for them I hope.
In some ways all meditation is dangerous, because all spiritual techniques can crack the delicate programmed facade we adopted when we came here to experience a body. It is always good to find a mature spiritual teacher to sit with if possible. Although their teaching may be done with words ... their true teaching will be in the frequencies they emit.
I am aware that students need to tie into the frequencies where information is stored in work like this. I have intentionally incorporated such frequencies into these posts. I am available on an energetic basis to all who read my words, they have only to tune in to me.
That is part of the reason this post is somewhat overwhelming for me. I am aware of people who read these posts and tie in to me energetically to obtain clear frequencies.
BUT... connecting to me inter-dimensionally does not take the place of sitting with someone who has already walked the walk. If you can find such a person your body will learn much by being in their presence, without words. I eventually found someone to sit with. He had words that were entertaining, but his real teaching was contained in his beingness.
In my next post I'd like to provide my own experiences with what you are discussing here. I did experience some difficulties. I eventually overcame all of them. My path was not all hearts and flowers... but the end result has been wonderful beyond my wildest imagination.
I would like to add one more thing. The meditation techniques I talk about in this post were taught to rank beginners in many classes, therefore this is a well trodden path.
In the end, follow your own intuition as in all things.
Dawn
15th November 2011, 03:59
Imagine that you have held a BIG secret for 23 years. You have offered to share it many times, but absolutely no one ever expressed interest in receiving it until now. That is the situation I find myself in. I know I have mentioned this before, however it bears repeating. Something within human consciousness must have changed dramatically and recently... perhaps there is something to the idea of the coming new age after all.
This thread is all about a completely different way of life. One that is filled with abundance so overwhelming that you are literally swimming in a sea of it. It is not important to wrestle nourishment from the poisoned food supply on the planet, you have available to you something so fulfilling that you will never feel hungry again. In fact your body will remain totally balanced and in complete harmony with you and its surroundings. This is what the information in this thread offers. Are you ready to live beyond lack and scarcity, in a world of infinite abundance?
Some of you may know that Bill Ryan started this thread for all of you. I did not know about it until hours later when I awoke and opened my inbox at Avalon. I was delighted, and a little scared to ‘come out’. I intend this thread to be about YOU and what you can do to live in a totally new way. However, last night in the SKYPE meeting room, where the moderators gather daily, there was a lively discussion of this topic with focused questions about my experiences. Someone pointed out to me that it might be useful to share bit of my personal story so that others can use it as a guidepost in their journey. This concept is like buying a travel guide. Sometimes it is helpful to hear from an explorer who has gone into the wilderness before you, to give you a general idea of the lay of the land. I am writing this particular post to address this issue, so it will be mostly about me. If you aren’t interested in learning about my particular journey, you can skip to the rest of the thread where there will be more input about the nuts and bolts of how to become a breatharian yourself.
My mom was the sole student of a Rosicrucian elder, and brought all her children up to believe that the world is multidimensional. Before conceiving her 3 daughters, she did rituals to bring in ‘old souls’ to her family so that she could nurture them as children. I’m not sure what I think about the idea of old souls, it may be total fantasy or there might be some truth in that idea. (I don’t really care whether this is true or not... just that this was her intention) Perhaps growing up with a mom like that is why I have been able to be an early explorer in the arena of conscious awareness.
I had a very positive attitude and lots of curiosity about life and eagerly chose to follow the road to happiness as laid out in American society. I got married at age 24, had a daughter at age 33, began a career in selling real estate, and bought a house. After all of this, my happiness and feeling of completion did not change one jot. At age 36, I took 3 months of courses from the Berkeley Psychic Institute. These were all about meditation and visualization because the express purpose of BPI was to awaken clairvoyance in its students. Their founder was Luis Bostwick who claimed to have studied as a Rosacrusion, then traveled the world learning additional methods of awakening. It was L. Bostwick who introduced ‘running your energy’ as the ‘most effective method’ he had ever come across.
FEAR AS A GUIDEPOST FOR YOU
As I grew more deeply into this meditation, it became more and more pleasurable. Several people in the Forum have mentioned my discipline, but I assure you that was not my reason for doing meditation. The more time I spent doing it, the more ecstatic it became, and the more the energies flowed through me. At first there was just the idea of ‘running my energy’. I began to feel the energy as a slight trickle that tingled or tickled after several weeks. I experienced a rushing river of energy roaring through my body after a month or two. That is when the fear began to come up in my life (this is your guidepost: the fear). Many masters and adepts have mentioned that fear is something of a ‘gate’ that all must pass in order to get to the next level in consciousness. I would definitely agree with this! As the level of fear I was experiencing grew, I found that the ONLY way I could sooth it was to ‘run my energy’. The rest of the time, I experienced terror which grew stronger each day. Demonic voices told me I was going to die every few minutes which expanded the terror. Finally I this drove me to dry heaves the last 2 days before the samadhi meditation. The only way to feel good, to shut-up the voices, and to stop the nausea was to ‘run my energy’. In the end the fear was a wonderful gift, because it drove me on to longer and deeper meditations. It is important to know that when you experience fear, you are getting close to a new level. If you push through this energy, something brand new will greet you. (read post #1 for more details on this story if you haven’t already)
In many books from the East there is mention of samadhi’s where the aspirant remains in a semi conscious state for many months. In India it is common practice to take care of these people by feeding them, diapering them, and keeping their bodies clean and warm. After this long process, the aspirant awakens as a master. I did not read about this until many years after my journey, which occurred in America. In Western Culture we have a very different view of someone who meditates and does not come out of a trance state immediately. These people are considered mentally ill.
When I ‘awoke’ from my meditation on the evening of the samadhi, I experienced FEAR like I had never known. Strangely, at the same time I was expanded and felt exhalation. My conditioned mind was totally unprepared for what I had become aware of. I had merged with the universe and the GREAT SELF, yet I still carried within me the little self, with all its programming. Sleeping that night was an impossibility, so I got up out of bed and went into the kitchen alone and naked. There I had the strange idea of stopping my breathing, and as I slowed my breathing more and more, I lost total awareness of this 3D world. That night, in a completely conscious state, I experienced my ‘little self’ being torn asunder and completely destroyed. The terror I experienced that night is beyond telling. But the life I have experienced since has made every second of it worthwhile.
KUNDALINI- PLEASURE AND POSSIBLE PAIN
So the next part of this story is spelled out in Post #1 and I won’t go into it any more. What I did not include, in that short post, is information about my path with kundalini. This information may be valuable for you... however I have never personally met someone who had as hard a time as I did with this energy, so I don’t think it is likely you will have the tough time I did.
Upon awakening the morning after the shamadhi experience I became aware of this world gradually. The first thing I was aware of was that somewhere there was intense grieving. I followed this energy thread and my consciousness arrived in the kitchen. I was not in my body at the time, but was seeing from every molecule and atom in the room, so that I could see all parts of the scene there very clearly. My husband was on the phone telling my mother that I was dead, he was sobbing violently. She was attempting to be the voice of reason, and talked him into checking my body’s pulse and breathing again (apparently the first time he had checked my naked body it appeared to be cold and did not have a pulse- (common in some types of deep samadhi).
My understanding of the situation came in pieces
... this is a man
...... I am his wife
......... I have an agreement with him to raise a child together
............ that is my body over there
As these realizations dawned on me I made the decision to follow through on the promises I had made to this man being. I quickly got into my body, as best as I was able, before he checked for signs of death again. However I could not make the body breath. No matter how hard as I tried, or focused my intention, the body would not breath, and I could not recall how I had caused it to breath previously. Then, just as his hand touched my body the breathing started again.
Although my body was breathing, I could not move or open my body’s eyes. It was as though all my connection to the body had been severed and I had to re-knit myself back into the systems of the body. It was during this time that my body was driven to the hospital. The doctors listened to my husband’s description of my meditations and ‘blindness’ from the night before. They did blood tests and an MRI scan. Using western logic, they decided that my brain chemistry was not normal, and that I needed to be taken to a mental ward. I was shipped by ambulance, while still unable to move. Once there I was tied down to a bed in a mental ward, and given injections of drugs meant to treat those having a psychotic break. I was held there for 7 days while they stabilized the medications and observed me closely for signs of abnormality. When finally released, I was told that my type of illness would likely get worse, and that I had a 70-80% chance of ending up in a mental institution tied down to a bed for the remainder of my life.
I think this is enough detail here... the important thing is to educate those around you as to what might occur so that they do not take this type of action... it took years to get the drugs out of my nervous system. If I had been allowed to come back into alignment with my body in a natural way I believe much emotional and physical pain could have been avoided.
Over the next 9 years I continued to have intense kundalini increases. Each time I went through an increased amount of this energy coming into my body, the universe requested that my body stretch its ability to hold the increased pressure and flow. The first 4 times this happened, I lost my grasp of this reality again, and the ability to control my body. To others it appeared that I acted strangely, and then collapsed and became catatonic. Because of my history, I was shipped off to the mental ward each time. The last time I was there, a book called Spiritual Emergency had been published, and was gaining respect. Years later during my last stay I was treated very differently, probably because of growing awareness among mental health practitioners. Both doctors and nurses treated me with deference, and when I spoke a hush fell in the room everywhere I went. They all thought I was a holy person (we are all holy, but being treated this way is a creepy experience indeed- I don’t recommend it)
Somewhere in this timeline (about 4-5 years after my samadhi) I met a Zen master named Steven Gray. He listened to an extremely short version of my story and told me that if I studied with him, he would help me to build a rock solid nervous system. I attended satsangs and meditation retreats with him during the next 5-7 years. He kept his promise. By linking to him energetically, I learned how to handle large kuhdalini increases without loosing control. At first I found that I needed to lay in bed on a heating pad for a couple of weeks after a kundalini increase, but eventually I found I could take these in stride with only slight discomfort.
How can you mitigate or avoid repeating my story? That is the real question here.
First, many mental institutions are now aware that psychotic breaks are actually spiritual emergencies and might handle such a ‘patient’ differently. However it is much better if you never go there at all.
Do Yoga: Although I was an active athlete when I began this intense journey, I was not a yoga student. I did not start yoga until about 3 years later. Eventually I became a yoga instructor... again there was no discipline. Yoga simply felt good. I think Hatha Yoga is a big help to preparing your body for the large quantities of kundalini and prana it will be asked to carry as you awaken and become more conscious.
Tell those closest to you about what sometimes happens in the deep journey towards enlightenment so that they can support you, if you are lucky enough go deep quickly. ( My poor husband was terrified by all these events, he even gave anti-psychotic medicine to my Zen Master in case I had another ‘psychotic break’ while meditating )
There are traditional herbs and supplements, which are used around the world, to balance the brains of people going through spiritual awakenings. In order to balance myself, It became necessary for me to take some of these for about 3 years. I did a lot of research on what might be needed, and was going to make my own personal formula, until I was offered information on a formula which is already on the market. I strongly recommend this, if you are going through massive physical and spiritual changes that are creating a problem for you in dealing with this world. The product I found was manufactured by Source Naturals and they sell it under 2 different names. Mood Enhancer, and Positive Thoughts.
Educate yourself. If you are on this forum, you have probably educated your mind about various spiritual topics. I had not done that, which created a wide split in what my mind knew about, and what I was directly experiencing. The fear would have probably been mitigated somewhat if my mind had some type of model to use in understanding what was happening.
SEEING IN A DIFFERENT WAY
After the samadhi I found my understanding of reality drastically altered. I was done with the Berkeley Psychic institute, as I had gone to the end of the teaching they offered. It was my time to integrate what I had been shown, use my awareness and connection to Source to broaden my understandings, and be put to use as a tool for Source.
I continued to work in my business, however I now had a much deeper understanding of people than I had before. I really needed time to meditate, however I was forbidden to do so by the doctors and I was still under mandatory care from a psychiatrist. I took to meditating while on the toilet, or while driving (with my eyes open of course!). This stretched my abilities. The most difficult thing for me during the next year was learning how to appear normal, in a world where everything was obviously not real. I still lived with an ongoing experience of everything and everyone disappearing, when I gazed for more than a couple of seconds. I needed to keep my eyes moving around to see and locate objects so that I wouldn’t bump into them as I walked. I had no problem with hearing or feeling things in this reality. This type of sight is not uncommon for many spiritual adepts. In Zen it is called ‘seeing to the end’. Conscious Beings going through this often have students or family who guide them around so that they do not hurt themselves while they are interacting with the world. It is not a bad experience but it was challenging on my own. This lasted about 9 years for me and was most intense for the first 3.
My challenge in this life has been to do this all on my own with very little support from anyone in this dimension. It has been an amazing journey. As of this writing I now see everything as ‘solid’. At the same time, I also see other realities behind this one. In order to visit another reality all I need to do is shift the focus of my awareness to the shadow worlds, which I see with my third eye and am always aware of. I have not been bothered with kundalini increases for years... perhaps more is coming, however today my body is comfortable and balanced. I have the appearance of a totally normal, and rather frumpy, older woman. I guess you could say I climbed the mountain and came back down into this reality. I have learned that people like me are called ‘sages’ in the books from the Eastern wisdom traditions.
SLEEPING-IS IT NECESSARY
I had the idea that if I kept earning money and was successful, my very 3D husband would not worry, and I could avoid being forcefully medicated. After 9 years my psychiatrist told me that I was not sick and had never been ill, but that Western Medicine could only offer toxic drugs to help balance spiritual energies. He advised that I find a spiritual teacher, and was delighted that I was sitting with Steven Gray.
Getting to the point where the western medical establishment, and my husband, left me alone took some concentrated effort on my part. I needed to learn how to appear normal under all circumstances, no matter what I was aware of, or what energies were coursing through my body.
One of those circumstances was sleep. I found that I no longer needed it, and that my body was happy with 1.5-2 hours of rest in a prone position each day. (When you read literature about breatharians or spiritual masters you will find that this is quite common.) Waiting for my body to wake up was not my favorite time of the day- it was extremely boring. It did not occur to me to do astral travel, so I just lay there and experienced my sleeping body breathing. I was really glad when true, and rather unconscious, sleep appeared in my reality again 9 years later.
In the meantime what was I to do? For the first few months I lay in bed next to my sleeping husband as long as possible so that he would believe that I had slept. When I did get up, I was careful not to awaken him, and I often spent most nights during the beginning months, after the samadhi, in a warm bath.
That ended when I went to a real estate convention. While I was there, a total stranger walked up to me and said, “I was told to give this to you”. With those words, he handed me a 12 tape set recorded by a Taoist entitled “You are God”, and melted back into the crowd. I never saw the man again, but I began listening to the tapes. They helped me to develop a mental understanding of the process I was in, and they gave me a big hint. The recordings said, “Go into the woods at night and you will be met by a teacher”.
I did not even question this advice, that very night I began hiking in the woods. Just as the recording had said, I was met by a teacher. This teacher was a shadowy figure in a dark cloak with a hood. (Recently I have read that beings from less dense realities do not have the lower 3 chakras and legs connecting them to the earth, so they are usually seen as cloaked.) He never used words in teaching me, and part of my practice was to focus and concentrate to determine what he was trying to get across to me. Primarily this teacher worked with me to develop my sensitivity and to release my pre-conceived ideas of what the planet is. He encouraged me to learn about energy lines, helped me to adjust my awareness so I could communicate with the plant, mineral, and animal kingdoms. He also set tasks for me that were at the very outside edge of my ability. These included walking barefoot with my eyes closed across unknown wild territory, until I learned to see with my feet and other parts of my body. He actually could not teach me any of these things, but he could encourage me to listen, to stretch my awareness, and to cultivate a deep stillness. As I developed the ability to commune with the natural world I found myself in states of ecstasy and exultation beyond words most of these nights. I have not seen him for many years now. One day, after about 9 years he vanished and never came back. My understanding is that I finally incorporated him into myself so that he was not needed as a separate being to interact with.
You might wish to know why this period in my life ended. One day I walked into the hills and all the magic energy was simply not there any more. I tried again several times, however t was no longer my path to be there. Since then I have simply lived in the world as other people do, yet I am called into service again fairly frequently... in new venues.
Many years later, the magic came back for me in the wilderness, however I am no longer addicted to finding it there. I have learned that this magic is everywhere, even in the midst of the most crowded city. But that is another story.
BEING ASSIGNED YOUR JOB
As you become more conscious, the great SELF finds uses for you that are equal to your abilities. This is one of the great joys of the spiritual path. There is nothing more fulfilling than being asked to do something and responding to that request. My favorite expression of this is from Coleman Barks translations of Rumi’s poems
The Reed Flute
All day all night,
The quiet bright,
reed song
When It plays,
I play
When It fades,
I fade
I am a hollow reed flute
Play a song through me
As I became more aware, more sensitive, and more balanced, I began to do more advanced work in the world, other than my business and family duties. I began to sit on a rock high above the Silicone Valley as the dawn light grew each morning. There I worked with all the people in the valley to increase their frequency and consciousness. It is difficult to actually express this, however I know that today many other aware humans have tried. Basically my consciousness was so high, and I was so connected to source that I could use the creation energies which form this world to alter the consciousness of thousands of people at once. I did this by bringing them all into my heart and breathing love into them. I used this same energy in balancing the natural world in the wilderness I walked in each night for those 9 years. And today as I live my life... everywhere I go.
EXTRAORDINARY POWERS COME WITH LINKING DIRECTLY TO THE GREAT SELF
As the years continued and my awareness grew, beings who normally remain hidden, approach me in order to make contact. I do not wish to tell much about this here, because it is very private and sacred to me. You can get an idea of one of these exchanges from this post:
http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?14157-An-experience-that-changed-my-life&p=305123&highlight=mushroom+gardener#post305123
I have been ‘asked’ to shift the tectonic plates when necessary, in order to ward off earthquakes. In one of these incidences I was with a friend. I entered into a deep meditation so that I would be in contact with the energies needed to create change. In this place within consciousness, I experienced total peace, calm, and stillness as I balanced the earth plates under me. When my awareness came back to the 3D world, my friend was as white as a sheet and shaking all over. She told me that the car we were sitting in had pitched and bucked on ground that had rolled and shaken violently. She was afraid it would tip over because it had rocked up and down as much as 6 feet. The only thing that kept her sane, was looking over at my serene and unconcerned face while I was in meditation. I had no experience of this at all. Her report was a gift to the little me because it helped my mind let go of doubt. I think it was a gift to her also because she could directly experience real magic and know that anything is possible.
Several times I have been suddenly transported into the future so I could see what would occur. This was not experienced as imagination, but as a solid reality. From these places I was able to go back in time, and destroy the energy threads connecting that potential future I was in, to the present, Thus the course of upcoming events was changed totally. As you look at all the negative information being unearthed and shared within Avalon, it is important to understand that I am not the only human assigned tasks like this. Others like me are doing their work all over the planet... therefore it is not possible to foretell the future based on current events no matter how dismal they appear.
I have been asked to do other jobs as well. I don’t really wish to recount them here, because none of them are possible unless you are connected to ALL-THAT-IS. When that connection is clear ANYTHING is possible.
BEING A BREATHARIAN
I haven’t mentioned this much in this personal story. Since the entire thread is devoted to it, I don’t think I need to say much about it here. I will tell you a bit about the timing of it in my story, because I’m sure some of you are curious. About a year after the samadhi, and after I had been walking in the woods at night for a few months, a change began to occur in my body. Read Post #2 for specifics. I was only a breatharian for a few months. During that time I experienced no weight loss, abundant energy, tremendous strength, no fatigue at all, and robust health. My particular life pattern did not lend itself to being different or unusual at that time. I was still under psychiatric care and the very real threat of a 72 hour involuntary hold in a mental facility at any time. I suppose I could have chosen to walk off into the sunset, however I had decided to stay and honor the agreement I had made with my husband. If this change were to happen today, with the support I currently have in my life, I would remain a breatharian. It was truly a wonderful and awesome way to live.
DO YOU WANT TO GO ON THE JOURNEY OF A LIFETIME?
Probably ‘Yes’ or you would not have read this far on the thread. I think this type of desire is your future reaching back to you and whispering in your ear. I will do all I can to help place guide posts on the pathless path for you.... However, I cannot take your journey... only you can do that.
I hope this post helps you see that something amazing is happening on this lovely planet right now. I hope it opens possibilities for you. Perhaps you are thinking that all of this is impossible... it does not matter... the post has planted seeds in you and someday they will grow.
I have such love and deep respect for all of you who read this.
PS: I am aware that there are others here on Avalon as conscious as I am. I see them quietly leaving paths others to follow in many threads. I just wish to say that I know I am amazing, but I also know I am not the only one. You are amazing.... yes, if you are reading this that means YOU
Jonathon
15th November 2011, 04:28
Brilliant!
Aetheric Traveler
15th November 2011, 04:29
Wow, Dawn, Fantastic! Thanks, many many thanks. AT
Ultima Thule
15th November 2011, 04:41
Dawn - even without considering the incident with the car, you rock!
Orph
15th November 2011, 04:45
Hard to type --------- tears of joy, -------love, ------hope, ------ thank you.
another bob
15th November 2011, 04:49
Thank you so much for sharing your process, which is much appreciated!
Incidentally, I also studied for several years with Steven (Adyashanti), and likely in the same rooms with you if you were in the Palo Alto or Berkeley satsangs. Like you and many others, I am also seeing increasing evidence of a broad-based consciousness shift or upgrade, an acceleration of what was initiated back a few decades ago, an ever-widening morphic field fueled by the power of Love. May all beings everywhere joyously awaken to their own everlasting shine!
Blessings!
Dawn
15th November 2011, 05:02
Incidentally, I also studied for several years with Steven (Adyashanti), and likely in the same rooms with you if you were in the Palo Alto or Berkeley satsangs.
OMG, what a small world. I was student #7 of his from the very early days when he was just starting. Back then he was just Steven, it was not until a couple of years later that he took on a new name. I was there when the Palo Alto group came for the first time to hear him and sit with him. Nice to meet you (again?)
Caren
15th November 2011, 05:34
Hello Dawn,
I am somewhat speechless at what you have so generously shared .. thank you very much - my heart is just bursting! :hug:
another bob
15th November 2011, 06:12
Incidentally, I also studied for several years with Steven (Adyashanti), and likely in the same rooms with you if you were in the Palo Alto or Berkeley satsangs.
OMG, what a small world. I was student #7 of his from the very early days when he was just starting. Back then he was just Steven, it was not until a couple of years later that he took on a new name. I was there when the Palo Alto group came for the first time to hear him and sit with him. Nice to meet you (again?)
Yes, there weren't more than a couple dozen in Palo Alto, 1999 I recall. I'd just moved back to the Bay Area after 25 years on the East Coast, and slam bang ran into Amachi first, then Adya -- a nice combination of Bhakti and Jnana to set the stage for miracles that shortly followed. Yes, Sister -- well met!
Blessings!
Dawn
15th November 2011, 06:30
Here is the promised diagram of how the energy works in the mediation I am recommending. I know it is rather crude, however I think you will find it helps with understanding what you are doing. ONE MORE THING I remembered as I drew this... you need to place your hands palm up on your thighs while doing this. This is because the energy will begin to run from the heart chakra down your arms and bubble out of your palms in a small fountain as you do this work.
https://i.imgur.com/tf5FeTj.jpg
* Reference page for a full description:
https://ammaviranajn.blogspot.com/2017/12/breatharian.html
http://photoman.bizland.com/stuff/runningenergy.jpg
realitycorrodes
15th November 2011, 07:18
http://www.kheper.net/topics/breatharian/The_Process.html
Robin Adams (R): I did 'The Process' to stop needing to eat from the 5th to the 25th of August in 1995. It took 21 days.
The process was called, "Choosing God over the illusion" or "The 21day Process".
The idea of doing the process was to make us aware that the body is not only sustained by food and water – which is the most fundamental belief system on this planet – but that it could be sustained on 'light' - and that we can ultimately live on light, earth energies and the pranic forces in the air.
Steven Guth (S): How long ago was this?
R: I did it eleven years ago.
S: So today we will be looking back with a level of hindsight?
R: No, a lot of what I'll tell you about 'came in' during 'The Process', I will relive the time using my diary notes - OK?
S: How many people do you know who have done this Process?
R: When I was doing it there were several others scattered around the property - you do it in silence.
When I went over to New Zealand the following year – a friend, had been giving a talk at a Centre in Tarpo and had got everyone excited about it, but then he was leaving.
There was no one else there who knew how to do The Process. So I offered to do it - having done it myself … and I believe you should never take anyone through it unless you have actually experienced it yourself.
I took about 30 people on three different occasions, of about 10 or 11 people each time.
S: How many people, around the planet, do you know of?
R: It seemed to take of a lot more in Australia and New Zealand, and New Zealand, I believe was ready of it, New Zealanders are spiritual far more aware then most if the rest of the world … and they were just ready for it.
S: And in the world?
R: I really don't know. In Australia I heard something like three or four hundred. It's something that people really don't want to talk about too much because, well, one of the people I did it with, a fellow called Jim Pezna, he is jail now for taking a woman through The Process who died, of kidney problems – you probably heard that story. He was a Russian fellow, who did it with the best of altruistic ways: he was going to go Russia and teach the starving Siberians on how to live on light. It was just unfortunate that this woman died of kidney failure. He knew on one level he shouldn't have been taking her through, but she went through and she died. And she died.
S: So this is one person you know of that you could perhaps subsequently talk to?
R: Yes.
S: Do you know anyone else?
R: Doctor Bill Melton was the man who took me through it. He is a medical doctor. He went to live on a community in Queensland. He was brilliant.
S: I very curious about the energies involved. You were not eating and you said you get pranic energies from the air. I think that's a gross oversimplification because there are many other energies. You mentioned air, and just before you mentioned light – and I think there are probably half a dozen others.
R: And you get energy from the earth.
S: I want to understand what those specific energies are so that we can have a better understand of our bodies and our planet.
R: When you are not feeding your body with food, it is open to be sustained by many other influences – you become a lot more sensitive … it becomes very difficult to be in a city, very, very difficult when you are in that state.
S: Because some of the energies you are picking up are polluted, and so don't work?
R: And they also assault the sensitivity of your body, and weaken you and drain you. You can't sustain yourself on the low vitality in the city.
S: Is the low vitality caused by the environment or the number of people?
R: It's probably everything
S: So when you can't sustain yourself what happens?
R: You get very weak very tired. It's a substance that sustains you; I can't explain what it is. As you say it is very complex. To me … well let me tell you a bit about the process.
S: So to make a brief summary. First, three or four hundred people have done the process that you have heard about. There are two possible people for me to contact. And do we know of anyone who is still not eating?
R: I don't think there is anyone who I have heard of who has kept on with it. It did not seem necessary to continue, it was just something that you could prove that you could do if the state of the earth become so poor that one could not find enough food or water. We knew we could survive – but it wasn't even that, it was a process of transition to the next level of our evolvement.
S: Let's talk about the pre experience stage. You got the information about The Process …
R: I had been trying to work on how to do this up at Glastonbell for some time. I had been reading articles about living on light and I knew it was possible. I knew it was possible but I didn't know how to do it. Then I went up to Brisbane for my mother's 80th birthday and I happened to talk to a woman who mentioned 'that Dr. Bill was doing it'. So I rushed out, rang him up and saw him. I was literally doing it the next week, because I knew it was exactly what I needed to do.
I had been searching for a way of doing this for some time.
S: Why?
R: I can't tell you why. It's one of those inner parts of your journey where you know that it's the next step of your evolutionary journey. It is something that had come into my consciousness up at Glastonbell.
S: In what way?
R: It popped in while I was in the meditation cabin. Not that I should stop eating but that there was another way of sustaining. I thought I would be doing half and half – eating a lot less and learning how to gradually do it as the yogis used to do … and it took a very, very long time. But with earth things being speeded up the 21 day process is the way it is done in the 20th century, everything is a lot faster.
S: I have done some thinking about the Yogis in caves and I came to the conclusion that location is very important because the location supplies certain energies, or sub sets of energies, which in biochemistry could be called organic minerals or vitamins, and that we can actually get these out of the rocks the environment.
R: You can breathe them in. That's why it is so hard in the city to sustain yourself.
S: Have you come across Judy Jacka and her book with the Nixon layers? There are energy layer octaves that travel around the earth. The octaves are about 9 feet apart and in each one there are bands that mimic the minerals.
R: I have her book, but I wasn't aware of that at the time. I was just was getting substance from the light and from the higher energies … and by being sustained with higher spiritual consciousness.
S: Judy also talks about vivaxsis, the point of energy connection we have to the earth.
You also were saying that the energies were coming from a higher source.
R: My understanding is that the energy centres we have in our body – when they are clear – they are separate initially – but when they are clear they merge and become a unified Chakra.
And when your 8th chakra (your crown) and the one above your head open you are connected directly up to your own source … instead of running around on a battery trying to plug into other people and places to get your energy. You actually become sustained by the central sun, the sun behind the sun – from where (I believe) we were created. I've gone back to there many times. It's a place where home is. I'm not an earth being.
S: This consciousness yes, but your body is …
R: … Oh yes, and the trick is to integrate.
S: So by making the interstellar part of the conscious strong and functioning.
R: It's not our interstellar Being - it is the creative source of the universe. It's not a Being – it is way beyond that, it is the creative source of everything.
S: So, through The Process your creative source gets into your body?
R: It merges.
S: And that provides …
R: Sustenance, spiritual food – sustenance which also sustains the body.
S: Let's just consider the cellar level. The cells take in nutriments, metabolise them and then drop the waste back into the plasma in which they float. In this model, how do the cells get nutriment?
R: How I saw it was that after the body had been deprived of physical sustenance – food and water – for a certain amount of time it flipped back to its original source of sustenance which was light – or energy. The basic amoebas didn't eat. I know our cells retain the memory of everything we have ever done or been – and it is an individual memory.
I know this because a lot of the healings I have done is to clear the cellular memory out … the things that have happened that create problems for people and ultimately with health. I have seen that it all starts from that deep cellular level.
So when the cells no longer are programmed to be sustained by food, minerals and vitamins and things like that, they do this flip and they remember from their ancient, ancient memory of how they survived on light.
S: And this whole process – to get the cells to flip - can happen slowly or quickly. Either as a monk in a cave or in the 21 days like you experienced.
R: Most people don't realise that this is happening.
The first week, in The Process you don't eat and you don't drink. You take in nothing!
S: Another question, in the pre experience phase is a detox necessary?
R: I did, because of my naturopathic background I knew that if I cleared out a lot of the gunk, the garbage, I wouldn't have the side effects – the headaches, the withdrawal symptoms, things like that.
A lot of people didn't do this because in the guide lines that you were given this is not mentioned. But in the people I took through, I also prepared them with a detox … salads stuff like that for just a week. That was because when people heard about The Process there were 3 reactions … No way! Or yes, I'm interested but not yet! Or when can I start! And the people that were ready, over in New Zealand were, "When can I start?" So a week was the time they had.
And I actually went in 1999 over to America and did a group a North Carolina – so there may be people over there that I haven't heard about. I don't tend to keep in touch with a lot of people.
S: Lets move onto week one. I guess the first question is location.
R: I think the location is very important – I have just remembered someone else who did it, she did it on her own, Ann Saunders …
S: I remember now, and the partner of Pam, I can't remember his name …
R: Oh, Oh, I don't know – but that's Pam's painting in front …
S: Yes, the towering queen site …
R: The first week …location is important; it needs to be in nature.
When I did it in New Zealand it was by a river in very beautiful pristine locations. High vibrational places.
So, in my first week … I put up my little red tent in the paddock and just sort of lie around and read...
And the care giver – it is very important to have a "care giver" and a "clear giver". The 'care giver' is just around to make sure that you are OK. They come and visit you twice a day – morning and night – and they are the only person you can talk to. The 'care giver', in the first week brings you the ice – you can have a bit of ice, and you can also swish your mouth out with sarsaparilla because you are like a bit like a cockies cage.
And the 'clear giver' – they can be the same person – but the 'clear giver' needs to be someone who has done The Process – and they just talk to you about what you are going through, they just support you in the process.
S: How long did the 'clear giver' spend with you?
R: About quarter of an hour each day. Every few days I would walk up to the house and have a shower. But the first week I was in this little tent, it was fairly dry – I would go for a walk around the property every day. It is important to stay in the area, to really focus and go into yourself. This is your journey, so you don't need distractions.
The thirst after three days really starts to get you, you know you are dehydrating; you can fell that in your body. The bowels stop working, you still pee, the pee gets less and darker. The mind is focused on the body a lot. I spent a lot of time reading, so it just distracts you. And you do become weaker. For some people the head start, the detoxing starts, I really didn't have that. After … can read from my dairy notes?
S: Yes, please read …
R: Day 2. Felt quite weak on getting up. Had a wash and dressed. No food or liquids to be taken for 7 days feel calm and positive about what I am undertaking, feel that I have been guided to this as a step towards gaining my light body in preparation for the next step – whatever that may be. Feel strongly that it is connected to my site near Glastonbell.
Day 3. Very restless night, body not tired, I had a strong dream about being cut out of a will, not me a friend. Woke up feeling good, no head ache. Strong, walked 400 meters uphill to the house. Bill calls twice a day to see how I am. Five others are also here; we do not talk to each other.
Day 4. The first day of the etheric operations. Now what happened on the other level was these Beings came – and I could actually see what was happening … and I don't know how many people can actually see these.
The soul has left the body and you know that it is going on a journey. It's standing aside as your body is being reprogrammed. Four 'Light Beings' came, I think two were green. They erected a white filmy tent and put an operating table in it. They put my etheric body on it and started operating on it.
Now, on the first day of the etheric operation. Implants were inserted to enable me to become a Being of the next dimension. I have agreed to do so only on the understanding that this is all. I have no wish for ET's taking me over – I have to surrender in faith and trust but my over lighting guardians are with me at all times. I feel safe and protected although a bit concerned at the appearance I glimpsed of one of the team.
S: What did they look like?
R: Two were tall Light Beings and the two who were the main surgeons were very strange, I think they were green, I can't quite remember.
The Light Beings were tall, elegant Beings of light – of human shape with beautiful eyes. The operators didn't look like gnomes, but more like you might imagine a Martian to look.
S: How did they operate?
R: I'll tell you … this is Day 5 ... I had a very restless night. The moon is nearly full and the energy is so strong that I hardly slept and had strange dreams. Animals and birds very restless and noisy all night – the cows, the horses, the dogs and the owls and the other birds and the wallabies – they were all restless.
I had a shower and prepared for another day for etheric operations. The body was very thirsty … I didn't write, "I was very thirsty" I said "my body" because I actually was not in my body.
I don't have much in this dairy about the etheric operations and I can't remember a lot of it - I've written about it somewhere else. But I know that in the first operation an etheric drip was inserted into my body so that my kidneys wouldn't dehydrate. My kidneys were well looked after and I did pee quite normally.
S: Where was the ethric drip placed?
R: Over the kidneys I think, sort of a catheter. I don't know where the liquid came from. Maybe it was that protowater you talk about.
S: Yes, thought forms and couscous imagination can draw it out. Did you notice different levels of dehydration at different times of the day?
R: The morning was fine because the drip had been there all night. Then Bill came down in the morning and evening with some sarsaparilla to swish out and some ice to suck – but not swallow. Sleeping on the ground in a tent may have helped too.
S: The operations were done with tools?
R: With instruments, they were like lasers. There were three sessions during the day. One was from about 9 to 11, and I had to lie down and be very quiet. One was 12 to 2 and one was 3 to 5 and it had to be in between the time Bill came down because I didn't talk to him about that. And I could get up in between and move around.
Basically what they did is that they worked on each organ. They took my skin off, they flayed it all off they dipped in a silver type of liquid which impregnated it some how and opened up the pores to allow light to be sustained a lot more and when They just knew something very profound was going on was going on within them … I would have to go over my notes form that time, they are in another dairy. But they all came out of it brilliantly.
S: Where was your soul?
R: they put it back they had an instrument that knitted back all the nerve endings all the capillaries. It was incredible, just incredible; every part of my body was taken off in different sections and dipped in the liquid.
S: Did other people experience this?
R: Some of them did. Some knew things were happening but not many of them were as visually aware as I was. Now I think of it there were two aspects. One was standing besides me watching what was happening. The other had gone to what I've called home to learn more about how to operate in this new aspect of myself, in this new dimension that I was moving into.
S: And …
R: Day 6. Most intriguing day with the operations. They worked on rewiring the nervous system, adding more strands of DNA from 6 to 12 which are to be activated in the future and during the third session they totally removed my skin in sections and dipped it in a liquid light and replaced it using the gadget to reconnect nerve ends and capillaries.
Then they showed me what they were going to place in my body, it was a golden crystal. We were talking about the head as a sphere, a receiver like a dish antenna. Now this crystal went down the spine and this was the antenna, it was put in at the last session – and I checked on it this morning and it is still there. Actually, it was a golden sphere, a pearl that was put in the head and a golden crystal that was put in the body.
Day 7. I can take liquid today when the operations are finished. Thirst is very strong. The ice Bill brought yesterday was of great benefit as I can suck it and rub it on my face – I was hot and a bit flushed I think by then. The second of the two hours was working on the chakras and another healer who works more on the physical worked more on my shoulder and back – I had a lot of pain there, and in the neck. And in the third session I was worked on even more. I am down to 9 stone. A rainbow came at the end of the last session, a little rain, but very little cloud. Bill came down, I went out of the tent and moved with the rainbow and I burst into tears and I remember thinking that wow, I have enough liquid left in my body to cry, to have tears, it was such a profound experience. I then when you have a drink, you have to sip it very slowly.
S: So that was the end of the first week?
¤=[Post Update]=¤
R: Yes, the first week. You see there are three separate sessions, parts to this. The first is the clearing out, the second one is the rewiring and third is the integration – I think that's how it is, but I am a bit hazy on this.
In the second week I stayed in a tepee. In the third week someone else needed the tepee and I moved back into my tent. But generally you stay in your own tent, I am not attached to places and it was nice change.
Day 8. Hard to get up this morning slept most of the day from 10 to 4, feel soggy and tired. A lot of healing happening I guess, not much pee – the drip was taken out at the end of the first week and the body has to dehydrate.
Went to bed early and watched the moon, nice to have a full nights sleep. I woke up few times to have a drink … I was drinking two litres of much diluted commercial orange juice ... because if it is too pure and organic the body would react to it. That was for the second week. On the third week you can drink any juice.
S: Spiritually what was happening in the second week?
R: I was totally empty, I wasn't there. It was just the body. I was watching myself. We have all these bodies and different parts of me were watching different parts of me! Maybe my emotional body was watching what was happening but my more spiritual body had gone off on a journey somewhere. I was very aware of that because it happened to me before in '93 when I went of around the world to bring the "Aurelia" energy back. And I can certainly feel when it comes back in – it is a very, very joyous and beautiful feeling.
S: What was happening to your body?
R: The operations only were only in the first week. The second was healing. And the third week was integration.
In the second week all the organs were being knit together – everything was different, everything was changed. I was tired. I went for a walk most days; I went to the house to have a shower. And after two or three days I put on three kilos, just from the drinking – that's all I lost in the whole process.
The body is an amazing work of art, more pee today, but no bowels yet – you become very obsessed with these things. Still tired, a lot more tired than from days four to seven when I was being operated upon.
My mental focus was clear, I spent a lot of time reading, but I couldn't mediate until the third week.
Day12. I have a good bowel movement at last, quite light in colour. Feel clearer. My eyes are sore. I awoke with a headache. Dreams of murder and rebirth – death and resurrection. Frogs croaked all night after the rain.
S: How do other people feel towards the end of the second week? Did they have similar dreams of death and resurrection?
R: I think a lot of them did. It is totally a death of your old self – there is a bit of grief involved as well.
Day 14. End of second week. Slept well. Two weeks have passed, I never thought it would happen, but time does pass. The coming week is going to be the best, feel quite integrated but not whole yet. Mediation is getting better. The golden pearl and the crystal rod emanate love.
S: It interests me that not once have you mentioned fear …
R: I wasn't afraid, I knew it was so right, I knew I was so protected that there was absolutely nothing to be afraid.
S: And the other people?
R: Maybe one or two did. I remember that there was one woman in New Zealand – Cherry – she was carrying a lot of stuff, she was really quite negative until I give her some pills to have a bowel movement. She said she just 'crapped and crapped and crapped' and felt fantastically clear after that. She had this very long hair and she got me to cut all her hair off. SO we cut her hair off and she was so light and clear. It was an amazing transition.
S: When people go on a starvation diet, what is the process they go through?
R: I don't know. I believe that when people starve to death, like they do in Ethiopia and places like that they are operating on their lower three chakras. They haven't got their crown open, they in fear because they believe that if they don't eat that they will die. We were doing it from a comfortable choice. There is a lot of difference between when you choose something and when it is forced on you.
S: What were you reading?
R: Nothing spiritual, novels, something to keep my mind off what was happening. I really wasn't hungry. I was thirsty, that substance was happening. What happened to my body with that etheric drip – and maybe they put in etheric vitamins and minerals. Not too many people did mention hunger.
Some of the others knew about the etheric drip - but even the ones that didn't know - I could see it in them. Hardly any of them suffered.
The woman who died – the only one in hundreds that I heard of – wasn't spiritually prepared. It's a spiritual communion, and if you surrender to the process - and there is a surrender involved in all the next steps in your life. I don't remember anyone being fearful or scared about anything - maybe because of my presence and the non threatening environment. There was also a list of steps that one followed, to help us understand the unknown.
Beginning of week 3. I seem to have become the golden crystal, the pearl and the rod - which emanates love. So part of The Process was to activate us to become a beacon of love and light – I still do that, where ever I go I can change the vibration around, by becoming that. It is in the head and the spine … that is where our transmitters/receivers are working … it is as you were saying before about the body is a series of antennas.
The third week is integration. I slept well. I was being rewoven, I wanted leave on day 19, but I couldn't I hadn't come back into myself, I was still out there. I discussed The Process with Jim, he shared with me the awareness that the cells became so starved for sustenance that they flipped back to their original sources and light.
S: You said light. Did you sit in the sun?
R: Sunlight helped, but no it was a spiritual light. The sun helped because the body's thermostat wasn't going so well, but it was warm it was August in Queensland, it wasn't cold My shoulder was painful, I wondered why and David, Jim's guide told me it was a wound that was being healed, a spear from Roman times which ended that life. A lot of Karmic cellular memory about that time came out. It was about the betrayal of trust, a problem I kept carrying into later lives - that was healed in the third week.
S: Did other people go through the same sort of past life recollections?
R: Yes, a lot of them did. The cells have to release a lot of these old memories; they couldn't hold them any more.
S: Do you actually mean muscles?
R: No, no. I think every cell has a memory - because that is how it reproduces itself. That's why it is so hard to give up smoking, because the cell has the memory of the nicotine and how it is affected by it so it needs to reprogram.
S: I have a problem with the link between the words 'cell' and 'memory'
R: Well, the memory that the cell holds – there is also a genetic memory.
S: Let's just say, 'something happened and you began to look at past lives'.
R: I had done a lot of past life work in the '80's and this was just some residue. But for others a lot of this came up. As one became clearer and started to reintegrate all this old, past life stuff had to leave.
S: And you had to work with people to help them – some would not have known what had hit them.
R: Right, that is why it was so important to have a "Clear Giver", who knows The Process and what was happening. It would probably send you 'a bit odd' if there wasn't somebody to talk things out with.
But we had no problems; it was incredible that the people who did The Process were just so ready to do it. It was just absolutely and utterly right for them and they knew it - and some just made up their mind, on the day they started. And once, three just arrived without even booking in.
Day 18. I felt my body getting stronger. I didn't sleep so well. In the second week we were drinking two litres diluted pasteurised orange juice a day. In the third week we could have any juice we wanted – all packet juice stuff. We didn't gulp it down, we rehydrated slowly.
When you are just lying there listening the environment, the frogs, the birds … there was an old bull that wondered around, he would eat the grass outside the tent and snort – it is quite an experience having a bull eat grass 2 centimetres outside your tent.
Day 19. Slept well, lay in the sun, had a shower, read. Had a feeling of great inner peace and clarity. Didn't find it easy to mediate
Day 20. Feeling completed, dreams – one on fire and one on insurance and the hypocrisy of it. The time is nearly over, it is approaching time to leave and get on with life – I wonder what it holds and what I am called upon to do. Rather depressed at the thought of having to start a whole new life. I sat by the fire until 7 and read, and then went to sleep.
Day 21. End of the advance. Woke up at two for a pee and went back to bed still depressed and fearing very alone … because I really hadn't come into myself and around 7 am was woken by a feeling of bliss and ecstasy such as I have never experienced. The crystal pearl rod was activated and the love poured into my body anchoring in second, third, fourth and new fifth chakras. For half an hour I was completely blessed out. Thank you for the "A" team who were attending… there were two teams, the "A" team did most of the operations and the "B" team did the tweaking other sorts of things for the etheric operators, they were the clearers and healers – they were just light beings, not really strange. The only two who were very strange were the two who were doing the main operations.
After that, after I had come back into myself, I was ready to take on the world. I ran up to Bill, and "I'm back, wow, I can go now." I felt incredibly amazing.
S: So what was the first thing you did?
R: On the way home - because you can have liquid – I bought a milk shake, and I really couldn't drink it – wow, a caramel milk shake - I had about two sips and I couldn't have it.
I went back to my mother – she had decided to worry. I hadn't really told her what I was doing, just that I was going on a retreat. I looked fantastic.
Then I went to see friends for dinner – and didn't eat. My energy was so strong and my eyes were so clear it freaked them out. These were people who had known me for a long time. They had a good wine cellar and I thought I would have a glass of wine – I couldn't do that – after one sip I said, "No, I can't do this to my body." The first cup of teat that I had, tasted revolting – my sense of taste was so acute.
Then I went to my sister's place and they got freaked out as I sat there. It was a lot harder for other people to accept me than it was to accept myself. It also freaked out the guy I was having a relationship with at the time.
I went to Glastonbell and stayed in a caravan for time. Then I went to stay in hut at Mt Wilson. That was a good integration time, until I decide what to do – which was to go to New Zealand.
So it was just a process that I knew I had to do. It was something that had been working through me for some time and as soon as I found a way of doing it within 21 days, I said, "That's it, I had to do it."
S: Were there other Beings giving you energy?
R: No, no, it was coming from the source – and not from other people either. I have been sustained by the source for a long time. I got zapped by light in 1980 – and I was changed like that. It was like a bolt of lightening came in through the top of my head and opened everything up. It was like champagne bubbles for days. I was different, people said, "You are a walk in." I said nah. I believe the walk in thing is just your higher consciousness coming into your body in some way
I have tended to take risks. That's what people would say. But to me it's just the next step on the journey.
S: It is interesting that so many people were doing The Process at that time – and you don't hear about it at all now – is it still happening?
R: I don't know, I really don't know. I haven't kept in touch with anyone. I just tend to do what I need to do and then move on. In 1999, a friend in America had heard of a community in North Carolina that wanted to do The Process and she arranged for them to pay for me to go over. So I took a group through. It was on a community where Dan Winter lived – I had some interesting talks with him.
S: Looking back at the reincarnation situations you have been in, can you find a starting point for this?
R: I think it is something for which I have always had this need. If we do believe in reincarnation and we have a goal … it is a complete circle, we have come from the light, we have gone down into matter and we are now on this journey back and we are taking our matter back to spirit – which is light I suppose.
The starting point in this life was when I got zapped in 1980 and I was always looking for a way to sustain that sense of incredible bliss that have had on other occasions (like in Amanth cave). It is when I am totally infused with the love of that energy. God, it's hard to sustain in the physical body, it's a fleeting thing. After my experience in Amanth cave I cried for 3 days because there is no other way to express the experience in your body. It was just an overwhelming of love and energy and then it happened again later in Peru – after I had done The Process.
It was my higher self connecting. I believe there is a time in your life when you don't have guides. You have then at first, and they assist you to a certain point but then you connect back to your own higher self – until you plug your source. Then you don't need them because you have this direct link.
S: The best material I have come across on this Robert Monroe's works.
R: No.
S: It popular in Germany, but I think the writing style in English is so frustrating and annoying. What you are saying about the higher self is discussed in his last book "Ultimate Journey", and it reads much like what you have been saying.
R: I've done a lot of travelling and I recently had the insight that it was about collecting my parts, to pull myself back together. Sort of like a dandelion coming together – rather than blowing apart. And once back together it is going to be 'woof' off to the light.
S: Totally Monroe.
R: Ah, now I feel pretty complete. I have finished what I came to do … and I was given the choice to go or stay. If I had wanted to go they would have arranged it. I decided to stay, I have a reasonable body, so why not.
So the ultimate understanding of The Process of 'Learning to Live on Light' or 'Choosing God over the Illusion' was to break one of the most powerful belief systems on the planet – that you have to eat and drink to survive. Once that is broken many other belief systems are broken too. And you realise that most things are in your belief systems.
You also realise what an incredible diversion food is on this planet and the energy that is expended on growing it, harvesting it, distributing it, selling it, preparing it, eating it, and the social integration that goes on around that. And the amount of time and money one can release into your life if you don't have to spend a tremendous amount of your life on food. You can use that time and energy towards achieving other ends.
But food is so integrated into our social fabric – which feeds the lower three or four chakras – that it very hard for us who have done The Process to continue to feel part of society.
And so, for a number of reasons, most of us go back to eating. Mostly because of social pressure - but also because we are in a human body for so short a time - and it is pleasurable to partake of food and wine.
Still, it is good to know that if the food supply is ever terminated you needn't be fearful that you will die or prepare yourself to get the last loaf of bread off the supermarket shelf … you could walk on you path - in love, without fear - trying not to be contaminated by the fear all around. Fear is a very contaminating thought form.
S: At what point did you start eating again and why?
R: I Started eating at Christmas time about 4 months later when I went down to stay with my kids. So I had a little bit of Christmas lunch, just a little bit, and after that I slowly started eating again.
After about 3 or 4 years I was eating normally again, and in the last few years I have put on a few kilos – it's the life style I now have. I see it as a time of grace, to rest, to renew, to rest for awhile – my life had been pretty intense for 15 years. It is now time to enjoy what the physical earth has to offer as well – integrated with the spiritual earth and the nearby spiritual hierarchy.
I would actually like to do The Process again one day. Then I may take people though it again… but not in the winter.
S: Who are the light beings and masters involved?
R: There are guides of humanity, there are the lords of light … it's a whole different hierarchy, there are myriads of hierarchy. But this is one group, one hierarchical system that over lights this particular process, which are trained to do this work. They are highly, highly qualified.
S: Are they only on this planet?
R: They are not on this planet, they come to overlight, to guide 'The Process'.
S: Do you see them coming from other physical, astronomical, planets?
R: I haven't looked. Perhaps they are in parallel universes – which is what al lot of us are aiming to achieve - some talk of the fifth dimension, but it is the same thing. The Process is a preparation for us to go into other dimensions, into other universes …
… Look, don't you find that you are walking in two worlds? You operate in the normal world with its 3 dimensions and also in higher dimensions? Not just the fourth, which I think is very astral but also higher dimensions of self?
S: I tend to come from a sort of Catholic view on all this. I see myself as in a middle place most of the time. Sometimes I see myself in parallel universes above, or have access to parallel universes below.
I am also very aware that there are packets of consciousness that condense themselves into forms – and that these interrelate with our 'normal' of three dimensional world through our thought process, memories and history.
R: Right. This is how the Aurelia energy came into my life. She came in as a thought form, in a condensed version and then it unfolded and all these different aspects appeared.
S: In the Robert Monroe material this is called a "Rote" – a package of consciousness that arrives. So when you travel in the parallel worlds the beings there can pass you Rote – which you then have to unpackage and understand in your terminology.
R: After the Aurelia thought form became established in my consciousness I needed to travel around the world to deliver it, pieces here and there -which I did.
Then, soon, there were all these cries for help because the Aurelia consciousness couldn't be sustained by the low energy on earth. So I had to take in, and send out, lots of energy until the pieces managed to adapt and so sustain themselves in our low earth vibrations.
S: And what is the Aurelia consciousness?
R: It is an aspect of the divine feminie - an aspect that has never been on earth before.
S: And the aspect is …?
R: Essentially, it is the female balance to a male energy that had been working on earth for a very long time without its female equivalent.
The Aurelia thought form works to balance male and female energies – so that in future there will be no male dominance and no female dominance.
Postscript.
I sent my transcript of the interview to a friend who's judgment I have come to trust. Her description of an 'operation' matches Robin's. In my mind the below adds perspective to Robin's experiences.
Hello Steven,
Yes, I read with great interest the Robin Adams papers.
I underwent these "etheric" operations when I was in Belgrade over ten years ago... I know of them. But I was not on any diet. Food was scarce, as it was war period in former Yougoslavia, but I was rather priviledged. These operations would take place every morning and evening, the daytime I was working. They went on for the whole week-ends... Some of these laser cuts were excruciatingly painful, but the pain came only in one wave. I had noticed then that pain comes normally in two or more waves : the first is when you hurt yourself, the second is when the brain registers and sends back the information, the pain is then greatly multiplied, and you have more waves of lesser intensities that follow, like a sort of throbing. In the case of etheric operation, the cuts only had the first wave, there was no recall from the brain. So it was not too bad. The work was mostly done on my arms and body. I did call a few mystics as I got worried. But they just said my greater self was being prepared... Not to worry. Well... I did not have a choice anyway, so I let go of my worry. But I remember being scold a lot for not staying put and not relaxing, making things more difficult. These operations could take hours and sometimes the whole day... I would beg for an autorization to have a biscuit and a cigarette and a glass of milk...!!!
The part about cellular memory and smoking is interesting, hah ? Hope to solve this one day...
The transcripts are very interesting. Becoming "whole" while incarnated must indeed put us out of balance with the rest of the world. But this is how we should all actually be and will be in times to come... I'm aware when I am too "clean" that I cannot stand the other people around me, nor even walk in my small city...
I do not recall how many people worked on me. The one cutting me was always assisted by another. But not always the same. Then there were other spirit helpers assisting in different manners. I had the feeling the cutting one was a former human healer or shaman. But I'm not sure. Some years after, when I was in Zagreb, I had frequent visits of very high energy beings and I would feel ever so blessed and filled with love. These were incredible beings. I felt longing and pain when their vibrations wore off. They came to encourage me and work at me on levels I was not very aware off then. I cannot really say what was done then.
toothpick
15th November 2011, 08:23
Hi Dawn great thread.
Generous of you to let us in on your "cosmic" adventures, really enjoyed your sharing.
Also thanks for the diagram that describes how to practise "running your energies", much appreciated.
I was thinking it must be a weight off your shoulders, or maybe it,s ecstatic to finally get your experiences out to other like minded people.
Ilie Pandia
15th November 2011, 11:59
Hello,
What is the front an the back channel of the microcosmic orbit? I've tired look this up on google, but I'm not sure I got the right thing :)
eaglespirit
15th November 2011, 12:07
Thank You Dawn!
Thank You Jessamy99!
Thank You All!
A New Earth WE ALL Can Decide and Do...in Our Own Ways...to Bring About Now : )
bearcow
15th November 2011, 13:35
This type of meditation was referred to as 'running your energy'. It reverses the normal course of the microcosmic orbit. At at the end of a 30 minute meditation you will feel really clean and balanced inside as these channels open up flow without blockage.
none of the true masters i studied with would recommend this approach. if you did breathing techniques and built up a energy charge while reversing the flow of the microcosmic orbit, it can have negative results. The flow of some meridians can be reversed from their normal circulation to create specific results, but only for a limited time, and must be done in the proper sequence to create beneficial results.
I would advise caution and discernment.
After this nirvikalpi samadhi (my research has shown me that this is what an event like this is called),
if you reached the state of nirvikalpi samadhi you would be a living buddha, i have met masters that are not even half way to this state and they are basically supermen.
The problem is that many spiritual people think they are at the end of the path, but in fact they are only at the beginning.
jessamy99
15th November 2011, 15:58
Quote: From TraineeHuman
I once had an experience that was just a tiny glimpse of something like Dawn’s and Jessamy’s. I was at a three-week meditation retreat in India, my first meditation retreat ever. After about a week I noticed that there was an “energy” that came in from my oversoul point (above the head) and beyond and came down the front of my body to at least my navel, then up the spine to the oversoul point and back down to the right of the heart. But it got lighter and lighter, and eventually seemed to be weightless, like pure light would be. It somehow moved in synch with my breathing.
Unquote
I beg to differ Traineehuman!! This sounds exactly the same experience and not a tiny glimpse at all!! J
………….
Quote: From Dawn
Jessamy99, thank you so much for 'coming out' Wonderful story and told with such light and love. Deep Gratitude.
Unquote
You are most welcome Dawn. I am only sorry I drifted off the thread topic so much.
……………
Quote:
connecting to me inter-dimensionally does not take the place of sitting with someone who has already walked the walk. If you can find such a person your body will learn much by being in their presence, without words. I eventually found someone to sit with. He had words that were entertaining, but his real teaching was contained in his beingness.
Unquote
I was also lucky in having such a brilliant teacher who taught me Sanskrit and truth. I totally agree that a teacher who lives truth is the best way to learn.
…………………..
Quote:
Imagine that you have held a BIG secret for 23 years. You have offered to share it many times, but absolutely no one ever expressed interest in receiving it until now. That is the situation I find myself in.
Unquote
Oh yes Dawn. I have had the same. It is only luck that has led me to this forum and I have been encouraged to write about these things.
…………………
Quote:
As I grew more deeply into this meditation, it became more and more pleasurable. Several people in the Forum have mentioned my discipline, but I assure you that was not my reason for doing meditation. The more time I spent doing it, the more ecstatic it became, and the more the energies flowed through me. At first there was just the idea of ‘running my energy’. I began to feel the energy as a slight trickle that tingled or tickled after several weeks. I experienced a rushing river of energy roaring through my body after a month or two.
Unquote
I have felt this too, and it is a place that is amazing to be.
……………
Quote:
Upon awakening the morning after the shamadhi experience I became aware of this world gradually. The first thing I was aware of was that somewhere there was intense grieving. I followed this energy thread and my consciousness arrived in the kitchen. I was not in my body at the time, but was seeing from every molecule and atom in the room, so that I could see all parts of the scene there very clearly. My husband was on the phone telling my mother that I was dead, he was sobbing violently.
Unquote
I have felt this too, and on a few occasions I have been given the choice to let go of my physical body. However, I had my beautiful daughter to look after and I gratefully declined. However I felt no fear.
………………..
Quote:
I still lived with an ongoing experience of everything and everyone disappearing, when I gazed for more than a couple of seconds. I needed to keep my eyes moving around to see and locate objects so that I wouldn’t bump into them as I walked.
Unquote
I know what you are saying Dawn. This is a state I have experienced, but I seem to be able to switch it on and off. I have the awareness that while your head can be in the clouds, your feet need to be firmly on the ground at the same time.
…………………
Quote:
In the meantime what was I to do? For the first few months I lay in bed next to my sleeping husband as long as possible so that he would believe that I had slept.
Unquote
I am lucky as my husband is very tolerant and we have separate bedrooms because I like to do things in the night. I read a lot and am usually in the middle of projects.
……………….
Quote:
I am a hollow reed flute
Play a song through me
Unquote
This is what I feel about the healing energy. It flows through me. It is not mine to take the credit for. I am the channel for it to come down.
……………..
Quote:
Several times I have been suddenly transported into the future so I could see what would occur. This was not experienced as imagination, but as a solid reality. From these places I was able to go back in time, and destroy the energy threads connecting that potential future I was in, to the present, Thus the course of upcoming events was changed totally
Unquote
I have had a very few times when I have seen the future. Once at college I had a dream that I was in a red sports car and my boyfriend was driving. We were celebrating. We were following another car and we went off the road into some trees. We hit a tree and I knew I was dead straight away.
I asked all my friends and family if they had a red car. None of them did.
Six months later, a girl in college, I didn’t know her well, was celebrating her 21st birthday and she and her boyfriend went to a party. Their red sports car went off the road and hit a tree. She was killed outright.
I never understood the point of such dreams, but have come to the conclusion they are just another sense that has opened. Just like a blind man cannot see the sky, but we can.
Thankyou Dawn for your wonderful sharing here. It makes such a difference to people like me who are still learning, to understand that we are not the only ones who are crazy!! Laughing
With love, Jessamy.
starsha
15th November 2011, 16:06
Bill and Limor, I am happy to provide more information for you. I purposely did not do so earlier because this thread is about cleansing, not living on prana. I am happy to tell you of my personal experience.
...
So there it is Bill, my story about how I became a breatharian and then gave it up. Here are the steps again, stated simply:
1) Run your energy daily
2) Get plenty of exercise
3) Remain in courage and find things you are scared of to overcome
4) Spent a lot of time in nature
5) Do 'death' meditations until they become ecstatic
6) Pay attention to the chakra at the back of your throat when you breath with the intention of opening it and breathing in prana
...
Dawn do you also have active kundalini?
I have had similar experiences to the samhadi one that you described over the last 8 years especially. The first time it happened it was a spontaneous occurrence. I had been meditating and contemplating, and at some point the contemplation starting moving into “what is this thing that i am?” During my contemplation i started becoming aware of a sensation in my spine, i have often described it as liquid bliss. I continued with my contemplation, and at some point the realization hit, that what we are is so much bigger, so much more amazing than a limited single body/mind. The sensation of liquid bliss got more and more intense until it was rushing up my spine like a waterfall and bursting out the top of my head. The feeling expanded and expanded until there was a feeling of vast open space, silence, and something like a simple pure 'knowing.'
Over the years of meditation i have had many peak experiences such as this, states of higher consciousness, but always the experiences would fade over time. For whatever reason this sensation in my spine never did fade. There are times now where the sensation is more subtle than others, but ever since that day the 'liquid bliss' has always been there. At times it can be very intense, like a whole body orgasm that is random and spontaneous, and at other times it is like a low level of subtle bliss running in the background like a radio playing in the distance.
I wanted to ask you for a bit of advice, if you are willing. It is so rare for me to find people who are experiencing the samhadi states directly. About two years ago, after six years of living with very active kundalini i had an experience in the middle of the night like your Nirvikalpa (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nirvikalpa) samhadi. When i came back to the room after that i felt like the body was a pea sized little toy, and i was this huge giant trying to remember how to work it again. For about three days i couldn't eat, or sleep, but not in a bad way, it was just like there was no need to. The energy that was flowing freely was enthralling and sustaining completely, so there was just no need to reach to anything in the world for sustenance. I was simply self sustained in every way.
I also felt a profound sense of love for everyone and everything and a strong realization of how precious life is. Like you shared my time in this state has not been without external challenges in fact if anything the 'life' challenges have increased during the last 8 years, yet no matter what happens i always have a higher perceptive, or 'lens' to see it through, and i know that what i am can not be harmed. It is hard for me to buy into fear or worry, (it can still happen, but it's very rare) but i still see that changes need to happen on earth right now and i feel a strong pull to help people. What i wanted to ask you is since 1977 what have you found is the best way to 'use' your state of being in the world? You mentioned that when this started for you, you would share it and people didn't really seem interested, which is what i am also finding.
Last year i met Oriah mountain dreamer and she shared a story about meeting with an elder. She was sharing her experience of higher consciousness with him, and after she was done sharing he said to her “that is a really beautiful experience, and a lovely story, but what is it going to do to feed the children?” I was really touched by that story, and have felt ever since the feeling of how do i take this experience and use it to make tangible changes in the world?
If anyone feels so moved to offer advice to me, i am listening. Thanks so much to Dawn for sharing this information, i feel very strongly that there is something here of immeasurable value and importance, and like LS said, i think this information is life changing.
starsha
15th November 2011, 16:18
Imagine that you have held a BIG secret for 23 years. You have offered to share it many times, but absolutely no one ever expressed interest in receiving it until now. That is the situation I find myself in. I know I have mentioned this before, however it bears repeating. Something within human consciousness must have changed dramatically and recently... perhaps there is something to the idea of the coming new age after all.
This thread is all about a completely different way of life. One that is filled with abundance so overwhelming that you are literally swimming in a sea of it. It is not important to wrestle nourishment from the poisoned food supply on the planet, you have available to you something so fulfilling that you will never feel hungry again. In fact your body will remain totally balanced and in complete harmony with you and its surroundings. This is what the information in this thread offers. Are you ready to live beyond lack and scarcity, in a world of infinite abundance?
...
Dear Dawn,
When i wrote you my question a few min ago, i hadn't seen this post. Wow ... disregard my above question, i have everything i need right here. When you spoke of 'coming out' i know exactly what you mean, this has also been very much 'up' for me in my professional life too .... I can't even express my gratitude to you. Thank you so much.
another bob
15th November 2011, 17:45
After this nirvikalpi samadhi (my research has shown me that this is what an event like this is called),
if you reached the state of nirvikalpi samadhi you would be a living buddha, i have met masters that are not even half way to this state and they are basically supermen.
The problem is that many spiritual people think they are at the end of the path, but in fact they are only at the beginning.
Question : What is nirvikalpa samadhi?
Ramana Maharshi: The immersion of the mind in the Self, but without its destruction, is kevala nirvikalpa samadhi. In this state one is not free from vasanas and so one does not therefore attain mukti. Only after the vasanas have been destroyed can one attain liberation. Even though one practises kevala nirvikalpa samadhi for years together, if one has not rooted out the vasanas one will not attain liberation.
~Be As You Are
David Godman
Blessings!
starsha
15th November 2011, 18:03
Question : What is nirvikalpa samadhi?
Ramana Maharshi: The immersion of the mind in the Self, but without its destruction, is kevala nirvikalpa samadhi. In this state one is not free from vasanas and so one does not therefore attain mukti. Only after the vasanas have been destroyed can one attain liberation. Even though one practises kevala nirvikalpa samadhi for years together, if one has not rooted out the vasanas one will not attain liberation.
Only after the vasanas have been destroyed can one attain liberation.
Yes i couldn't agree more. I don't consider myself 'liberated' but 'work in progress' ... i think doing 'shadow work' is very important, or working with the 'vasanas' as it is called in the east. No matter how high into samhadi bliss you get to, the 'inner demons' need to be faced and dealt with, IMO. I think Dawn is doing an awesome job in talking about that here though.
CdnSirian
15th November 2011, 19:03
I found this book here:
JASMUHEEN Living on Light - The Source of Nutrition for the New Millennium
1998, KOHA-Publishing Paperback C Format (8½" x 5¼"). 188pp. [ First in this, paperback, edition. From the cover 'Since 1993, Jasmuheen has been physically nourished by the Universal Life Force of Prana. This book contains the details of her research and of her experiences of this profound process as it revea...] Further details, photographs, etc. are available, just use the «Ask Bookseller» button and I'll be pleased to help. The book is in stock and ships, POST FREE in the UK, from the rural idyll of Peasedown St. John, near Bath in England from a long-established bookseller - your purchase guaranteed by my reputation and the UK Distance Selling Act. Don't forget that your purchase means my Jack Russells get their supper! ISBN: 3929512351. Very Good+.
Offered for GBP 5.90 = appr. US$ 9.11 by: BookLovers.co.uk - Book number: 167987
See more books from our catalog: New Age & Alternative from : http://www.antiqbook.co.uk/boox/bookl/167987.shtml"
Fabulous thread--must read all again!
realitycorrodes
15th November 2011, 20:16
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cnCuzUd4eC0
When the Australian television programme 60 Minutes challenged her to demonstrate how she could live without food and water, the supervising medical professional Dr. Beres Wenck found that after 48 hours Jasmuheen displayed symptoms of acute dehydration, stress and high blood pressure.[2] Jasmuheen claimed that this was a result of "polluted air". On day 3, Jasmuheen was moved to a mountainside retreat about 15 miles from the city, where she was filmed enjoying the fresh air she said she could now live on happily. However, as the filming progressed, her speech slowed, her pupils dilated and she lost over a stone (6 kg or 14 lb) in weight. After four days, Jasmuheen acknowledged that she had lost weight, but stated that she felt fine. Dr. Wenck stated "You are now quite dehydrated, probably over 10%, getting up to 11%." The doctor also announced, "Her pulse is about double what it was when she started. The risks if she goes any further are kidney failure."[2] Jasmuheen's condition continued to deteriorate rapidly in the clearly demonstrated context of acute dehydration, despite her insistence to the contrary. Dr. Wenck concluded that continuing the experiment would ultimately prove fatal. The film crew concurred with this assessment and ceased filming.
One wonders why if Jasmuheen had already done her process (years before) for becoming a breatharian and had been a breatharian for a while and as such is "stabilised" in the state, why would she experience any symptoms such as raised pulse, high blood pressure, wieght loss, dilated pupils, dehydration - these appear to be symptoms of someone who is doing the process for the first time? Something does not seem quite right IMHO. Besides, for someone practicing such a spiritual state as breathariansim she seems extremely concerned with the financial side of it all. I understand that she herself did not come up with the process, but apparently the process was channelled by someone else. Jasmuheen just provided the marketing and selling of the process.
Hiram R. Manek (HRM) was caught in the documentary "Eat the Sun" eating a curry buffet. There always seem to be short comings.
Of course Jasmuheen has tried to justify her 60 minute experience - I leave it up to everyone else's intuition to sense the reality.
Jericho Sunfire and Pralad Jani are IMHO much better examples of the real thing.
ROMANWKT
15th November 2011, 21:43
Hallo Dawn and Jessamy99
Well first of all I thought Abundant traveler disappeared, and its you Dawn, I just got that on this thread, I would just like to thank you both for most interesting and most pleasant stories and experiences, You are both needed here on Avalon at this time, as this should be the pursuit of all of us here, if we are awake and understand what is following soon on this plane, I have committed one of the deadly sins because of you two, and that is envy. oh how I envy you two angels for your experiences, you will never know. being just a weak plonker of a man, you women are amazing. please teach and direct, and don't stop.
My warmest regards to both of you
roman
another bob
15th November 2011, 22:01
oh how I envy you two angels for your experiences, you will never know. being just a weak plonker of a man, you women are amazing.
Greetings, Friend!
I've often heard that sentiment expressed in the light of someone else's apparently extraordinary experiences, but what I've learned is that such experiences are granted only if and when causes and conditions are appropriate for that particular individual's adaptation and maturation, and can moreover prove to be a huge obstacle if clung to and pursued for their own sake. Nor does it mean that the experiencer is any more fortunate or gifted or special than others who may have not required such manifestations in their current lives. In any case, as I'm sure Dawn and Jessamy would agree, what's most important is what's brought back from such experiences to enrich the lives of our fellow beings. Love is all that matters.
Blessings!
Anchor
15th November 2011, 22:21
Dawn - wow, what a thread.
It has its own thread of energy now, another line of force in Avalon's diverse matrix.
It seems more and more people are ready to come out and share.
I am sure nothing but good things can come of this.
Life is good.
Thanks
John..
starsha
15th November 2011, 22:55
It seems more and more people are ready to come out and share.
I am sure nothing but good things can come of this.
thank you John :)
christian
15th November 2011, 23:07
http://www.kheper.net/topics/breatharian/The_Process.html
Robin Adams (R): I did 'The Process' to stop needing to eat from the 5th to the 25th of August in 1995. It took 21 days.
The process was called, "Choosing God over the illusion" or "The 21day Process".
The idea of doing the process was to make us aware that the body is not only sustained by food and water – which is the most fundamental belief system on this planet – but that it could be sustained on 'light' - and that we can ultimately live on light, earth energies and the pranic forces in the air.
Steven Guth (S): How long ago was this?
[...]
I met Steven at the HealingCastle in Germany, I was intruiged by his shiny white aura, when he came in, I didn't know who he was then. He came there to forgive the Nazis, who used to stay in the castle, some lived there, some gathered occasionally, among them Hitler. He intended to help restore the balance at this place that was disturbed not only during the Nazi era. I had an interesting conversation with him and his wife, really nice and genuine fellows. He said he never saw such a huge water spirit being like the one in the castle, he told me to connect with it, to help restore balance, for the deva, as he called it, was seriously disturbed by all the atrocities that happened in the castle and also for simply being unappreciated for such a long time. I tried to do this, don't know for what it was worth, my efforts have been rather coarse, I figure.
Sorry for being off-topic, just want to say thanks for sharing this interview mate!
STATIC
16th November 2011, 00:14
WOW.... Honestly i came across this topic a year ago, and the BS meter of my "little Self" kept going off.
This thread has reinvigorated my interest.
Thank you for sharing
Connecting with Sauce
16th November 2011, 01:17
NOTE: The only place I have found this type of breathing discussed is in Diary of a Yogi, by Yogananda. He mentioned that he had ordered this method taught in his school to all the children there. He did this so that if there was ever a famine, they could survive easily without food.
Dawn,
Thanks for the info. Is the book you mention, "AUTOBIOGRAPHY OF A YOGI - Paramahansa Yogananda" ? ...I hope so... I've just bought a copy :)
Another guy who was a breathanarian is David Jubb, he is also a proponent of urine therapy similar links to prana and urine... I really try and stay vegan/veggie as best I can...
I find the biggest issue with socialising isn't the food it's peoples ignorance and show me the hand to the kind of topics we openly discuss in PA.
John
Agape
16th November 2011, 02:35
I should not be living with computer because it's damaging my eye sight, energy again..?
People do not seem to report these things ...
you are too yin, if this is your first incarnation in a human body i guess this is to be expected. grounding would be more difficult for you.
I hope my last one at the moment ;) As you may have noticed in my testimony we have all certainly been here before ..
some of us very long time ago, and also yes we are frail . And we are ancient ...
Take these human gadgets and technologies are damaging you as you use them , take my word for that but we can't do much better . Anyone visiting here can't do much , it's tough here .
We are few compared to 7 billion people of this planet ..
What can I do at all here .
As Dawn suggested ..I very much resist everything but that's built to my nature . Whatever you may consider natural becomes patogene the next moment ..
I had good immunity as child , I feel I kept repelling things from me on subtle level ...
But when I have difficult times , emotionally or being overtasked , I lose half of my health because mind and body are perfectly connected .
Sleep is good ...you can disconnect and regenerate . Unless you're in very enlightened state of mind and don't need sleep ,
and sleep is best when deserved .
We're not here to sleep right ? But we have to .
Never mind . Wish I knew where my mind is at the moment :sleep:
:hand:
Seikou-Kishi
16th November 2011, 02:48
Hi Dawn,
I see you placed great importance on the (bare?) feet touching the ground when you hiked. Was this also the case when you ran your energy? The feet in the diagram you provide are touching the floor, but are they necessarily bare or doesn't it matter? Also, what degree of separation from the ground is too much separation? the width of a sock, the flooring in a house? Does the meditation still work if done other than on the ground floor?
Admittedly not the most esoteric questions lol
Dawn
16th November 2011, 03:42
REALITYCORRODES: What an amazing post! I hung on every golden word. Thank you so much for sharing. Perhaps this is what happened to my body... or perhaps it is another path which leads to the same doorway. Deep Gratitude.
Bearclaw: if you reached the state of nirvikalpi samadhi you would be a living buddha, i have met masters that are not even half way to this state and they are basically supermen.
The problem is that many spiritual people think they are at the end of the path, but in fact they are only at the beginning.
Bearclaw, I am so sorry you are upset by my sharing. I would like to say that in ZEN, nirvikalpi samadhi is not considered to be the end AT ALL. My understanding is that there is no end ... that there is always more. I am not claiming to be anything... I am just sharing my story. And, yes... I understand what you mean when you say there are many beginners who believe they have it all. I am not one of those. Namaste to you brother.
Quote This type of meditation was referred to as 'running your energy'. It reverses the normal course of the microcosmic orbit. At at the end of a 30 minute meditation you will feel really clean and balanced inside as these channels open up flow without blockage.
Bearclaw: none of the true masters i studied with would recommend this approach. if you did breathing techniques and built up a energy charge while reversing the flow of the microcosmic orbit, it can have negative results. The flow of some meridians can be reversed from their normal circulation to create specific results, but only for a limited time, and must be done in the proper sequence to create beneficial results.
I would advise caution and discernment.
Bearclaw, in my personal opinion there are many paths that all lead to the same place. Do you realize that this method of 'running energy' is exactly what the body does at night when you sleep? In this meditation you are asking your body to circulate energy as it does while sleeping, yet while you are sitting upright. In fact, 1,000s of students have gone through this form of training as their very first meditation. I would assume those who try this resonate with it. In your case it does not resonate, and therefore is not the right path for you... or wasn't when you were a new student.
Eaglespirit: A New Earth WE ALL Can Decide and Do...in Our Own Ways...to Bring About Now : )
Yes, Eaglespirit this seems to be what is happening. Thank you for adding your voice here.
Hello,
What is the front an the back channel of the microcosmic orbit? I've tired look this up on google, but I'm not sure I got the right thing
Illie, I'm not sure if you saw the crude drawing I made and put up in post #54 on this thread. I think that is the easiest way to explain this... with a picture. Your body knows very well how to do this. Normally energy runs through these channels all day and night. I'm glad to add more words for an explanation if you desire...let me know if the picture is not enough. Always happy to add more info if needed here.
Jessamy99, it is fun to see you open up and share. Your energy is delightful
Dawn
16th November 2011, 04:41
Seikou-Kishi: I see you placed great importance on the (bare?) feet touching the ground when you hiked. Was this also the case when you ran your energy? The feet in the diagram you provide are touching the floor, but are they necessarily bare or doesn't it matter? Also, what degree of separation from the ground is too much separation? the width of a sock, the flooring in a house? Does the meditation still work if done other than on the ground floor?
Admittedly not the most esoteric questions lol
What a wonderful question! When I run my energy I am not in direct contact with the earth. So it will work without contact, and with, or without shoes. However, your question implies that you are aware that 'earthing' is a very powerful form of healing and a road to health. I would hazard a guess that doing this barefoot on bare earth or sand might be really wonderful. There is some concern about NOT doing it on grass because it will absorb energy from your body and use it for it's own growth.
When I sun gaze, I take pains to find bare dirt or sand to stand on. My feet warm up and feel very happy in short order. Personally I need about 45+ minutes daily in direct contact with the earth or I feel pain all over my body. Most people don't realize that 'earthing' the body this way for 30-60 minutes daily resolves all pain. Rouleux is something we all have problems with if we do not earth ourselves. This is a condition where the blood cells stick to each other, making it difficult for the blood to flow. This in turn robs the body of oxygen.
Here's an Avalon Post about this subject:
http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?8824-Shoes-are-making-you-sick-and-imbalanced&p=76277&highlight=earthing#post76277
I think I will find some time to do this while sitting on a sand dune here in Pismo Beach.
Thanks for the Question!
Dawn
16th November 2011, 04:49
ROMANWKT
Hallo Dawn and Jessamy99
Well first of all I thought Abundant traveler disappeared, and its you Dawn, I just got that on this thread, I would just like to thank you both for most interesting and most pleasant stories and experiences, You are both needed here on Avalon at this time, as this should be the pursuit of all of us here, if we are awake and understand what is following soon on this plane, I have committed one of the deadly sins because of you two, and that is envy. oh how I envy you two angels for your experiences, you will never know. being just a weak plonker of a ma
Roman, I have found some deep wisdom in a number of your posts and respect you highly. I also feel this pain, which you are calling envy, when others describe their deep experiences, I wonder if you are feeling the pain of 'home' calling you. There was so much energy running through my body as I wrote my 3 long posts which begin this thread, that I knew they were carrying the perfume of the Oneness we all are. I feel the call and the sweet longing when I re-read them myself. I am very grateful for your contributions on Avalon, they are amazing.
Dawn
16th November 2011, 04:54
Starsha: Last year i met Oriah mountain dreamer and she shared a story about meeting with an elder. She was sharing her experience of higher consciousness with him, and after she was done sharing he said to her “that is a really beautiful experience, and a lovely story, but what is it going to do to feed the children?” I was really touched by that story, and have felt ever since the feeling of how do i take this experience and use it to make tangible changes in the world?
I know you 'got it' when you left the next post after this one, but I'd like to address it anyway. Perhaps the 'problems' and 'issues' we face cannot be addressed at the same level they were created? Is this is why so many well intentioned efforts fail? What if they could change instantly if they were addressed from a larger view, a broader perspective, a higher vibration, and a higher awareness? I love this quote
You can never solve a problem on the level on which it was created.
....Albert Einstein
starsha
16th November 2011, 05:52
Starsha: Last year i met Oriah mountain dreamer and she shared a story about meeting with an elder. She was sharing her experience of higher consciousness with him, and after she was done sharing he said to her “that is a really beautiful experience, and a lovely story, but what is it going to do to feed the children?” I was really touched by that story, and have felt ever since the feeling of how do i take this experience and use it to make tangible changes in the world?
I know you 'got it' when you left the next post after this one, but I'd like to address it anyway. Perhaps the 'problems' and 'issues' we face cannot be addressed at the same level they were created? Is this is why so many well intentioned efforts fail? What if they could change instantly if they were addressed from a larger view, a broader perspective, a higher vibration, and a higher awareness?
Thanks for addressing this Dawn :)
I understand what you are saying here, and i really do appreciate how you are sharing this information with us. I can see all that you are 'holding' for us here and the beautiful energy you are transmitting, and i can't really respond with anything other than total gratitude for you.
So just to clarify your response ... If the 'issue' is my own, what works best is that i (like you suggest) go into a higher level of mind so that it can be seen clearly. I allow the feelings to be as they are, and i let the whole thing unravel according to a higher intelligence.
If the issue is with another person, someone who i know and care about and feel intuitively drawn to help ease there suffering ... i feel pretty clear on how to move in and help. For me each situation is totally unique, and so i just do my best to meet the situation with presence and assess the person fresh each time so that i can really listen, and respond with an open heart as well as intuition.
But in situations like large groups of starving children, or the homeless people in my local area ... it can feel a little overwhelming, and i feel less clear on how to move in and help. I see that the mind that created those problems is in a way a 'collective unconsciousness,' do you have any ways in which you work on the energy at a larger scale? This is where i am feeling drawn to work lately.
I guess i am looking to align with others who are in a similar place. My experience has always been that when the 'inner demon' is seen though (or a fear or limitation of my own), or seen clearly (like you said with a higher level of mind) then it ceases being an issue instantly. Just like when a light is placed on a shadow, it just disappears. But where i have been drawn lately is to work in this same way on our 'collective' inner demons, which i do think is equally as simple over all (as working on my own self), but can feel bigger and overwhelming at times. Does that make any sense to you?
That's is really what i was getting at with the comment about "but what does it do to feed the children?" ... i didn't mean for the comment to come across as demeaning your posts here, i just thought i would add that (just in case) :)
I really value what you are providing here, and would appreciate if you 'see' anything about this for me.
in gratitude
Starsha
leavesoftrees
16th November 2011, 06:20
When I sun gaze, I take pains to find bare dirt or sand to stand on. My feet warm up and feel very happy in short order. Personally I need about 45+ minutes daily in direct contact with the earth or I feel pain all over my body. Most people don't realize that 'earthing' the body this way for 30-60 minutes daily resolves all pain. Rouleux is something we all have problems with if we do not earth ourselves. This is a condition where the blood cells stick to each other, making it difficult for the blood to flow. This in turn robs the body of oxygen.
I think I will find some time to do this while sitting on a sand dune here in Pismo Beach.
Thanks for the Question!
Hello Dawn, like many others who have responded to your thread, I had always discounted breatharianism. However your posts have been fascinating. What a journey! As for me, I like food too much to ever give it up, but I have been doing the running the energy meditation the last two days
at what stage in your journey did you start sungazing, and what led you to pursue it so earnestly. I remember in other threads, you are up to 50 mins (?) of sungazing. I occasionally sungaze for 5-10 minutes at a time, and may do this for a few weeks, then my body tells me that is enough. The first time I actively pursued sungazing, I had astonishingly vivid dreams every night. this no longer happens when I sungaze
markoid
16th November 2011, 07:24
Some threads are just plain expansive, and this is one of them. What a fantastic energy it carries. Deep thanks Dawn, and everyone else who has contributed... you do my heart good!
Dawn
16th November 2011, 08:08
But in situations like large groups of starving children, or the homeless people in my local area ... it can feel a little overwhelming, and i feel less clear on how to move in and help. I see that the mind that created those problems is in a way a 'collective unconsciousness,' do you have any ways in which you work on the energy at a larger scale? This is where i am feeling drawn to work lately.
I guess i am looking to align with others who are in a similar place. My experience has always been that when the 'inner demon' is seen though (or a fear or limitation of my own), or seen clearly (like you said with a higher level of mind) then it ceases being an issue instantly. Just like when a light is placed on a shadow, it just disappears. But where i have been drawn lately is to work in this same way on our 'collective' inner demons, which i do think is equally as simple over all (as working on my own self), but can feel bigger and overwhelming at times. Does that make any sense to you?
The first thing I'd like to say is that you know your answers, exactly when you need to and not before then. It sounds to me as though you are looking at a path that resonates with you. At any moment action may happen that moves you into your longing in a real way.
When I experience myself changing things in this reality, it is always spontaneous. I just suddenly see the entire issue, and the energy tying it in place. Then I suddenly see how to untie and un-stick the energy. When this happens it always feels like "I" am 'doing' this. However, that truth is coming from another level. In the regular 3D world I don't have that power, but when my higher self works through 'me' then miracles can happen. What is very important to know is that these times NEVER arrive because I think something is wrong and needs to be corrected. They come when I am resting in the frequency of joy, or peace, or love... and when I have no resistance to what I am seeing.
There is an even deeper truth here which is more difficult to describe. I really don't 'do' anything. It is more like consciousness itself looks through my eyes and sees what is ... if it decides to balance things in a new way ... then this seeing actually changes reality.
This is one of those conversations that is really challenging to put into language. (LOL) Our language just is not designed for truth telling. The moment I use words I am instantly lying. So... I have tried to imbue my words with the frequency in which the truth resides. Sorry, it is the best I can do to point to what is real here.
Dawn
16th November 2011, 08:28
Leavesoftrees: As for me, I like food too much to ever give it up, but I have been doing the running the energy meditation the last two days
at what stage in your journey did you start sungazing, and what led you to pursue it so earnestly. I remember in other threads, you are up to 50 mins (?) of sungazing. I occasionally sungaze for 5-10 minutes at a time, and may do this for a few weeks, then my body tells me that is enough. The first time I actively pursued sungazing, I had astonishingly vivid dreams every night. this no longer happens when I sungaze
Thank or for sharing your adventurous spirit. I am glad you're trying the meditataion since you seem to be drawn to it. Believe me, I did not intend to become a breatharian when I started... I didn't even consciously know it was possible!
Sungazing? The best guide is always what you are drawn to. I have not stopped growing, sitting with teachers I resonate with, trying new things, and having fun. I was exposed to the information about how amazing the Sun is as a healer about 5 or 7 years ago. I was inspired and my first sungazing was at noon for an hour (DO NOT DO THIS on our own unless you take theTemplate.org ceremonies, they allow the body to do this without damage- right out the gate). My first gazing was psychedelic, and I fell in love with the Sun from that moment on. I have done a series of daily gazing meditations nearly every year since. I usually find that something comes up in my life and stops me at about the 3 month mark. (like moving or a divorce). This year I started on July 14 and have worked my way up to fairly long sessions a little at a time.
I do the gazing because I love how I feel when I do. I also love the experience of allowing the light into my body. Everything we have been taught about the sun is a LIE!
For those who become inspired by this little post it is important that you educate yourself about how to do this slowly in the beginning. Here is a great Avalon Thread about this: http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?479-Sun-Gazing...Solar-Healing&highlight=sungazing
jorr lundstrom
16th November 2011, 08:30
Dawn. I love this eternal search for words to express the inexpressable. LOL
http://i600.photobucket.com/albums/tt81/sakasvattaja/vitknlval.jpg
TelosianEmbrace
16th November 2011, 09:14
From Dawn-
The moment I use words I am instantly lying
This, too, is what I have found. Every word is a paradox, for in attempting to convey an idea or concept in words, you deny its ability to exist without the need of words to describe it. Dawn's teacher that she met in the forest taught her without words. Ramana Maharshi, who was happy to give his verbal teachings, often pointed out that his 'silent teachings' were more direct and more powerful.
Every action is also a paradox (My word/perception), as is every thought.
Truth is spoken with words of silence.
The Truth Is In There
16th November 2011, 11:33
thanks for the awesome information, Dawn and Jessamy99! comes at exactly the right time, as usual.
for all who want more details about the microcosmic orbit circulation or nei gung in general check out the books of mantak chia.
eaglespirit
16th November 2011, 12:01
Leavesoftrees: As for me, I like food too much to ever give it up, but I have been doing the running the energy meditation the last two days
at what stage in your journey did you start sungazing, and what led you to pursue it so earnestly. I remember in other threads, you are up to 50 mins (?) of sungazing. I occasionally sungaze for 5-10 minutes at a time, and may do this for a few weeks, then my body tells me that is enough. The first time I actively pursued sungazing, I had astonishingly vivid dreams every night. this no longer happens when I sungaze
Thank or for sharing your adventurous spirit. I am glad you're trying the meditataion since you seem to be drawn to it. Believe me, I did not intend to become a breatharian when I started... I didn't even consciously know it was possible!
Sungazing? The best guide is always what you are drawn to. I have not stopped growing, sitting with teachers I resonate with, trying new things, and having fun. I was exposed to the information about how amazing the Sun is as a healer about 5 or 7 years ago. I was inspired and my first sungazing was at noon for an hour (DO NOT DO THIS on our own unless you take theTemplate.org ceremonies, they allow the body to do this without damage- right out the gate). My first gazing was psychedelic, and I fell in love with the Sun from that moment on. I have done a series of daily gazing meditations nearly every year since. I usually find that something comes up in my life and stops me at about the 3 month mark. (like moving or a divorce). This year I started on July 14 and have worked my way up to fairly long sessions a little at a time.
I do the gazing because I love how I feel when I do. I also love the experience of allowing the light into my body. Everything we have been taught about the sun is a LIE!
For those who become inspired by this little post it is important that you educate yourself about how to do this slowly in the beginning. Here is a great Avalon Thread about this: http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?479-Sun-Gazing...Solar-Healing&highlight=sungazing
Solar Meditation/Solar Healing/Sungazing was my own Connection Music...do it from the heart...building time slowly at very early sunrise and very late sunset.
Approach this personal connection in the same rhythm Dawn lays out Her Breatharianism and the suggestions/guidelines in the copied post here and the sungazing thread.
The Best and Highest Good to You All : )
Anchor
16th November 2011, 12:21
From Dawn-
The moment I use words I am instantly lying
This, too, is what I have found. Every word is a paradox, for in attempting to convey an idea or concept in words, you deny its ability to exist without the need of words to describe it. Dawn's teacher that she met in the forest taught her without words. Ramana Maharshi, who was happy to give his verbal teachings, often pointed out that his 'silent teachings' were more direct and more powerful.
Every action is also a paradox (My word/perception), as is every thought.
Truth is spoken with words of silence.
In a talk I heard, Ram Dass said, "the truth is in the spaces between my words".
guayabal
16th November 2011, 15:33
Here is the book "Autobiography of a YOGI, by Paramhansa Yogananda" with a little nicer format than the previously linked: 11312 . Wonderful thread, thank you!
UPDATE: Found a better one than the PDF linked above, this ZIP file (http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext05/ayogi10h.zip) contains the book in HTML format----extract the files from the ZIP file to a new directory and open ayogi10h.htm. It includes all the images and links to chapters and footnotes working right (link's source (http://onlinebooks.library.upenn.edu/webbin/gutbook/lookup?num=7452)). Cheers!
Connecting with Sauce
16th November 2011, 15:41
thanks for the awesome information, Dawn and Jessamy99! comes at exactly the right time, as usual.
for all who want more details about the microcosmic orbit circulation or nei gung in general check out the books of mantak chia.
This link has a direction on the micro-cosmic orbit
http://www.yinyoga.com/ys2_2.2.7.3.4_microcosmic_orbit.php
It is also important from what I've read to link the tongue to the roof of the mouth the connect the two channels.
I came across "life from light" book from the German Scientist (he was in the film trailer earlier in the thread) about 4 years ago when I was off work discovering myself. I didn't have doubt it could be done. I was asking myself if it was something I needed to do, the reply back was no (more as info)... So for me it was more of a removal of fear of not having food as I think Dawn mentioned in one of her posts in this thread now she eats. Maybe now it is something I may need to re-visit to raise my vibrations further. I know it is somethign I am drawn to...
I know the stuff I'm able to sense and do with my distant healing is pretty far out with the help of my guides or higher self, so appreciate the honesty of the posts hear and the sharing. Fascinating stuff indeed. I know kundalini awakening and energy clearing are all things we should be doing... On a physical level detoxing is so important.
Q. With regards the Wands of Horus. Are just two rods of each metal all that is needed to make a crude device which would work? Any more links would be appreciated...
I myself have had etheric operations on myself during meditations and events but not lengthy 7 day operations as discussed here ...
bearcow
16th November 2011, 17:05
Agape
Take these human gadgets and technologies are damaging you as you use them , take my word for that but we can't do much better . Anyone visiting here can't do much , it's tough here .
you are right that electronics give off dirty energy that is damaging to a persons health.
Bearclaw, I am so sorry you are upset by my sharing.
i am not upset by your sharing dawn, i am weary of the fact that you are telling people to do a meditation that would reverse the flow of energy in the microcosmic orbit. remember the movie crouching tiger hidden dragon? the main character is killed by a poison dart that reverses the flow of blood in his circulatory system. The poison accomplishes this feat by having a effect on the subtle meridians and reverses the flow of chi in the body. The Ren and the Du channels are the most important channels in the body in maintaining health and make up the microcosmic orbit. From my perspective, to do a meditation on a consistent basis, that is designed to reverse the flow of energy in these meridians would have damaging effects on your health.
I would like to say that in ZEN, nirvikalpi samadhi is not considered to be the end AT ALL. My understanding is that there is no end ... that there is always more. I am not claiming to be anything... I am just sharing my story.
i did not say it was the end, to enter a state of nirvikalpi samadhi while still assuming a physical form is to be a living buddha. It is important to be clear in using correct terminology in describing experiences.
Q. With regards the Wands of Horus. Are just two rods of each metal all that is needed to make a crude device which would work? Any more links would be appreciated..
the zinc rods attract yin chi, the copper attracts yang. they can help charge the energy field. hold the copper rod in your dominant hand, ie left handed people should hold the copper rod in thier left hand. the original information during modern times on these rods come from a book called "a system of Caucasian yoga" by count stefan colonna walewski. I recommend it. in the book, he fills the copper rod with charcoal, and loadstone in the zinc rod. you can put strong magnets in the zinc rod and they will work just as well.
it is the polarity between the two that creates life
Think about that last statement
jessamy99
16th November 2011, 17:24
Dear Dawn,
What wonderful posts you have given us!!
For me it is like real food after going without for eons!!
Thankyou too for the kind comments from you and everyone else.
I am loving this thread.
With love, Jessamy.
starsha
16th November 2011, 17:37
I would like to say that in ZEN, nirvikalpi samadhi is not considered to be the end AT ALL. My understanding is that there is no end ... that there is always more. I am not claiming to be anything... I am just sharing my story.
i did not say it was the end, to enter a state of nirvikalpi samadhi while still assuming a physical form is to be a living buddha. It is important to be clear in using correct terminology in describing experiences.
Bearcow,
Just curious, but what would it mean to you if Dawn was a living Buddha? How do you know she isn't?
I think it's a great thing to have discernment and to balance it with clear seeing and wisdom ...
but the problem with being cynical and putting others under a microscope, is that it tends to block the flow of gratitude and appreciation for all we are given in every moment. At least that is what i have found through my experiences.
starsha
16th November 2011, 17:48
They come when I am resting in the frequency of joy, or peace, or love... and when I have no resistance to what I am seeing.
There is an even deeper truth here which is more difficult to describe. I really don't 'do' anything. It is more like consciousness itself looks through my eyes and sees what is ... if it decides to balance things in a new way ... then this seeing actually changes reality.
This is one of those conversations that is really challenging to put into language. (LOL) Our language just is not designed for truth telling. The moment I use words I am instantly lying. So... I have tried to imbue my words with the frequency in which the truth resides. Sorry, it is the best I can do to point to what is real here.
Thank you Dawn,
i hear you totally on the 'words' thing. I understand you perfectly, on every level. :)
Dawn
16th November 2011, 19:28
Connecting with Sauce: Q. With regards the Wands of Horus. Are just two rods of each metal all that is needed to make a crude device which would work? Any more links would be appreciated...
Bearcow: the zinc rods attract yin chi, the copper attracts yang. they can help charge the energy field. hold the copper rod in your dominant hand, ie left handed people should hold the copper rod in thier left hand. the original information during modern times on these rods come from a book called "a system of Caucasian yoga" by count stefan colonna walewski. I recommend it. in the book, he fills the copper rod with charcoal, and loadstone in the zinc rod. you can put strong magnets in the zinc rod and they will work just as well.
it is the polarity between the two that creates life
It is the polarity between the 2 that makes an electrical current between the left and right sides of the body. Your body effectively becomes a battery when you hold these. Here is what I consider to be the best site for these. He did his own personal research on them and studied the original ones (from Egypt) http://www.neilos.org/wands_info.htm
Because this site has been down for a long time, I don't have wands from this site myself. My partner does, and his are much more powerful than mine. In a pinch, a simple copper rod in the left hand, and a simple zinc on in the right hand will still create a circuit and make your body a battery.
leavesoftrees
16th November 2011, 21:12
I was inspired and my first sungazing was at noon for an hour (DO NOT DO THIS on our own unless you take theTemplate.org ceremonies, they allow the body to do this without damage- right out the gate). My first gazing was psychedelic, and I fell in love with the Sun from that moment on. I have done a series of daily gazing meditations nearly every year since. I usually find that something comes up in my life and stops me at about the 3 month mark. (like moving or a divorce). This year I started on July 14 and have worked my way up to fairly long sessions a little at a time.
An hour first time at noon!! That is serious sungazing! One of the problems with s.g.,I find is finding a private place.
I do the gazing because I love how I feel when I do. I also love the experience of allowing the light into my body. Everything we have been taught about the sun is a LIE!
I too share your belief about the Sun being the great Healer. One of the tragedies of current medical beliefs is linking skin cancer with the sun, thereby causing many people to avoid exposing their bodies to the source of life in our solar system.
Can you share some truths you have come to understand about the sun. Thanks Dawn
eaglespirit
17th November 2011, 03:45
I was inspired and my first sungazing was at noon for an hour (DO NOT DO THIS on our own unless you take theTemplate.org ceremonies, they allow the body to do this without damage- right out the gate). My first gazing was psychedelic, and I fell in love with the Sun from that moment on. I have done a series of daily gazing meditations nearly every year since. I usually find that something comes up in my life and stops me at about the 3 month mark. (like moving or a divorce). This year I started on July 14 and have worked my way up to fairly long sessions a little at a time.
An hour first time at noon!! That is serious sungazing! One of the problems with s.g.,I find is finding a private place.
I do the gazing because I love how I feel when I do. I also love the experience of allowing the light into my body. Everything we have been taught about the sun is a LIE!
I too share your belief about the Sun being the great Healer. One of the tragedies of current medical beliefs is linking skin cancer with the sun, thereby causing many people to avoid exposing their bodies to the source of life in our solar system.
Can you share some truths you have come to understand about the sun. Thanks Dawn
Hi Leavesoftrees...Wishing You Well!
I am not answering for Dawn but because of my personal experience I am prompted to share my own experience.
Please understand that at the beginning of 2007 and onward I practiced sungazing daily at sunrise and sunset with rigor and intent of purpose and connection and focus from the heart and research.
After 3 months of direct eye intake of an accumulated +/- 60 hours I felt a metamorphosis take hold...whereas I simply "knew" I did not have to have concern of skin exposure, something had radically changed in my body's system. It is important for me to note that I worked outdoors most of my life also...and rarely wore sunglasses and have hazel eyes(blue are more sensitive)...so all of these things integrate. It is a "personal" connection that YOU intuitively regulate. I personally feel that I simply activated a "remember" code that we all have to some degree within us.
About seven years prior to this I actually had a small skin nonmelanoma removed from the left side of my nose from working in the sun for years...I now attribute that to diet and us turning from the sun for many generations.
The new relationship I began with the Sun in 2007 has been integral and powerful in my awakening and energy.
It is not for everybody...and there are many ways to connect...but the Sun was and is my music and enhancer, as I posted earlier.
I wish You the best!
Dawn
17th November 2011, 03:48
Leavesoftrees: I too share your belief about the Sun being the great Healer. One of the tragedies of current medical beliefs is linking skin cancer with the sun, thereby causing many people to avoid exposing their bodies to the source of life in our solar system.
Can you share some truths you have come to understand about the sun?
There is a solar circuit in humans that is not operating for many of us. I think the reason it is so important to begin very slowly and gently is because of this broken or non-functioning circuit. The reason I could begin with an hour the first time is that the Template ceremonies use sacred geometry and coded language to connect this circuit so that it functions fully. My best guess on why most people need to start slowly and gently, is that they will be slowly bringing their 'solar circuit' on line for use in absorbing and utilizing solar energy. I highly recommend attending these ceremonies if possible, they make a lasting and permanent change in your physical body. Here is their web site: http://thetemplateorg.com/
If you cannot attend the Template ceremonies then the safest bet is to begin slowly. If you are going to do this without the ceremonies I think HRM's site is an excellent way to educate yourself. The 1 hour period after sunrise or before sunset, when the sun is at a low angle, is the safest time to do this. It is considered safe to begin with gazing just 10 seconds the first day, then adding an additional 10 more seconds each day. The maximum time recommended by HRM is 45 minutes daily. His site is: http://solarhealing.com/
As for my personal experiences. I remain healthy and have little or no hunger as long as I take some time to gaze at the sun daily. In the past few weeks I have found that I prefer to walk 1 hour at mid day without a hat sometimes instead. I have done 4 'rounds' of sungazing over the past 5 years. Each time I began a daily routine which lasted 3+ months. Then something came up in my life that interrupted my schedule. This 'round' has been 4 months so far, and has been wonderful because I have soft sand to walk or sit on, and my sunset view is over the ocean. I have no resistance to the sun's energy at this point and if feels wonderful as it enters and floods my eyes and nervous system
When I begin my daily gazing I find that a fine vibration begins behind my nose and above the roof of my mouth and continues beyond the gazing time. From my research it appears this is may be the pineal, the hypothalamus, or both.
I have lost most of my desire for food, however my body clearly needs this as nutrition, so I still eat and use superfoods. Without these, my body begins to show signs of malnourishment. For example, I was experiencing headaches and the muscles around my eyes felt sore... it turned out that my body needed CDP Choline. As soon as I added this supplement all pain stopped within 6 hours. Although my body was a breatharian once, it isn't right now.
There is one more fun and helpful thing I can share about the sun. There become free of the need for sunglasses. If you find yourself squinting in bright sun, it is because the interior of your body is lacking light. What you need to do is equalize the light between INSIDE your body and OUTSIDE your body. This is really easy and takes less than 30 seconds. Just turn your face towards the sun, close your eyes, and let the warmth and light soak through your closed eyelids. It helps if you breathe the sun into your body on each in breath. Within 30 seconds you will find that you can open your eyes without squinting, even on the brightest day.
http://heartofthematteronline.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/joyfulwoman.jpg
eaglespirit
17th November 2011, 03:54
Synchronicity...Love, Love, Love : )
Anchor
17th November 2011, 04:04
It is a fact, that activating high energies in an unprepared body is dangerous possibly fatal.
The path of fire and light is not for everyone.
In a successful electrical circuit it is important to remove impurities in the conductors in order to sustain high currents, otherwise hotspots occur eventually leading to spectacular failure.
Many of the metaphysical aspects of the body's energy pathways are the same.
They can do fantastic things but they have to be working properly first otherwise - POOF!
Some people can do this themselves, others need teachers, others should wait until they are ready.
Have no fear
Follow your heart
Don't spontaneously combust!
realitycorrodes
17th November 2011, 06:34
I got goose bumps brother with your off topic comments. Stay well friend. Love all the qualities in your signature. The only thing I would add is "freedom".
TraineeHuman
17th November 2011, 07:24
My first samadhi experience occurred when I was sixteen.
I didn’t have a teacher, but I still did very well. Let me explain. Since about eight years ago, I’ve known for certain that I’m one of the thousands who incarnated on this planet for the first time, as volunteers. I know I’ve met and had very meaningful friendships with at least five such volunteers. All of them were extraordinarily fond of communing with nature, far beyond what most “normal” people do. (There are many others who are of recent ET origin here semi-voluntarily, or on a kind of prison sentence.)
So, from early childhood I was more “different” than way-out different – not in a showy way, but in how I naturally was. My mother was forever saying: “Well, you wouldn’t be Peter if you didn’t do everything a different way from what the rest of the world does.” As well as that, all the volunteers like me have had a huge problem of naivety to overcome, throughout our childhoods and adolescence and early adulthood. Growing up was a bumpy ride! Strangers in a strange land, all right. Naivety was the problem, particularly in the areas of money, sexuality, and treachery/sincerity, and also because (as for some other volunteers) I believe I had been used to living partly beyond time rather than in time.
At fourteen I kind of decided this insane society just wasn’t really for me. (That was a first major step in learning to accept myself more and more. Hugely important, that topic of total self-acceptance. Acceptance isn’t passive. Acceptance means you can see the whole situation clearly, and can respond pro-actively and in just the right way. And, different is beautiful!) I began to spend at least six hours or so of one day, if not two, each weekend with nature. There I instinctively strove to get back to who/what I really was. Escapism? I’ll take a look at that question further on below. But each weekend as a teenager I would sit for hours, often on a bench but away from passers-by. Hours of beautiful sunlight, but I never got sunburnt even a speck. You only get sunburnt when you’re not accepting the sun.
Through concentrating on questions like “Who/what am I really?” and “feeling” my way through such issues, I taught myself contemplation – the primary meditation form in Christian, Jewish, and Muslim tradition. Also I was immersed in what I guess was really nature reflecting back to me who I deeply was. I eventually noticed that there were some extremely intelligent but slightly scary beings who lived in the tops of certain of the many very old, very tall trees that grew nearby, and I sensed they were somehow deeply involved in all this, and, I came to suspect, somehow helped to pump oodles of bliss into my experiences every time.
After a while somehow I naturally progressed to discovering concentration meditation – the primary meditation form of most of Hinduism and many forms of Buddhism. I would experience an expansion of the “field” that was in fact (apparently) me, from having borders close around my body to getting ever bigger and expanding to cover the horizon and beyond, in every direction.
After that it would get infinite in size, and I would go into what I now know to be the six formless worlds described by orthodox Buddhism, one by one. I usually began with my eyes fully open, and would experience the physical world around me as more and more transparent, more and more kind of hollow – i.e., with deeper dimensions of reality superimposed on it. Going deeper, my eyes would go to half-open. It’s considerably easier to meditate with your eyes closed, though.
Somehow I then progressed to favouring awareness meditation. It’s not easy to describe what awareness meditation is. It’s the type of meditation favoured by Zen Buddhism, and partly by Advaita Vedanta. That was what brought me to my first samadhi experiences. The first of these had an aftermath, and also a lead-up, that felt like a death of me. Still, it was massively blissful and energizing and turned everything upside down.
I guess “another bob”’s point that meditation can unleash very powerful but potentially dangerous things inside a person was partly valid in the following sense. For nearly three years from that first experience on, I felt that I was constantly being watched by my environment, in an intense way that didn’t really stop. In the first experience I had seen first-hand, in the most vivid way possible, that in a deeper reality I was my environment. In spite of this, somehow it took nearly three years before it clicked that it was me that was doing the constant watching.
Samadhi experiences don’t remove many of your psychological blocks, as I believe “another bob” has mentioned. They’re no substitute for psychotherapy and self-enquiry, and particularly “shadow” work. On the other hand, the type of psychotherapy or self-enquiry needed to remove such blocks requires immense and continual monitoring or watching of oneself!
By the way, as far as I can tell a Samadhi experience does seem to permanently remove all depression, and to provide lots of energy that helps to remove loads of fear as well.
As far as the danger of going into insanity or imbalance goes, I’d like to make some comments. Firstly, may I mention that Japan didn’t have any psychiatric hospitals or facilities until around 1981. Why? Because they sent everyone with mental health problems to the Zen masters. The Zen masters would typically cure their clients, or make them much better-adjusted individuals, in a month or two. (And I know that conventional psychology claims it’s impossible to cure a psychosis, but I’ve cured one that a client had myself, so I know what I’m talking about.) It sounds to me that this offers some evidence that good meditation tends to do the reverse of opening people up to insanity. Goodness, how shocking that a person should get seriously in touch with the pure undiluted greatness inside them, which actually is there in everybody! How unbalanced to secretly see overwhelming beauty in the most everyday things everywhere; and to burn with passion and gratitude just at being alive.
I guess it’s true that meditation is normally intended for people who don’t have huge psychological problems. But I have seen it having the most extraordinary and long-term healing effects in some individuals with psychoses.
Another point. In all of my experience, as long as you stay grounded you’ll always move in a direction of greater sanity and greater ability to face your demons. You don’t need some advanced teacher to show you how to stay grounded. The simple hand-over-the-second-chakra technique I described in my previous post will work any time – except, possibly, if you’re doing something extreme like full-on fasting. Ditto Dawn’s grounding arc, if you can do that.
I guess I went escapist in taking the “stop the world, I want to get off” approach to how I spent my weekends as a teenager. But one thing I soon noticed was that everybody is an escapist – an extreme escapist – in one sense or another. And anyway, at that young age it never occurred to me that I was also escaping, but in a different way. Several decades later it would become very desirable for me to throw off any identity of being a “spiritual” person. Then it took more than a decade before I cventually succeeded (mostly). I think it was Aldous Huxley who described that as the highest form of idolatry – because it is the sweetest of all.
Finally, for now, I guess it would be irresponsible not to warn some people against meditating in any open space unless you make really sure you stay grounded. Because if you meditate inside a room, however much you detach from your body or your physical senses, you can still (sub-consciously) use the ceiling, walls and floor to locate where you are. Out in the open, it’s much harder to do that.
trenairio
17th November 2011, 07:30
wow, this is way out there. buddha had done it?
TraineeHuman
17th November 2011, 07:44
Trenairio, I don't believe I'm much different from any of the thousands of volunteers. I don't believe their experiences would have been all that different. I once had a partner who was one of the volunteers. She may not have had the education to verbalise what she knew. However, she was a successful artist, and in many ways instinctively wiser than me. And that's only one example. You'd be surprised how many extraordinary people there are out there, and quite a few of them way ahead of me.
astrid
17th November 2011, 08:02
Just side note, i have been on a fast, day 13 today, and for sure it activates your energy body.
I had no plans to do this, it was totally spirit driven, and so far its been an interesting ride.
I did think about going Breatharian, but the issue with that is so much pleasure for me
is gained from growing food, cooking, sharing it with friends.
And being such a hermit I'm not sure that any good would come of it ultimately.
I have few things that really give me pleasure here.
Although that is changing as my vibration increases.
Besides, IMO we are here to experience Earth and all she has to offer.
HOWEVER, its certainly very useful to know that its possible to do in case we need to
do without food for a while. At this stage im aiming for 21 days, and then im changing
my diet over to 80% and 20% cooked. But for sure i will be eating much less, and
mainly live foods from my garden.
meeradas
17th November 2011, 08:30
[...] if you meditate inside a room, however much you detach from your body or your physical senses,
you can still (sub-consciously) use the ceiling, walls and floor to locate where you are.
Out in the open, it’s much harder to do that.
Thanks for the hint!:whistle:
[and big thanks for the whole post]
guayabal
17th November 2011, 17:35
Here is the book "Autobiography of a YOGI, by Paramhansa Yogananda" with a little nicer format than the previously linked: 11312 . Wonderful thread, thank you!
Found a better one, this ZIP file (http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext05/ayogi10h.zip) contains the book in HTML format----extract the files from the ZIP file to a new directory and open ayogi10h.htm. It includes all the images and links to chapters and footnotes working right (link's source (http://onlinebooks.library.upenn.edu/webbin/gutbook/lookup?num=7452)). Cheers!
Ba-ba-Ra
17th November 2011, 18:06
From Dawn-
The moment I use words I am instantly lying
This, too, is what I have found. Every word is a paradox, for in attempting to convey an idea or concept in words, you deny its ability to exist without the need of words to describe it. Dawn's teacher that she met in the forest taught her without words. Ramana Maharshi, who was happy to give his verbal teachings, often pointed out that his 'silent teachings' were more direct and more powerful.Every action is also a paradox (My word/perception), as is every thought.
Truth is spoken with words of silence.
Thank you all for great sharing. Yes, words have become too concrete and often put ideas in a box they were not meant to be in.
Just a reminder: There are many paths in the forest and Dawn's path may not be your path. Always good to share and listen to other's paths as they may be a catalyst for you in finding YOUR PATH.
Think of humanity as a huge symphonic orchestra. We all play different instruments, and often different notes, but when we learn to play the "One Song" in harmony the sound may transform us.
Dawn
17th November 2011, 20:27
Anchor: It is a fact, that activating high energies in an unprepared body is dangerous possibly fatal.
The path of fire and light is not for everyone.
In a successful electrical circuit it is important to remove impurities in the conductors in order to sustain high currents, otherwise hotspots occur eventually leading to spectacular failure.
I went to bed last night with a question about my responsibility for anyone who reads this post after I read the above quote. The first person on the post to bring this concern up was Bearcow, however his energy got in the way of my receiving the information he was trying to convey...and resistance came up within me (sorry). Anchor is talking about the same thing in his post and the quote above. As the post moderator, I feel that I really should speak about 'the path of fire and light'. Before I add my own words though, I thought I'd allow TraineeHuman to speak in answer to the above:
TraineeHuman: In all of my experience, as long as you stay grounded you’ll always move in a direction of greater sanity and greater ability to face your demons. You don’t need some advanced teacher to show you how to stay grounded. The simple hand-over-the-second-chakra technique I described in my previous post will work any time – except, possibly, if you’re doing something extreme like full-on fasting. Ditto Dawn’s grounding arc, if you can do that.
Since this post was actually started by Bill Ryan, who asked me a very pointed question, I have tried to remain focused on breatharianism. A great deal of knowledge comes into your awareness as you start into this work. And... as noted in the wonderful post by RealityCorrodes, there will likely be psychic surgery as well (here's the link: http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?34696-Breatharianism-and-living-on-Prana-a-how-to-guide&p=356196&viewfull=1#post356196). I did not speak of all of this, because it is such a broad topic that It would take 1000s of pages to even touch on a portion of the information. Besides everyone who walks here has direct information and direction come to them automatically. I know that all of this will unfold in right order as you put your feet on the path. (and sometimes right order does not look like what society thinks is right)
However, that being said, this IS the path of fire and light. What that means is that you are inviting those energies and allowing them to work within your bodies for purification. It is very important to follow your heart as you set out to do anything in life. If you decide a path does not feel right for you, you should change what you are doing. I have the strong knowing that everyone who tries this is doing so because it resonates with them. I also do not think anything is 'wrong' if a seeker chooses many things to try before deciding on one that really calls to them.
So... for safety... be sure you ground yourself as the FIRST step in the meditation, exactly as I described. And if you are having difficulty balancing, remember that baths and walking on the earth with bare feet are very healing. I have had times of imbalance where I sought out a willing tree and just hugged it until it balanced my too-fiery body for me.
And finally, don't forget that a Zen master was the final solution to balancing kundalini in my nervous system, which was also mentioned by Anchor above.
OK... I have done my due diligence and told you of the potential issues. Now, do not make any decisions about any of this based on fear. Fear really is the 'little death' just as the author of the Dune series said. Better to chose LIFE!
Follow your heart and your journey will be amazing in every way!
leavesoftrees
17th November 2011, 21:01
If you cannot attend the Template ceremonies then the safest bet is to begin slowly. If you are going to do this without the ceremonies I think HRM's site is an excellent way to educate yourself. The 1 hour period after sunrise or before sunset, when the sun is at a low angle, is the safest time to do this. It is considered safe to begin with gazing just 10 seconds the first day, then adding an additional 10 more seconds each day. The maximum time recommended by HRM is 45 minutes daily. His site is: http://solarhealing.com/
Hi Dawn and Eaglespirit
thanks for this interesting discussion. I first became interested in sungazing, when I found that I needed reading glasses at the age of 42. The optometrist said this is pretty much the average age that people need glasses. I thought that this didn't make sense, that people should not need glasses, and did some research. I came across the work of William Bates, an opthamologist working in the early 20th century who recommended looking at the sun along with various other exercises. I wonder if it is because we have lost our connection /and the internal solar circuit that our eyes start to weaken as we age.
There were a number of threads on the DC forum which introduced me to HRM
http://divinecosmos.com/forums/showthread.php?9096-Sungazing
and I subsequently followed the procedures of HRM,. I began at 10sec and added 10 sec each day until I was up till 5 mins. Now if I stop sungazing for whatever reason and return to it, I can resume the practice at the 5 minute point. I find it a little difficult to walk barefoot for 40 mins after a sungaze as HRM suggests - but do spend time earthing at the end of each session. Unfortunately I still need reading glasses :-( but possibly if I continued sungazing to the 30 day point that Spiriteagle reached, then that may change
When I begin my daily gazing I find that a fine vibration begins behind my nose and above the roof of my mouth and continues beyond the gazing time. From my research it appears this is may be the pineal, the hypothalamus, or both.
If you follow the nose up into the brain, this will take you to the hypothalamus. If you follow the light along the optic nerves at the back of the eyes into the brain this will lead to pituitary
There is one more fun and helpful thing I can share about the sun. There become free of the need for sunglasses. If you find yourself squinting in bright sun, it is because the interior of your body is lacking light. What you need to do is equalize the light between INSIDE your body and OUTSIDE your body. This is really easy and takes less than 30 seconds. Just turn your face towards the sun, close your eyes, and let the warmth and light soak through your closed eyelids. It helps if you breathe the sun into your body on each in breath. Within 30 seconds you will find that you can open your eyes without squinting, even on the brightest day.
Good exercise . I will try
Anchor
17th November 2011, 23:45
OK... I have done my due diligence and told you of the potential issues. Now, do not make any decisions about any of this based on fear. Fear really is the 'little death' just as the author of the Dune series said. Better to chose LIFE!
Follow your heart and your journey will be amazing in every way!
Dawn,
Yes! Fear - just say no!
I hope you did not find my comments critical. I absolutely love this and the other threads on this topic and I think these are fantastic and very useful revelations you (and others here) are making. I have a dry "unfeeling" "disconnected" technical manner which rubs the wrong way sometimes - I hope it didn't here. I noted before that you said people went silent when you spoke of these things, and now they ask questions.
The time has come !
Thank you! thank you! thank you!
John..
bearcow
17th November 2011, 23:59
I went to bed last night with a question about my responsibility for anyone who reads this post after I read the above quote. The first person on the post to bring this concern up was Bearcow, however his energy got in the way of my receiving the information he was trying to convey...and resistance came up within me (sorry).
this forum in general needs more intelligent critical debate, please do not take any of my statements as an attack on you personally
eaglespirit
18th November 2011, 00:02
If you cannot attend the Template ceremonies then the safest bet is to begin slowly. If you are going to do this without the ceremonies I think HRM's site is an excellent way to educate yourself. The 1 hour period after sunrise or before sunset, when the sun is at a low angle, is the safest time to do this. It is considered safe to begin with gazing just 10 seconds the first day, then adding an additional 10 more seconds each day. The maximum time recommended by HRM is 45 minutes daily. His site is: http://solarhealing.com/
Hi Dawn and Eaglespirit
thanks for this interesting discussion. I first became interested in sungazing, when I found that I needed reading glasses at the age of 42. The optometrist said this is pretty much the average age that people need glasses. I thought that this didn't make sense, that people should not need glasses, and did some research. I came across the work of William Bates, an opthamologist working in the early 20th century who recommended looking at the sun along with various other exercises. I wonder if it is because we have lost our connection /and the internal solar circuit that our eyes start to weaken as we age.
There were a number of threads on the DC forum which introduced me to HRM
http://divinecosmos.com/forums/showthread.php?9096-Sungazing
and I subsequently followed the procedures of HRM,. I began at 10sec and added 10 sec each day until I was up till 5 mins. Now if I stop sungazing for whatever reason and return to it, I can resume the practice at the 5 minute point. I find it a little difficult to walk barefoot for 40 mins after a sungaze as HRM suggests - but do spend time earthing at the end of each session. Unfortunately I still need reading glasses :-( but possibly if I continued sungazing to the 30 day point that Spiriteagle reached, then that may change
When I begin my daily gazing I find that a fine vibration begins behind my nose and above the roof of my mouth and continues beyond the gazing time. From my research it appears this is may be the pineal, the hypothalamus, or both.
If you follow the nose up into the brain, this will take you to the hypothalamus. If you follow the light along the optic nerves at the back of the eyes into the brain this will lead to pituitary
There is one more fun and helpful thing I can share about the sun. There become free of the need for sunglasses. If you find yourself squinting in bright sun, it is because the interior of your body is lacking light. What you need to do is equalize the light between INSIDE your body and OUTSIDE your body. This is really easy and takes less than 30 seconds. Just turn your face towards the sun, close your eyes, and let the warmth and light soak through your closed eyelids. It helps if you breathe the sun into your body on each in breath. Within 30 seconds you will find that you can open your eyes without squinting, even on the brightest day.
Good exercise . I will try
Hi Leavesoftrees...Good Day to You and thanks for sharing.
I was DAB on DC...have not been on the site in a long time...I have a number of posts in that Sungazing thread and had wonderful personal contact with a couple Folks too.
Thanks for the recall : )
Dawn
18th November 2011, 05:34
Eaglespirit:....I was DAB on DC...have not been on the site in a long time
What does DAB on DC mean?
this forum in general needs more intelligent critical debate, please do not take any of my statements as an attack on you personally
Thank you Bearcow. No offense taken, I just had an inner reaction that's all... and that is always my response-ability.
Yes! Fear - just say no!
I hope you did not find my comments critical. I absolutely love this and the other threads on this topic and I think these are fantastic and very useful revelations you (and others here) are making. I have a dry "unfeeling" "disconnected" technical manner which rubs the wrong way sometimes - I hope it didn't here. I noted before that you said people went silent when you spoke of these things, and now they ask questions.
The time has come !
Thank you! thank you! thank you!
Anchor, I did not consider your manner dry unfeeling or technical AT ALL. I thought you were very clear. And I heard you that way. I am glad you brought up your points, well done.
I too think the time has come. When Bill asked me for explicit information on this topic, there was such an intense energy flow through out my body that NOT to write would have been excruciating. I usually carry my light 'hidden under a basket', there really isn't any point of speaking about what I know and have experienced unless it will help someone else. That means I usually do not speak of these things, as I have on this post. I am certain others posting here are the same.
The massive energy flooding me in response to the request to share this knowledge told me that it is now TIME.
I believe your are correct in this.
starsha
18th November 2011, 06:49
there was such an intense energy flow through out my body that NOT to write would have been excruciating. I usually carry my light 'hidden under a basket', there really isn't any point of speaking about what I know and have experienced unless it will help someone else. That means I usually do not speak of these things, as I have on this post. I am certain others posting here are the same.
I can so relate to that. So so so much. :)
Anchor
18th November 2011, 07:06
... told me that it is now TIME.
I believe your are correct in this.
Thanks - and to elaborate....
One of the significant worries people have who know that some rather radical changes are coming, is the potential issues over food supply.
The idea that such "miracles" as the breatharianism exist may well help to ameliorate some of those concerns and spur people to do the groundwork necessary to enable their vehicles to operate in this manner.
I have a lot of trouble even suggesting to someone that taking a cold shower is a good idea - LOL
Then try and suggest not eating for even a day, and that is a problem, three days would be inconceivable for many people.
Like others, I know we passed a tipping point recently and this is all proof and grist to the mill.
Manna from heaven, feeding the 5000, eating prana! etc - of course this isn't going to solve our problems unless we ACT ourselves to solve them, but the inspiration presented by your's and others lucid accounts of success in this - together with considered debate about adapting the methods for others as befits their needs and circumstances and safety is so freaking exciting, it is so what this forum was always going to be about in the end, it makes me positively BURST with happiness to see it finally here.
Sorry I just cant contain myself in this.
Marvellous stuff basically.
A million blessings to everyone.
Artemis
18th November 2011, 10:27
I can confirm that living on breath alone is working … I was just coming to the time in my life when it was time for me to get up my Kundalini, so it came and I had absolutely no idea what was happening to me….
First time I experienced something strange was before I was three month old…. I turned to the real me as I have called it during my life before I heard the expression of higher self… from time to time I have experienced strange abilitys and happenings… and I have had no one to explain it to me… so I have just put everything on a shelf for maybe further explanation, or never at all… my poor parents just looking at me with big eyes as their strange child came with a lot of strange questions… LOL .. so I have just lived my life …. Until all went crazy….
My real me and a bunch of spirits started to push me… the short version, after a couple of month my kundalini went active and after I have lived with it for a week they told me the name kundalini… so I had to rush to the library to find out… what the heck is kundalini… about two weeks after my kundalini raised I could not eat anything … my throat got a lock…. I could chew … but not swallow…. I could not smoke…could not drink coffee, the only thing was a couple of mouthful of tea a day, if I let it slowly sip down my throat… this was like this for 3 weeks during the time the kundalini rearrange my body and energybody… I could even hear my bones cracking when the kundalini worked on them…. Once when I went to bed I got a tremendeous blow on top of my head that open up the seams of the skull… they told me because of the intense energies in my head , my brain started to swollen and they had to make room for it… darn… that did hurt…. Well.. during this three weeks I did not had any need for food … even not water…. And, I did not lose any weight…. After I had to relearn to eat and to drink…
Well… that’s over twenty years ago… and I have learn to flow with my kundalini ever after…. Its always there…. Molten lava flowing in the spine for the firts years … then it changed and flowing in the three channels…. And today I have more of a full body experience of it…. Flowing up and down my legs, arms and body…. And my chakras has change as well…. To something new…
Before and after the raising of kundalini the real me and the spirits wanted me to breath in a special way… that is somewhat close to microcosmic breath…. But with a twist… and in my case… the breath going down in the front side…. And turning in each chakra during its way up the spine… and grounding is important … as they explain it in a simple way for me…. To reach one meter up I first had to ground one meter… if I wanted to reach 2 meters, first ground 2 meters… so it has became a habit of me to expand both ways ( mostly )… down and up in the same time…
If anyone consider to get up their kundalini… I have to warn you…. It will like the borgs… assimilate you… do its best to kill you… change you from inside out… and you need a lot of courage to face the multireality it will show you… but if you learn to flow with it…. Its becoming you…. It will become your nature…
Dawn
18th November 2011, 10:50
Artemis:...Well… that’s over twenty years ago… and I have learn to flow with my kundalini ever after…. Its always there…. Molten lava flowing in the spine for the firts years … then it changed and flowing in the three channels…. And today I have more of a full body experience of it…. Flowing up and down my legs, arms and body…. And my chakras has change as well…. To something new…
I am deeply grateful that you shared your story. I agree that the kundalini settles in over time and just becomes part of your body and your awareness. I have developmental scoliosis, that is my spine is curved and my rib cage twisted a bit. I have had many healers work with me, however my spine has been unable to straighten out. It was at the place where the spine curves and the ribs twist that the kundalini would get somewhat 'stuck' in the first 10 years. My experience was that I would have continued enlargement of the channels as more and more energy would come in. These jumps to a larger flow was what caused the imbalance and discomfort for me from time to time.
If anyone consider to get up their kundalini… I have to warn you…. It will like the borgs… assimilate you… do its best to kill you… change you from inside out… and you need a lot of courage to face the multireality it will show you… but if you learn to flow with it…. Its becoming you…. It will become your nature…
I'd like to put a positive spin on this. What is dissolved here is the 'ego' or 'little me', and what remains is a wonderful and continuous connection to 'who you truly are' or 'your higher self'. This is the road to an open and flowing connection to that which is most sacred and divine. And, yes, it eventually becomes your nature. At that point you no longer experience it, you are it.
Thank you again for your sharing. I'd like to let Anchor's words complete my post here because they are so beautiful:
Anchor:... the inspiration presented by your's and others lucid accounts of success in this - together with considered debate about adapting the methods for others as befits their needs and circumstances and safety is so freaking exciting, it is so what this forum was always going to be about in the end, it makes me positively BURST with happiness to see it finally here.
Sorry I just cant contain myself in this.
Marvellous stuff basically.
A million blessings to everyone.
eaglespirit
18th November 2011, 11:19
Eaglespirit:....I was DAB on DC...have not been on the site in a long time
What does DAB on DC mean?
Good Morning Dawn : )
DC Divine Cosmos
DAB Initials for my first name, mothers middle name, my last name...or a little 'dab' of sunshine daily will do ya : )
Does dab have any meaning to You?
Dawn
18th November 2011, 19:10
I found a couple of links from a site dedicated to dowsing and working with energy. The reason I'm posting it is that the stick-man graphic shows how energy comes naturally into our bodies during the day and during the night. This supports the idea that 'running your energy' is a way to consciously enhance your body's energy flow in its normal 'night' mode while conscious and aware.
http://photoman.bizland.com/stuff/energy.jpg
I took this drawing from a book you can purchase here: http://www.geopathfinder.com/9442.html
The Book Title is: Planetary Patterns - A Dowser's Survey of Earth Energies
Elethia
18th November 2011, 21:45
Hello All,
This is my very first post. (gulp)
Much appreciation to all of you for sharing on this amazing thread! Many life changing things here. You are way-showers. This is the reason why I joined the Avalon party!
Will share my own small story. When doing the Matrix Energetics workbook; one exercise was to make a request for a miracle that day and then just be aware of what happened without any expectations. That evening as I drove home the sun was just starting to touch the tree-tops directly ahead. Suddenly, I became aware that I was staring at the sun without the slightest discomfort. Looked away and noticed there were none of those little after spots in my vision. Stared back again, still no problem. I couldn't believe it was really happening and looked at the houses and trees on either side of me and saw indeed, the sun was shining on them. Then I realized, there was my miracle.
jessamy99
18th November 2011, 22:20
Dear Elethia,
How beautiful!!
With love,
Jessamy.
Connecting with Sauce
19th November 2011, 00:43
Wow this thread is keeping me coming back for more!!! So many topics covered...
Over the years I've descovered
The life from light prana part for food shortage fears... I love food however, but just in case...
The urine therapy for fear of water shortage fears... It has minerals within it AND is structured water too giving you what you need to heal. The taking the piss thread (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?1793-Taking-the-piss-Your-own-best-medicine...) I started covers a lot of this
Detoxing I've covered in a number of my threads elsewhere...
I have also done some sungazing too recently in Morcocco when there on vacation. The UK is a little overcast right now.
But this thread is really hitting it home with this comment...
And... as noted in the wonderful post by RealityCorrodes, there will likely be psychic surgery as well (here's the link: http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?34696-Breatharianism-and-living-on-Prana-a-how-to-guide&p=356196&viewfull=1#post356196).
Over the past 2-3 years I've been really getting into some amazing things I'm able to do with psychic surgery but distantly via skype or the phone (4 of my testominals are from the USA!) and I'm able to feel into peoples energy body and time lines of issues within their chakras and energy bodys as show with the stick man above... I know I have healing guides I'm pyschically linked to and seem to channel source energy with my intention and thoughts.
Dawn, with regards your back and Scoliosis have you ever checked out the Atlas bone misalignement? Block engineered into the C1 bone? (http://projectavalon.net/forum/showthread.php?t=6634)
Having this bone realigned can help align the light pipe and help kundalini energy flow more freely...
This thread is amazing!!! Share share share!
John
bearcow
19th November 2011, 02:04
I found a couple of links from a site dedicated to dowsing and working with energy. The reason I'm posting it is that the stick-man graphic shows how energy comes naturally into our bodies during the day and during the night. This supports the idea that 'running your energy' is a way to consciously enhance your body's energy flow in its normal 'night' mode while conscious and aware.
http://photoman.bizland.com/stuff/energy.jpg
sorry have to speak up, not really sure why you think this picture has anything to do with the microcosmic orbit.
a no frills diagram of the microcosmic orbit is on the left. the energy flows up the back and down the front.
http://www.yuliqigong.com/resources/orbit.jpg
in the energy body, when two or more independent lines of force (meridians) cross at any point along the body,they create a vortex. there are many of theses vortexes throughout the body, but there are certain areas in the body which are major intersecting points for many different lines of force, thus creating a more more powerful vortex. (see below)
http://www.kheper.net/topics/chakras/Fig7-3-small.gif
these vortexes are known it the hindu system as chakras. a vortex, by nature pulls and compresses energy in to a centralized point. a human being's total energetic potential is greatly determined by how much energy is assimilated from the outside ether by these chakras. if this process were reversed at night, you would only lose energy and not recharge your system while you slept. also remember that the human energy field is much more complex than any of these diagrams illustrate. in addition 3d spacial relationships only go so far when dealing with astral energies as the environment is different there, but as far as the microcosmic orbit goes and the acupuncture meridians that make it up (which are quasi-physical), the energy flows up the back and down the front.
Anchor
19th November 2011, 02:33
http://www.kheper.net/topics/chakras/Fig7-3-small.gif
How come all the arrows are going inwards and none out?
norman
19th November 2011, 04:32
This is one of those conversations that is really challenging to put into language. (LOL) Our language just is not designed for truth telling. The moment I use words I am instantly lying. So... I have tried to imbue my words with the frequency in which the truth resides. Sorry, it is the best I can do to point to what is real here.
At least I can relate to that tiny little bit of this wondeful thread in a way that I 'know' from my own experience.
This thread has blown me away. I've read hardly any clap-trap in it so far, yet it is so way above me as I come to terms with ugly facts about my own life and the long way I have to go from where I am right now.
There must be a reason I stuck my life in reverse gear and backed all the way into here. I hope this thread will outgrow anything the "Charles" episode set the record for and somehow help me to kick the gear stick out of reverse.
I've had a vague notion for a long time that cellular intelligence is more 'powerful' than cerebral intelligence. My faith in what people say and reason is so low I'm depressed, and disturbed, by just listening to it. Most of the testimony of life experiences on this thread are quite something else.
By the way, I'm not much good at long distance reading. I hate books for that reason. Reading through this thread has been a very rare thing for me. Unlike when I read through massive "Charles" threads, this time, it gives me a wonderful hope. It also reminds me that I have not been as natural with my instincs as I might have been. I've had many experiences that might have developed in these kinds of ways but I just didn't let them. Even worse than that, I've probably invented interpretations of such experiences that added extra burden and restrictions on me.
It even looks like I've dedicated my whole life to punishing myself for something, but I don't know what.
Timid me, what a joke.
I wish I was ready for the 21 day course, but I'm not. Far from it.
another bob
19th November 2011, 05:50
For the sake of a well-rounded discussion, Sri Ramana Maharshi on Kundalini practices:
Sri Ramana Maharshi never advised his devotees to practise Kundalini Yoga since he regarded it as being both potentially dangerous and unnecessary. He accepted the existence of the Kundalini power and the Chakras but he said that even if the Kundalini reached the Sahsrara it would not result in realisation. For final realisation, he said, the Kundalini must go beyond the Sahasrara, down another Nadi (psychic nerve) he called Amritanadi (also called the Paranadi or Jivanadi) and into the Heart-centre on the right hand side of the chest. Since he maintained that self-enquiry would automatically send the Kundalini to the Heart-centre, he taught that separate yoga exercises were unnecessary.
The practitioners of Kundalini Yoga concentrate on psychic centres (Chakras) in the body in order to generate a spiritual power they call Kundalini. The aim of this practice is to force the Kundalini up the psychic channel (the Sushumna) which runs from the base of the spine to the brain. The Kundalini Yogi believes that when this power reaches the Sahasrara (the highest Chakra located in the brain), Self-realisation will result.
Sri Ramana Maharshi taught that the Self is reached by the search for the origin of the ego and by diving into the Heart. This is the direct method of Self-realisation. One who adopts it need not worry about Nadis, the brain centre (Sahasrara), the Sushumna, the Paranadi, the Kundalini, Pranayama or the six centres (Chakras).
~David Godman
Blessings!
Dawn
19th November 2011, 06:43
Norman:....It even looks like I've dedicated my whole life to punishing myself for something, but I don't know what...... this thread has blown me away. I've read hardly any clap-trap in it so far, yet it is so way above me as I come to terms with ugly facts about my own life and the long way I have to go from where I am right now.
The depth and honesty in your post is stupefying. As far as I can tell we all have been programmed from birth to be ashamed of ourselves and to beat ourselves up. Becoming free of this is a lifetime work, in my experience.
I believe there is a gift in this thread for the people who come here. It doesn't matter that it seems 'way above you' now, the frequencies contained in the posts by may who have contributed here are a gift in themselves. The truth is never in the words, it is in the spaces between them. It is like coming to experience a sunrise, when it is over there is nothing there, but its beauty marked you in an invisible way. I am so glad you posted on the thread and hope that you come back.
Bearcow...sorry have to speak up, not really sure why you think this picture has anything to do with the microcosmic orbit.
a no frills diagram of the microcosmic orbit is on the left. the energy flows up the back and down the front.
I am glad for your continued participation, attention, and the intention to check that things here are correct. I also appreciate the clear diagram you posted showing the microcosmic orbit. I think you are correct in this case. Yet I know the microcosmic orbit does naturally reverse at times, because I have experienced it. Thank you for correcting me on the above diagram I posted.
I'm not sure if we should go any deeper in discussions of energy flows because it is such a complex subject, and there are many conflicting systems. I am half tempted to remove my post which shows the day/night earth and cosmic energy flows because it might confuse people. I think I'll leave it however so people reading this post do not get the mistaken idea that I have all the answers (LOL)
Connecting with Sauce....Dawn, with regards your back and Scoliosis have you ever checked out the Atlas bone misalignement? Block engineered into the C1 bone?
Having this bone realigned can help align the light pipe and help kundalini energy flow more freely...
Your additions to this thread have been very enriching. I did follow the link you posted however it was a dead end. The links that would have led to an in depth understanding were all old and no longer worked. Since there is so much discussion about kundalini here I'd like to ask you to share what you know about this common energy block. I think it could be helpful everyone on this thread.
I am aware of the situation you mention and have had work done to correct the misalignment we all suffer. Unfortunately it has done nothing to correct my mild scoliosis.
Another Bob...For the sake of a well-rounded discussion, Sri Ramana Maharshi on Kundalini practices:........
I think you posted this to remind us all that the exercises on this thread (which may or may not awaken kundalini) are not a recipe for total liberation. Is my understanding of the reason for your post correct?
This post is about breatharianism. Several people have shared their information on this thread about their path to having a body that does not require food (or, possibly, water). In my case I used the methods described in post #1. The subject of kundalini came up because several people thought the methods mentioned in this post would awaken this powerful force.
Thank you for pointing out that, if kundalini awakens, it will not lead to full liberation.
TraineeHuman
19th November 2011, 07:48
I’d like to make some comments about my experiences with kundalini. Kundalini is the same thing as prajna, as far as I understand them. So I trust these comments won’t be too far off-topic.
Firstly, I’ve had the equivalent of many man-years’ experience in formally “running my own energy”, plus in “running the energy” of a second person. I consider it’s more useful for people to concentrate on the idea of running the energy rather than on kundalini, as I hope will slowly become clear. That’s assuming people have access to some way of learning how to run their energy, of course. Many of the most experienced psychotherapists do it at least moderately well, instinctively.
It’s not really energy that gets “run”. It’s all the narratives that you identify as constituting Fred Nurk if your name is Fred Nurk, plus all the narratives to do with how the real you isn’t Fred Nurk but a Higher Self as great as the universe.
As Barry Long used to say (www.barrylong.org), those narratives are all just your past history, and they’re something you need to free yourself of, so that you can live in the now, now. You don’t wipe your past history out. You can’t, of course. But ideally you need to be able to see it clearly, as if fresh and for the first time; and fully, which means now with full understanding of everything that happened.
The phrase “running your energy” doesn’t mean running energy, not even running all your mental/emotional “pictures” and their narrative. It really means running your prajna and “ungluing” lots of places (memories, identifications, conflicts) where it’s gotten stuck or stagnant.
I do have to admit it’s much easier if you have a teacher who shows you how to do this. What happens is that the teacher runs your energy, while hopefully holding theirs still. What you do at that time is get to observe what it’s like to have your “energy” run very quickly, because the teacher can do it very fast and very well. In this way you have a better chance of running your own “energy” because now you have the memory of exactly what it feels like when it’s running.
Next, I’d like to say some things about my understanding of kundalini yoga. Believe it or not, about 14 years ago I was sent (by Shiva, the Indian god of enlightenment and liberation, greatest of all the gods, and husband of Gaia) to see a female teacher in Sydney where I lived. Well, actually what Shiva told me was that in 3 months less 10 days I would meet a female teacher in Sydney who would teach me everything I ever wanted to know about enlightenment and liberation. Came two months and 21 days, I had forgotten all about this particular prediction, but I met her anyway. There was a psychic fair on in a nearby suburb, with New Age speakers giving free half-hour presentations all day long.
I almost didn’t go to the presentation this woman gave. But I noticed that it said in writing that she claimed she was a “master of kundalini yoga”. I considered that was probably very presumptuous. Most of the greatest of the Indian gurus used that exact title. It’s really shorthand for something like “ultimate, most highly realised master” – in some ways worse than “Paramahansa” (which means something like “the greatest”), which Yogananda used as his title. At her presentation I could see she was putting on a pony show act to try to attract new clients. However, because mastery of “running the energy” (and true empathy) is what gives one deep insight into people, I could see that inside she had nothing less than an extraordinary mastery of subtlety, and a capacity for a very beautiful gentleness and generosity that she was terrified of but nevertheless possessed.
After that presentation I agreed to come to her next monthly class. The next day I found it impossible to turn off an excited voice in my head that kept repeating that she was a reincarnation of the original Oracle at Delphi – the famous one who had advised Alexander and predicted all his actions in advance, and so on. That voice persisted for three days. I consider I now know that it came from one of my guardian angels – believe it or not. It was the first time since my birth that a guardian angel had clearly and directly talked to me. I must admit I was still tossing up whether to come to her class, because I could see that she seemed to have some emotional problems, however authoritatively she could speak of and demonstrate kundalini “energy”. By the way, she considered it misleading to even mention chakras in any way, and emphasized that true kundalini yoga had nothing to do with working on the chakras, as it was too much a holistic thing one did with one’s whole being for chakra consciousness to be anything but a major nuisance.
I eventually learnt she had spent a number of years meditating full-time at both Sri Nisargadatta Maharaj’s and Sai Baba’s ashrams, plus over five years meditating full-time at an ashram in Australia. She is in quite a few respects the most accurate clairvoyant I have ever met. (However, every clairvoyant has occasional bad days, where their intuitions are way off.) Through using her clairvoyant powers to continually check where she was at, she satisfied herself she had achieved a level of mastery of kundalini equal to that of both Nisagargadatta and Sai Baba. I have never met anybody in my life who was as ruthlessly and obsessively dedicated to searching out the ultimate truth about everything that came up in their life as she was. Not even divinely realised teachers like Barry Long and various others I won’t name here. She was extraordinarily critical of herself, so much that you had to feel sorry for her. So if this woman had checked that she could understand or use kundalini “energy” as masterfully as the two above gents, you could bet your house that she wasn’t deluding herself.
At her classes, she was constantly “radiating” kundalini healing energy to the participants. Now, I’m very very familiar with the fact that when almost any enlightened spiritual master gives a public talk or darshan, the participants are plunged deeper into their true selves and feel uplifted and are, indeed, more conscious, for two or three days after. But this lady was often radiating at a whole deeper level than that, much of the time.
In her classes she claimed that having even one kundalini experience in one’s lifetime was very rare in the nineteenth century. And that because of this, anyone who had such an experience would describe it in exaggerated terms and moreover would instantly be made into a venerated guru. In her classes she would catalyse kundalini experiences in those who attended – on the average, a person attending 50 or more times a year would have that experience about once per year, roughly. I observed what happened during these experiences. The energy was so subtle it was hard to see it at all clairvoyantly, but I could see a kind of ball of near-colourless energy. First it would linger below or near the person’s feet. The higher up the body it moved, the quicker it seemed to move, until it got to above the head and the experience was almost over (but there would be lots angelic beings doing work on the individual for at least minutes afterwards). She did say it was possible for a kundalini experience to be much more spectacular – but that happened only if the individual had been carrying a great deal of emotional junk which the experience then cleaned out for them. She also said all the gurus were wrong in claiming that the kundalini began from the first chakra, at the base of the spine. Actually it began from below the feet, always. I can also confirm that in each case when a member of the class had such an experience, they were simultaneously experiencing a very major psychological breakthough.
After a while I discovered I could on occasion initiate the first stages of a kundalini experience in some of the class members by talking with them intensely about their problems while walking to the woman’s classes, which at the time were twenty-five minutes’ walk away from the nearest railway station, where I would get off with some other class members. I also noticed that I could make the near-colourless ball of energy move up a class member’s body, by using my “running a person’s energy” skills that I had intensively developed so much in prior years.
Anyway, that’s a different slant on kundalini. I guess it’s a great and very valuable thing regardless of whether it goes off spectacularly or more subtly. I hope readers can handle the truth as I understand it.
starsha
19th November 2011, 07:55
Bearcow...sorry have to speak up, not really sure why you think this picture has anything to do with the microcosmic orbit.
a no frills diagram of the microcosmic orbit is on the left. the energy flows up the back and down the front.
I am glad for your continued participation, attention, and the intention to check that things here are correct. I also appreciate the clear diagram you posted showing the microcosmic orbit. I think you are correct in this case. Yet I know the microcosmic orbit does naturally reverse at times, because I have experienced it. Thank you for correcting me on the above diagram I posted.
I'm not sure if we should go any deeper in discussions of energy flows because it is such a complex subject, and there are many conflicting systems. I am half tempted to remove my post which shows the day/night earth and cosmic energy flows because it might confuse people. I think I'll leave it however so people reading this post do not get the mistaken idea that I have all the answers (LOL)
Is there really a ‘correct’ approach to all of this? If we were talking about something like 1+1 = 2 and Dawn said it was 3 that would be one thing. But Dawn is sharing her direct experience of something here, how can that be corrected?
I personally respect Dawn’s approach to sharing herself honestly. The instruction that comes along with her sharing is secondary (not saying it is unimportant by any means) to me because no matter how closely I follow all the instructions here, I know it will go down for me in a totally unexpected way anyway. I have never yet met a person who said “oh yeah, my awakening experience was exactly like I thought it would be.”
Sorry I know this is a bit off topic, but to the people who were asking about kundalini I wanted to share what happened to me. When the kundalini opened for me it was spontaneous, I didn’t ‘make’ it happen. I wasn’t following any microcosmic orbit at all, it just happened by itself. I went through 2 years of a very very difficult time with it and I didn’t have a guide or teacher at the time. When I finally did meet a teacher 6 years later I was told that the kundalini was simply preparation for something even better to come. I don't think anyone really knows what kundalini is for certain, and I agree that kundalini isn't the same as liberation, but I do think it can aid to prepare the body and nervous system for shifts into higher consciousness.
I also don’t think that the difficulties I experienced (with kundalini) could have been avoided, and even if so, I wouldn’t want them to … those challenges shaped me into what I have become now, and am still becoming.
One thing I have learned through all my experiences is that for me the best way to learn is to be around people who allow me to be as I am. The awakening can simply emerge by itself that way, in a more natural way than to try to make myself more awake or more spiritual.
For many years I read all the texts, and studied all the eastern teachings, and what I always got the most out of was reading the masters who simply shared their direct experience. Something about that opens the heart, and relaxes the mind and lets me fall into my own direct experience of this moment. For me those types of words are the most empowering because they remind me that all is well, and everything is unfolding as it should.
When I read the instruction manuals that are rigidly stating that it has to be ‘this way’ I feel tense, and I feel the (little) mind kick in to try and ‘make something happen.’
I am not saying one way is better than the other way I realize some people really do need a linear and step by step guide, but I just wanted to share that for me, personally, none of that ever worked. What Dawn is sharing here, and how she is sharing it is perfect for some people, particularity the people like me who learn best through sharing, rather than teaching.
I just wanted to add in another angel to look at the whole thing from, I am not directing this at anyone personally. I mean no offense to anyone.
Connecting with Sauce
19th November 2011, 13:22
Connecting with Sauce....Dawn, with regards your back and Scoliosis have you ever checked out the Atlas bone misalignement? Block engineered into the C1 bone?
Having this bone realigned can help align the light pipe and help kundalini energy flow more freely...
Your additions to this thread have been very enriching. I did follow the link you posted however it was a dead end. The links that would have led to an in depth understanding were all old and no longer worked. Since there is so much discussion about kundalini here I'd like to ask you to share what you know about this common energy block. I think it could be helpful everyone on this thread.
I am aware of the situation you mention and have had work done to correct the misalignment we all suffer. Unfortunately it has done nothing to correct my mild scoliosis.
Ok Dawn and PA readers…
This is the second time I wrote this J for some reason the window closed in my new browser ….
The 8 min video below may highlight this better with 3D CAD drawing of these bones
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ngGZZaUf5Kg
My brief summary and take on the C1 Atlas Alignment.
The C1 bone, when misaligned, the edge of the C1 bone impedes the main artery of blood flow to the right hand (spiritual-intuition) hemi-sphere of the brain and in addition also the “hole” on the C1 bone and the “hole” into the bottom of the skull bone are not being aligned to each other, this cause a “trapping” of the “light pipe” / spinal fluid / kundalini energy channel / micro-cosmic orbit path etc… In addition when this bone is misaligned the whole spine can be thrown out like the first link in a chain if it was twisted 10-15 degrees and can lead to various back issues and blockages… The further links below are as near to the original thread as I could find…
My wife and my Mum have both had the procedure too… and a few others too… It really enables the bodies self healing / cleansing to be stepped up a notch… I recommend this to people on their journey.
I have also done this procedure distantly / energetically with a couple of people one of my testimonials (http://www.healingshores.com/index_Page334.htm) mentions it
Hope this resonates with some and they gain benefit from it in some way…
*******************************
Some renewed links…
The procedure I had back in 2008 http://www.atlasprofilax.ch/ I used a practitioner in the UK near A41 /M25 junction called Arthur Wallis Google will find him.
Some minor links on the C1 bone being misaligned…
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xoml9njNExI
Now if you look at some of the other links below and start to realise most people have back issues to some level or another you start to realise some of the other links below “may” have some validity… It is another piece in the puzzle in my mind with what is going on here on planet earth …
The importance of the C1 bone alignment 8 mins
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ngGZZaUf5Kg
A link to the pre-view of the interview I saw a few years ago…
http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=-6015531501477117659 The last few seconds leads to the controversy of this C1 Atlas Bone alignment being “out”…
His website
http://www.theshambhalarisingfellowship.org/atlas.html
Hopefully these summaries are enough to make it worth investigating further…
Some of the background…
http://www.mountainvalleycenter.com/Koven1.htm
bearcow
19th November 2011, 13:39
Is there really a ‘correct’ approach to all of this?
the laws and principals that make creation work are just as present in the unseen world as they are in the physical. in the west there are so many "teachers" who give the, so called master method while taking bits and pieces of ancient teachings and applying them in ways that are not constructive. Then the student, thinking he is doing things in the right way, diligently practices for years and makes very little if any progress because he/she does not understand the inherent dynamics of the system they are trying to develop. for example, if you are serious about practicing Allopathic medicine, you must know how the physical mechanisms of the body work. the same is true for the energy body
A prime example of this is the field of hatha yoga, the teachers in the west have basically turned it into a calisthenic exercise, placating the students with nice sounding generalities and pleasant music playing in the background. This is fine if you want a stress relieving experience, but i shudder to think what Patanjali would think about these people who think they are yogis
Kundalini is the same thing as prajna, as far as I understand them
No it is not, people think because they are feeling energy they are having a kundalini experience, this is not the case
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Aos0hnwiHt8
the man in this video, john chang, who can create a multitude of supernatural phenomena, cannot raise the full power of the kundalini, it is too much for even him.
He has his abilities because he was taught my a true master who taught him the correct method to gain the desired results.
I am not saying one way is better than the other way I realize some people really do need a linear and step by step guide, but I just wanted to share that for me, personally, none of that ever worked. What Dawn is sharing here, and how she is sharing it is perfect for some people, particularity the people like me who learn best through sharing, rather than teaching.
the path of love alone is most certainly valid, but to be honest few have the intensity of feeling, especially in this age, to go down that road exclusively and be successful. the chit chat of the mind and the various pollutions that the body takes in break up the momentum. there is more i could say on this but it only makes the issue more complicated.
How come all the arrows are going inwards and none out?
the diagram is not a totality of the energy body, there is for sure more going on than this. energy goes out at the periphery of the field. kirlian photography is a good example of this.
http://whoyoucallingaskeptic.files.wordpress.com/2008/07/vital-force-at-your-fingertips.jpg
the energy gradually diffuses at the periphery of the field and starts to become part of the outside environment. this aspect of the aura as seen in kirlian photography is yang/electric, while the chakras are yin/magnetic
Connecting with Sauce
19th November 2011, 14:38
Is there really a ‘correct’ approach to all of this?
Kundalini is the same thing as prajna, as far as I understand them
No it is not, people think because they are feeling energy they are having a kundalini experience, this is not the case
the man in this video, john chang, who can create a multitude of supernatural phenomena, cannot raise the full power of the kundalini, it is too much for even him.
He has his abilities because he was taught my a true master who taught him the correct method to gain the desired results.
I am not saying one way is better than the other way I realize some people really do need a linear and step by step guide, but I just wanted to share that for me, personally, none of that ever worked. What Dawn is sharing here, and how she is sharing it is perfect for some people, particularity the people like me who learn best through sharing, rather than teaching.
the path of love alone is most certainly valid, but to be honest few have the intensity of feeling, especially in this age, to go down that road exclusively and be successful. the chit chat of the mind and the various pollutions that the body takes in break up the momentum. there is more i could say on this but it only makes the issue more complicated.
How come all the arrows are going inwards and none out?
the diagram is not a totality of the energy body, there is for sure more going on than this. energy goes out at the periphery of the field. kirlian photography is a good example of this.
http://whoyoucallingaskeptic.files.wordpress.com/2008/07/vital-force-at-your-fingertips.jpg
the energy gradually diffuses at the periphery of the field and starts to become part of the outside environment. this aspect of the aura as seen in kirlian photography is yang/electric, while the chakras are yin/magnetic
I'd be interested in knowing more about the toxins you say of and also the correct practices of yogi.
mercury and fluroride are the main two - I do quite a bit to stay clean and detox regularly.
My "Autobiography of a Yogi" arrived so I'm hoping this is a good place to start... or are there better places / resources to start with. I do Tai Chi and Astanga Yoga regularly already but am keen to know if I'm missing something or steering from the path so to speak...
John
eaglespirit
19th November 2011, 14:52
Prompted to bring Dawn's Simple and Profound and Genuine and Personal Heartfelt Sharing back 'full circle' here and now...
The sharing by Dawn done so because She was asked. Anyone can do it by personal choice...and continue doing it if it feels right for You.
...and You do not have to pursue it to stop eating...just pursue it to connect for the betterment of life...and if You personally would get more from taking a walk in the woods...take a walk in the woods : )
...
1) Sit in a straight backed chair with your hands resting on your thighs, palms facing up
2) Create a grounding chord linking you to the center of the earth
3) Now bring the earth energy up through the balls of your feet, up your legs, and when it arrives at the 1st chakra allow it to fall down your grounding chord like water. So now you have an upside down "U" of energy going up through your legs and down your grounding chord.
4) From your crown reach up into the 'universe' with your awareness and find a frequency of 'cosmic' energy you like and invite it down through your crown, into your spine, and on downwards, finally exiting your grounding chord. This should run down the 'back channel' of your microcosmic orbit.
5) When this cosmic flow is strong, begin to mix it with the earth energy in an 80/20 ratio and bring this up the front channel of your microcosmic orbit. Each time it reaches a chakra as it travels upwards, hold your attention on that chakra until it begins to spin and balance.
This energy will travel upwards in the front channel of the body, and when it reaches the crown it will exit and fountain out the top of the head, creating a shower of energy which cleans your outer auric field. You will also find the energy running from the heart chakra down through the arms and exiting your upturned palms in small fountains. Here is a link to a diagram of this meditation: http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?34696-Breatharianism-and-living-on-Prana-a-how-to-guide&p=356189&viewfull=1#post356189
jessamy99
19th November 2011, 17:42
I really do love it when everything ties together in one Truth.
Of course it has to somehow...and has to be the same with the microcosm as
with the macrocosm...
Clear out the debris, open up the centres...let the light shine...nice and simple!!
Just how I like it...
With love, Jessamy.
starsha
19th November 2011, 20:06
Is there really a ‘correct’ approach to all of this?
the laws and principals that make creation work are just as present in the unseen world as they are in the physical. in the west there are so many "teachers" who give the, so called master method while taking bits and pieces of ancient teachings and applying them in ways that are not constructive. Then the student, thinking he is doing things in the right way, diligently practices for years and makes very little if any progress because he/she does not understand the inherent dynamics of the system they are trying to develop. for example, if you are serious about practicing Allopathic medicine, you must know how the physical mechanisms of the body work. the same is true for the energy body
A prime example of this is the field of hatha yoga, the teachers in the west have basically turned it into a calisthenic exercise, placating the students with nice sounding generalities and pleasant music playing in the background. This is fine if you want a stress relieving experience, but i shudder to think what Patanjali would think about these people who think they are yogis
I am not saying one way is better than the other way I realize some people really do need a linear and step by step guide, but I just wanted to share that for me, personally, none of that ever worked. What Dawn is sharing here, and how she is sharing it is perfect for some people, particularity the people like me who learn best through sharing, rather than teaching.
the path of love alone is most certainly valid, but to be honest few have the intensity of feeling, especially in this age, to go down that road exclusively and be successful. the chit chat of the mind and the various pollutions that the body takes in break up the momentum.
OK, i see your point, and that's valid for sure. What comes to mind though is when a vocalist trains to be able to sing. There is a lot of technical things to learn, how to breathe, learning to read notes, pitch etc etc.
A vocalist can train for years on the technical end of things, but no matter what, at some point that person is going to get up on a stage (or stand in the shower as the case may be) and need to let all that training go to make room for something new, something higher, unexpected and inspired to come through.
There is a time for learning sure, but there is also a time to just sing. If we spend all of our time learning, and sharpening the intellect, we would miss out on the mysterious aspect of all this ... the inspiration and the magic that makes it beautiful, we would forget to just sing.
I guess you are also pointing to this balance, i think we are just each coming at it form different angels.
Dawn
19th November 2011, 22:53
I am so deeply grateful for everyone who has come forward to share their personal stories and the information they have gathered here on this thread. In many ways this thread has been a deep and subtle healing for me. It has allowed me to share some of my individuality with others, and in return you have had the courage to share yourselves. As a result ,my understanding of this topic has expanded. More than that, something inside me has come to a place of total stillness and contentment.
In some ways this thread has pointed up a difference between those who have direct experience, and those who have deep understanding of broad topics surrounding this field through reading and studying. It seems as if this has created a conflict, and at first I was a little sad. However this conflict has acted as a goad to challenge people to go deeper into the discussion, and that is wonderful.
I hope others who read this thread will come out understanding that breatharianism is absolutely possible and that there are different paths to it. I hope that the attempts made to point out potential areas for caution do not stop you from traveling the path that calls to you.
One thing I have just realized is very important to share. As you probably have guessed, I did not keep an journal for the events I described which happened so many years ago. I attempted to give an accurate account of my journey as I remember it. When discussions began on this thread about kundalini awakenening as a result of 'Running Your Energy' I assumed the author had information I did not and allowed myself to believe that this exercise might have pitfalls for its users. I am grateful to TraineeHuman for helping me remember that this was not the case for me. My kundalini did not awaken until many years later when I had a personal meeting with Adyashanti, who I have referred to as my Zen Master. Therefore I agree with TraineeHuman... I don't believe that 'Running Your Energy' is dangerous if you follow the procedure, by intentionally grounding yourself first.
I am going to close this thread for now, because my sense is, that the energy that began it... has now come to rest. If you feel you have something to share about breatharianism please PM me and I will consider re-opening it.
Deep Respect for you and your journey. You are another me.
Dawn
8th December 2011, 20:52
I recieved a private message which I have permission to post here. As promised, I am re-opening this thread to take a look at some of the questions she has. I hope others will join me in answering her.
Joamarks: Hello Dawn,
Wonderful thread about Breatharian.
I have a few questions about the subject too.
maybe you can find some time to answer them.
my body is in a process of detoxing.
the last year I tried different diets (protein based diet aka Atkins, vegetarian, vegan, raw food, and now for a few months on a 80/10/10 diet with mostly fruit, vegetable and rice)
I have experience no trouble saying goodbye to junk food, meat, fish, bread, etc.
I have a strong intuitive connection with my body and when I read your thread about living without food, my body give me a sign this was possible for me too.
1. do you know anyone in Europe practice this diet?
2. is it possible to start with water fast or is it necessary for the cells to experience total absence of intake.
3. is it possible to start with underweight? (i still have some kind of a digestion disorder)
4. I’m always cold with my metabolism slow down on my diets, how do you stay warm without food?
5. What do you exactly do in a day without eating food?
6. Is meditating a survival requirement?
7. How do you cope with all the air and environment pollution, if becoming so sensitive without eating?
8. Is it durable if you work 8 ours a day with a computer?
As this subject is so controversial, I find lot of twisted info on the net. Can you advise a book which handles the practical parts of being a breatherian?
Greetings from Holland,
Joamarks
I am so happy you have reopened this thread Joamarks! This is a topic so near and dear to my heart. As you know, from reading this thread, I am no longer a breatharian. My body has aged in the typical way since many years ago when I made the choice to eat in order to ‘blend in’ with others. So I’m not sure that my information is what you need for several of your answers.
Before I give you the answers, let me say that you might really get a great deal of detailed information from reading Lightfro by Curt Jonsson. He lives in Sweden and is still working with others to help them make transitions. I did not take notes when I went through the process, however he did, and therefore his narrative is extremely detailed.
So... taking your questions from the top
(1) You might start with Curt Jonsson who wrote the book just mentioned: http://www.livingcreators.com/lightfro.htm The best site I found for him is: http://www.livingcreators.com/ and http://go.to/prana
(2) I did not go through the 21 day program that is discussed in Curt's book. My transition was a natural result of my process, and was unplanned. I did not fast to prepare, or limit water intake. However I was working with beings in other realms for extended periods. I don’t think my process is repeatable for others at this time. However the 21 day process IS repeatable, and thousands have apparently done it successfully. It starts with 7 days of no water and no food.... This apparently is necessary. I have not done this process, so all my information is 2nd hand here. I strongly advise you to do your own research.
(3) I don’t think your weight is an issue (again- do your own research). It has not been mentioned in any of the books I’ve read. As for me, I did not have an ounce of extra weight on my body when I went through the transition, and I never lost weight because of it. I do have a friend, who has a friend.. who gained 50 pounds after becoming a breatharian and now feels distressed about her overweight status. (How on earth would someone go on a diet to loose weight if they are already eating nothing?) -LOL
(4) When your body switches over to living directly on prana, a great burden is lifted from it. No longer does it have to work to sustain itself, instead nourishment is obtained with each breath. The body is never hungry, never low on energy, and never overworked at that point. The entire relationship your body has with heat and cold changes, and your body is always totally comfortable. In fact, I never knew how much pain my body was in until I became a breatharian and all of that went away.
(5) (Chuckle) This is a question that shows how addicted we all are to food. But it is also one I had to learn to deal with. You see, when the stress of eating and digesting is removed, the body barely needs sleep at all. Suddenly, instead of a 14-17 hour day, you have a 23-24 hour day, where you are completely alert and awake. What do you do with all that time? The answers will come with ease, because you will also feel much more conscious and childlike than you have in years. Creativity will pour through you. You will know, moment-to-moment, what would be fun and would satisfy your innermost dreams.
(6) No, I don’t think meditating is a survival requirement. That is, if you think that means you must sit still in silence. However being in silence and by yourself is a requirement, in my opinion. This might mean that you take long walks, spend time painting or drawing, sit alone and knit or crochet. These are all types of meditation although we usually do not think of them that way. You will likely experience an internal call to do some or all of these, and if you resist the urge, you will pay with out of balance emotions and thoughts.
(7) The pollution and the environment were not that much of a problem for me. At the time I lived in the very polluted Silicon Valley area. I think that was because I was hiking in nature for 6+ hours each night and this balanced all my bodies and energy fields. Jasmuheen mentions in her book, ‘Living on Light’, that she defecates little rabbit-type droppings monthly. She had the understanding that this is because she lives in an urban environment, and that this would cease if she moved to the country.
(8) Do-able with lots of computer work- hmmmm..... When I went through the process I was working full time, and that included computer work, but not 8 hours of it. Curt Jonsson also used a computer for writing his book. Here’s what I’d like to suggest: you cannot know some things beforehand. If there is difficulty, then new roads will appear before you. More than anything, this will put the REAL you in the drivers seat in your life. That means that your life will become more magical than you could ever imagine. Worrying whether your present life will remain the same as it is now is not likely to be a profitable use of your energy. Allow the new to surprise and delight you.
To tell the truth, I did not read any books about this subject until I posted this thread! My experience was my only information. Since then I’ve read:
Jasmuheen’s book, Living on Light, and
Jericho Sunfire: A Story of a Breatharian Warrior
Curt Jonsson: Lightfro
And one more note: There is also a completely separate way to make this transition through sungazing. Look back in this thread for more information
joamarks
9th December 2011, 08:55
Wauw dawn, thanks a lot for the elaborate answer. this is very useful.
I am re-opening this thread to take a look at some of the questions she has.
thanks, for the compliment, but i am one of the brute male species:o
i have so much more questions, but specifically on how you were going through the process of living without eating.
my feelings on how to start this breatharian way of life, is exactly like it was for you.
i don't like rules, rituals and masters who tell you what to do.
not to be an anarchist, but because it's HAS to be different for all of us.
for me this total cleaning process of the body started as a natural process,
years ago, i quit smoking, drinking, try to eat with full awareness and total blessings, get rid of unwanted emotional stuff from (different) pasts, broke emotional bands with all friends and family so i perceive them now as whole beings and not a part of me.
this intention and work, brought me were im now;
my body is feeling a prana sensation through the whole day.
going up and down like the fire sparkles you see on a campfire.
these sensations are coming and going on for the last 5 years and growing more persistent every day.
till a few weeks ago a didn't really read about breatharians (only sungazing a bit, which i do as well) but i strongly get the urge to it because my BODY was suggesting a possible jump to this new lifestyle.
i just know that this is possible for me in this lifetime. even at this moment. so i tried to give myself to the transition.
but at the peak of the transition in meditation (a state of pure wondering), my mind kind of panicked, and took hold on the starving process of my body cells. (i kept loosing weight)
it wants to know now, everything about the subject.
so i guess, i missed the train this time.
anyway i think, this sequence of your BODY intelligence prepares your mind (ego) is VERY essential , in making a dangerous step like this
oke, now the questions i have left:
1 how long did the transition last for you?
2 had it a peak? a moment of awerness where you just felt going over to the other side ;)
3 did you experience through the transition a moment that you know your life was in the hands of the gods (lightbeings)?
i mean did you surrender to something in a aware state of mind?
4 did you feel like there was a part of a higher (self) consciousness was settling in?
5 were you in a relationship at this time?
6 what did you say to people who are worried themselfs sick about your health?
thanks again, i will read the books you advised me.
The Truth Is In There
9th December 2011, 09:11
And one more note: There is also a completely separate way to make this transition through sungazing. Look back in this thread for more information
i'd strongly advise everyone to use the gentle method - sungazing+earthing - instead of the 21 day process. it may take 9-12 months or thereabouts but the chance to ruin your health is almost nonexistent while with the 21-day process you're very likely to encounter problems. i haven't tried it myself for that reason but it is well known that once you reduce your food intake to almost nothing or nothing at all your body will immediately start to detoxify and the less you eat the more toxins your liver and kidneys will be forced to process in a very short period of time. this can create major problems especially if you have followed a standard diet before. to say nothing of going without water for 7 days basically from one day to the next. this will create major stress on your body and its organs since it is forced to detoxify and at the same time transform in order to get its energy from an altogether different source than it was used to for many years.
of course everyone has to make that decision for themselves but from my pov it is always best to use a method that is gentle on the body even if it takes longer. i'm currently using the sungazing/earthing method and eat regular meals twice a day (mostly fruit+veggies but also bread, veggie stew, brown rice or legumes every now and then so not just yin food which created minor problems in the past) and i feel excellent. food intake is reduced slowly, the energy level is always high and sleep is reduced little by little, too, never forced. the point is to gently coax your body to change its main energy source from food to pure energy from the sun+earth. i'm currently at 20 minutes sungazing and i'm earthed perhaps 20-22 hours per day so the cells get almost continuous nourishment from the earth. this is a vital point many people seem to miss. in my experience earthing is even more important than sungazing or even a healthy diet. if you have health issues, even minor ones, and can't seem to get rid of them even after changing your diet and lifestyle then reconnect with mother earth and they'll slowly but surely go away.
leavesoftrees
9th December 2011, 11:29
i'm currently at 20 minutes sungazing and i'm earthed perhaps 20-22 hours per day so the cells get almost continuous nourishment from the earth. this is a vital point many people seem to miss. in my experience earthing is even more important than sungazing or even a healthy diet. if you have health issues, even minor ones, and can't seem to get rid of them even after changing your diet and lifestyle then reconnect with mother earth and they'll slowly but surely go away.
Hello TIINT
How do you manage to earth for 20-22 hours a day. I understand earthing to either walk barefoot or lie on the earth.
DNA
9th December 2011, 11:43
Dawn, the correlations with taoist chi kung remind me of this video here.
DJ or Dynamo Jack can cause folks to feel an electric shock not limited to but including making muscles spasm in folks.
He performs differing stunts, and one has to wonder if he is legit or not. It is very interesting.
http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=3F3ovb2kZ9Q
joamarks
9th December 2011, 18:35
http://www.livingcreators.com/lightfr2.pdf
here are a few pages to read. (from curt jonsson, light from the other side)
easy to read.
Lifebringer
9th December 2011, 19:33
Thank you I read about this guy about a month or two ago. I have begun staring at the full rising sun the past few weeks. I noticed that my slightly bad vision that required reading glasses because of deterioration of focus control in eye muscle. When I do this for about two or three minutes, it takes about 15 minutes for the little glow behind my eyelids when my eyes are closed to return back to black, however, when I read print from a page, my vision actually became clearer to where I tip my eyes over the glasses to see print sometimes. I can see the rim around the sun's outline, and the swirling white energy around the sun. The front appears to have a paperwhite circle with a glowing line around the circumferance of the sun glowing brightly.
I admit, I only do it about once or twice a week, but I am actually able to do it now and it doesn't bother me at all while doing it. I look directly at the sun at sunrise and follow it up sometimes within a certain time frame. I don't go beyond 9 o'clock.
Lifebringer
9th December 2011, 19:41
Also the appetite is very little barely 800 calories daily and I still weigh 192. This has been going on for the last 10 years. I call it my Bush diet, as I stayed under stress while he served as did everyone else on the planet that prayed for Divine Intervention for peace in 2004 when we found out about the lie of wmd in Iraq. To forgive yourself for believing when there was NO evidence of it, and the detour out of Afghanistan, while Osama was living it up in Pakistan.
To forgive one's self for the shock of 911 and a President that didn't read a memo? How do you forgive yourself for the wrong vote? I didn't vote for him, but got physically ill when he stole the election, because the party purged my vote and it didn't compute, so to speak. I almost had a edge tipping moment to have my vote inherited by my anscestors stolen through NO fault of my own.
Long story/experience, but stronger for it. Bottom line is the mysteries hidden will be revealed, whether it's eating, drinking, flying, traveling interdimensionally, the time has simply come.
joamarks
9th December 2011, 19:56
i have also seen beautiful things while sun gazing.
for example here in my own garden:
http://img32.imageshack.us/img32/4241/dsc00049zv.jpg (http://imageshack.us/photo/my-images/32/dsc00049zv.jpg/)
i saw the rays you always see on pictures. like lensflares. but this time i saw them flowing down to earth. in rainbow colors reflextions.
at the same time a saw the sun emanating, pulsating waves in circle forms.
an other time i experienced a plasma like energy coming from the sun, which healed a old wound in my shoulder.
are there more people experience a difference in the intensity of the sunlight? it seems to be more bright yellowish. like you see on old '70 pictures.
greetings from a cold, wet Holland
Dawn
11th December 2011, 06:28
DNA: DJ or Dynamo Jack can cause folks to feel an electric shock not limited to but including making muscles spasm in folks.
He performs differing stunts, and one has to wonder if he is legit or not. It is very interesting.
I'm sure he is legit. At least this is not too far out of the ordinary. I find it interesting that they cannot measure the chi. That is, I'm sure, why western science poo-poohs the idea of this energy being actually real. Just because we don't have the instruments to measure it does not mean it is not real. Thanks for the link to the movie
Dawn
11th December 2011, 06:43
The Truth Is In There: i'd strongly advise everyone to use the gentle method - sungazing+earthing - instead of the 21 day process. it may take 9-12 months or thereabouts........ the point is to gently coax your body to change its main energy source from food to pure energy from the sun+earth. i'm currently at 20 minutes sungazing and i'm earthed perhaps 20-22 hours per day so the cells get almost continuous nourishment from the earth.
Please do share how your are earthing yourself. I will share what I do, and I hope others join in. Here is my routine:
Earthing at home: I have a 2'x3' piece of polished granite that (obtained from a kitchen remodeling place) sitting on the floor under my desk. It sits on an electric heating pad and has copper tape on the surface edge closest to my feet. A wire is attached to this tape, which then exits the wall through a small drilled hole. From there it connects to a copper rod pounded into the ground outside. Sitting at my desk with my feet on this warm earth connected stone is delightful.
Earthing when I am out I walk barefoot outside for an hour or more daily unless it is raining. It is easy where I live because I can walk in sand, however before I moved here, I walked on dirt trails in the hills daily.
Sungazing: Starting about 4 years ago with just 10 seconds and building up an additional 10 seconds daily I arrived at 45 minutes of gazing daily. During the last month I've found that I prefer about 15-30 minutes of gazing. There is a strict protocol for becoming a breatharian this way that you can find here: http://solarhealing.com/ I am not adhering to this protocol at this time and I am not sure why, all I can say is that I am not drawn to it in the moment. Lately I've found that my eyes hurt unless I take CDP Choline (a B vitamin) when I am on a routine of daily sungazing. With the CDP choline my eyes are fine, I have great vision and no discomfort.
DIET: My diet varies greatly from day to day, and I think it is entirely driven by deep seated eating patterns and desires for both food and socializing around it. I really don't know how many calories I eat in a day but it is likely somewhere around 1000-1200. Mostly I eat fruit, with some raw cheese and an occasional egg thrown in. My body is not thin, in fact I am chubby.
NOTE: Actually you can safely sungaze if your solar circuit is connected, according to the Template. My very first time was at noon for an hour after this connection was made... but DO NOT do this unless you participate in this ceremony (you can find info about the ceremony here: thetemplate.org)
The Truth Is In There: if you have health issues, even minor ones, and can't seem to get rid of them even after changing your diet and lifestyle then reconnect with mother earth and they'll slowly but surely go away.
Yes, this is crucial. Thank you so much for bringing it up. I realized as this thread grew that most of the stories of success with breatharianism posted here revolved around connection to the earth. And I was spending about 6-7 hours daily in nature before, during, and after my body became a breatharian.
Currently I cannot go more than 48 hours without direct earth contact before I begin to experience pain from head to toe. My body DEMANDS that I be connected to the earth frequently.
Dawn
11th December 2011, 06:57
joamarks: i saw the rays you always see on pictures. like lensflares. but this time i saw them flowing down to earth. in rainbow colors reflextions.
at the same time a saw the sun emanating, pulsating waves in circle forms.
an other time i experienced a plasma like energy coming from the sun, which healed a old wound in my shoulder.
I love your sharing of this Joamarks. I've seen the plasma. I've seen amazing psychedelic colors. And I've seen pulsing. Not sure how much of that is my eyes and how much is the sun itself. Anyone else care to share?
joamarks
11th December 2011, 10:34
The Truth Is In There: if you have health issues, even minor ones, and can't seem to get rid of them even after changing your diet and lifestyle then reconnect with mother earth and they'll slowly but surely go away.
Yes, this is crucial. Thank you so much for bringing it up. I realized as this thread grew that most of the stories of success with breatharianism posted here revolved around connection to the earth. And I was spending about 6-7 hours daily in nature before, during, and after my body became a breatharian.
Currently I cannot go more than 48 hours without direct earth contact before I begin to experience pain from head to toe. My body DEMANDS that I be connected to the earth frequently.
i believe this is true indeed.
i experience to much yang, air or lucifer in my system since i eat only fruit and veggies.
my body literally is so light, it tends to go along with every wind direction.
for quality time with gaia, i take my little privacy during meditation every night when i go to bed.
while offering the unwanted energies which my body picked up during the day, i see a workforce (beings in the middle of the earth) consuming this excessive energy.
dawn, i like the idea with the grounding stone. i will make one for my computer desk.
the problem with grounding in a nervous environment, like almost every part here in the Netherlands (no untouched nature left),
is you really need to force space and time to set your mind to grounding.
this is very hard if you are surrounded with a bunch of tense, stressed, strained, uptight cattle (people.) in a tight spot. (in a F.A.C.T: Financial Artificial Crisses Time)
this forced space/time, for your grounding is often sealed by rituals or ceremonies.
unfortunately i have a ambivalent feeling towards rituals and ceremonies. (you can call it a revolting mentality, a inheritance from reading Krishnamurti)
i believe it has to come just naturally.
nevertheless this thetemplate.org looks very interesting. :)
Dawn
12th December 2011, 07:34
Joamarks: the problem with grounding in a nervous environment, like almost every part here in the Netherlands (no untouched nature left),
is you really need to force space and time to set your mind to grounding.
this is very hard if you are surrounded with a bunch of tense, stressed, strained, uptight cattle (people.) in a tight spot. (in a F.A.C.T: Financial Artificial Crisses Time)
Physical earthing is important for the body, because being in direct contact with the earth supplies free electrons from the earth. When we are standing on the earth there is a voltage difference between our heads and our feet of 400-600 volts. This is important for health.
It has been shown that our blood cells begin to stick together if we do not have frequent earth contact. This is called rouleaux. The sticky cells plug up the small capillaries in the body, robbing some of the cells in the body of oxygen. This results in pain in the body. Here's a pretty good website with more detailed information: http://earthing.com/
By living on insulated shoes and on insulated floors, we build up a static charge which repels all other electrons that would like to interact with our body. When you connect directly to the earth, this static charge is shorted out and the the body equalizes with, and aligns with, the huge reservoir of earth energy.
Dawn
12th December 2011, 19:23
Courtesy of a book called The Pyramids I found this graphic. It shows an earthed body surrounded by electrons and protected from positively charged ions. One of the keys to health. http://photoman.bizland.com/stuff/field.jpg
Jenci
12th December 2011, 21:37
What I do know is that it feels good to walk outside barefoot.
Dawn I am curious, the granite stone that you use, I am assuming the wires are important to connect into the ground outside. Does the granite itself have significance because it comes from the ground?
Is the heatpad important?
Jeanette
Dawn
12th December 2011, 23:30
Jenci: Dawn I am curious, the granite stone that you use, I am assuming the wires are important to connect into the ground outside. Does the granite itself have significance because it comes from the ground?
Is the heatpad important? Jeanette
The heating pad is just because it feels so good to bare feet... nothing like the joy of bare feet on a warm stone!
As to the stone itself, my best guess is that it is very important. When doing ceremonies with theTemplate.org, for example: if something other than an earth stone or crystal is used, (Like a meteorite, ceramic, or glass object) the ceremonies do not work. With stones however, the ceremonies are very powerful and permanently reconnect broken circuits in the body.
I think for earthing your body, something made by the earth herself, from her own body, is likely to be more powerful than anything else. Just a guess though.
That being said, I got online and ordered a bed-pad that will keep me grounded while sleeping (and it is not made from stone). Then I connected the metal springs in my mattress to the same grounding rod my desk stone attaches to. The result was immediate, no painful finger joints in the morning, and amazing dreams. Whew, I had no idea how powerful grounding while sleeping is!
This information might actually be very important to the idea of nourishing the body with prana. It appears earthing may be equally important.
applepie
13th December 2011, 01:55
This is a fascinating thread. Thank you Dawn for sharing your knowing, experiences and understanding with us so generously.
We are fortunate to live in this period. Chaos appears to be all around us. Yet at the same time new realities and healing modalities are slowly being introduced to help us move on to higher levels of living and creating.
Anyone interested in exploring new healing techniques that make it possible to rejuvenate and balance our bodies bringing about perfect health while accelerating spiritual evolution and stimulating emotional healing may want to consider taking a look at the book "The Pleiadian Workbook. Awakening Your Divine Ka" by Amorah Quan Yin. I found the book truly amazing. It is a how to book so that readers can do the exercises without a Master. Amorah has exercises for grounding (the same as described by Dawn), healing your aura, clearing your chakras, clearing old beliefs and thoughtforms etc. etc. These are galactic healing techniques from the Pleiadian Emissaries of Light.
What I also found of particular interest is the Pleiadian's explanation of ascension and how it works and the period of grace we are going thru right now. It's the most meaningful explanation I have come across so far. It is explained in Chapter 4 and the book is worth reading for that reason alone.
Dawn
13th December 2011, 05:07
Applepie: Anyone interested in exploring new healing techniques that make it possible to rejuvenate and balance our bodies bringing about perfect health while accelerating spiritual evolution and stimulating emotional healing may want to consider taking a look at the book "The Pleiadian Workbook. Awakening Your Divine Ka" by Amorah Quan Yin. I
Thank you so much Applepie. I actually ordered the book and just received it a few days ago but haven't opened it yet. May I ask if you've tried any of the techniques discussed in the book? If yes, have you noticed results?
applepie
13th December 2011, 06:05
Hi Dawn,
I tried the grounding technique and the clearing with roses technique to get rid of a particular negative thoughtform I had picked up watching an Oprah show. Needless to say I got rid of all my tv sets since then. My intent was to do all the techniques but before I could start, a new healing modality came over me which is called Directive of Future Healing. It is very much the same healing modality that Amorah herself went through and she describes it in her book what that entailed. But she only describes about 10% of what is involved. I suspect the remaining 90% she left out for good reasons. And once the Directive of Future Healing started I was unable to do any exercises at all and am unable to meditate. However, the idea is that the galactic healing techniques described in the book bring about results that are the same as brought about by the Directive of Future Healing except the Directive of Future Healing goes much further.
The grounding technique worked very well for me. The clearing with roses technique was effective only for short periods. I tried other techniques and they gave relief only for short periods as well. Yogananda came and imbued me in purity and I thought the negative thoughtform was extinguished. But this negative thoughtform seem to be so deeply embedded that it gets reactivated whenever an associated thought comes to me.
I feel greatly attracted to this book and have read it at least 25 times. The book is literally falling apart. Each time I read the book the highlight for me is chapter 4. The information comes from a very high source indeed.
Jenci
13th December 2011, 07:14
Jenci: Dawn I am curious, the granite stone that you use, I am assuming the wires are important to connect into the ground outside. Does the granite itself have significance because it comes from the ground?
Is the heatpad important? Jeanette
The heating pad is just because it feels so good to bare feet... nothing like the joy of bare feet on a warm stone!
As to the stone itself, my best guess is that it is very important. When doing ceremonies with theTemplate.org, for example: if something other than an earth stone or crystal is used, (Like a meteorite, ceramic, or glass object) the ceremonies do not work. With stones however, the ceremonies are very powerful and permanently reconnect broken circuits in the body.
I think for earthing your body, something made by the earth herself, from her own body, is likely to be more powerful than anything else. Just a guess though.
That being said, I got online and ordered a bed-pad that will keep me grounded while sleeping (and it is not made from stone). Then I connected the metal springs in my mattress to the same grounding rod my desk stone attaches to. The result was immediate, no painful finger joints in the morning, and amazing dreams. Whew, I had no idea how powerful grounding while sleeping is!
This information might actually be very important to the idea of nourishing the body with prana. It appears earthing may be equally important.
Thanks Dawn. This is fascinating. I know I can feel good when I am outside and I know we are all connected to the earth, so it makes sense.
I tend to avoid going out in the winter months because my body reacts to the cold. Do you have any thoughts on that?
Jeanette
Dawn
13th December 2011, 07:56
Jency: Thanks Dawn. This is fascinating. I know I can feel good when I am outside and I know we are all connected to the earth, so it makes sense.
I tend to avoid going out in the winter months because my body reacts to the cold. Do you have any thoughts on that? Jeanette
Jency, I don't know how cold it is where you are, however there are some techniques for warming the body. One of the ones I like best is to visualize a candle light in my heart until I can feel its warmth. Once I have visualized it I can keep a part of my attention there to allow it to remain bright and warm. I understand this technique is used by Buddhist monks who wear thin robes in snowy weather.
Being cold can be an indication of hypothyroid or of cellular resistance to thyroid hormones. Even medical tests are not as accurate as symptoms for detecting this. One of the main causes of hypothyroid is lack of iodine (of course I am not speaking of a body honed to bring in nourishment from prana). Iodoral, lugal's iodine, or eating seaweed frequently can make a big difference in a healthy thyroid gland.
You can also direct energy to your thyroid gland. Since "energy flows where the attention goes", you can focus on your thyroid and even put your palm over your throat as you do... then imagine sending lots of light there to stimulate it.
Finally, my partner insists on never wearing a jacket in the winter, no matter how cold it is. He believes that allowing the body to adjust to temperature changes on its own helps it to remain healthy by exercising the internal temperature control mechanisms. He is in short tee shirts all winter long... even if we take long walks in the surf with our bare feet in the water.
Interestingly breatharians are rarely either cold or hot. Somehow in using prana as nourishment, everything is balanced and tends towards a body that is in total comfort all the time.
leavesoftrees
13th December 2011, 08:17
I think for earthing your body, something made by the earth herself, from her own body, is likely to be more powerful than anything else. Just a guess though.
That being said, I got online and ordered a bed-pad that will keep me grounded while sleeping (and it is not made from stone). Then I connected the metal springs in my mattress to the same grounding rod my desk stone attaches to. The result was immediate, no painful finger joints in the morning, and amazing dreams. Whew, I had no idea how powerful grounding while sleeping is!
This information might actually be very important to the idea of nourishing the body with prana. It appears earthing may be equally important.
Hi Dawn
thanks for your suggestion, I have placed a stone under my desk, and earth myself while on the computer. I can definitely feel the difference!
How do you earth your mattress. Have you cut a hole through the mattress to get to the springs. I am interested to try this for myself.
Warren Grossman has written a good book on earthing, called "To be healed by the earth". He healed himself from a fatal liver disease, by lying on the earth. I think he now runs earthing workshops
TraineeHuman
13th December 2011, 21:30
I tend to avoid going out in the winter months because my body reacts to the cold. Do you have any thoughts on that?
Jeanette
If I may offer a suggestion from my own experience, Jeanette, I've found it's quite doable to think "warm" and you'll actually experience cold as being warm. It takes quite a lot of continual concentration, but it does work, certainly for me. The reason is that the body's heat/cold receptors can't tell the difference between heat and cold, and it's only the brain that interprets whether something is heat or cold. It turns out that we seem to be more comfortable with the interpretation that it's heat.
Jenci
13th December 2011, 21:53
Jency: Thanks Dawn. This is fascinating. I know I can feel good when I am outside and I know we are all connected to the earth, so it makes sense.
I tend to avoid going out in the winter months because my body reacts to the cold. Do you have any thoughts on that? Jeanette
Jency, I don't know how cold it is where you are, however there are some techniques for warming the body. One of the ones I like best is to visualize a candle light in my heart until I can feel its warmth. Once I have visualized it I can keep a part of my attention there to allow it to remain bright and warm. I understand this technique is used by Buddhist monks who wear thin robes in snowy weather.
Being cold can be an indication of hypothyroid or of cellular resistance to thyroid hormones. Even medical tests are not as accurate as symptoms for detecting this. One of the main causes of hypothyroid is lack of iodine (of course I am not speaking of a body honed to bring in nourishment from prana). Iodoral, lugal's iodine, or eating seaweed frequently can make a big difference in a healthy thyroid gland.
You can also direct energy to your thyroid gland. Since "energy flows where the attention goes", you can focus on your thyroid and even put your palm over your throat as you do... then imagine sending lots of light there to stimulate it.
Finally, my partner insists on never wearing a jacket in the winter, no matter how cold it is. He believes that allowing the body to adjust to temperature changes on its own helps it to remain healthy by exercising the internal temperature control mechanisms. He is in short tee shirts all winter long... even if we take long walks in the surf with our bare feet in the water.
Interestingly breatharians are rarely either cold or hot. Somehow in using prana as nourishment, everything is balanced and tends towards a body that is in total comfort all the time.
Thanks Dawn.
My thyroid is functioning well at the moment (been hypo in past - no symptoms now) but I do have MS and cold seems to go right through me. It's funny how synchronicities happen in life ( or not!) I ended up feeling very cold and uncomfortable at the school christmas carol concert.
It left me no option to just to feel it. There was an opening for me and peace.
Thanks for your help
I might just get tempted one day to go barefoot outside in the cold - currently 3 degrees C here (37F) :)
Jeanette
Dawn
14th December 2011, 08:36
Leavesoftrees: How do you earth your mattress. Have you cut a hole through the mattress to get to the springs. I am interested to try this for myself.
I wanted to ground the mattress because Jeanette inspired me to earth myself more hours of the day. I have a grounding bed pad on order.
Meanwhile I decided not to wait and grounded my mattress. First a hole was cut in the corner of the mattress. Then the lacquer protecting the metal springs was sanded off. Finally the grounding wire was attached to the spring with an alligator clip.
Even though there is padding on top of the springs, grounding them has made a big difference. I think the grounded bed pad may be even better because there is little or no gap between the body and the grounded pad.
Let me now how the experiment with your mattress turns out.
The Truth Is In There
14th December 2011, 13:07
i'm currently at 20 minutes sungazing and i'm earthed perhaps 20-22 hours per day so the cells get almost continuous nourishment from the earth. this is a vital point many people seem to miss. in my experience earthing is even more important than sungazing or even a healthy diet. if you have health issues, even minor ones, and can't seem to get rid of them even after changing your diet and lifestyle then reconnect with mother earth and they'll slowly but surely go away.
Hello TIINT
How do you manage to earth for 20-22 hours a day. I understand earthing to either walk barefoot or lie on the earth.
dawn already answered this so i just wanted to add that you can get earthing sheets for your bed or earthing pads and other stuff from earthing.com. yes they cost quite a bit but they 're more than worth every cent. i ordered the set they sell for $199 or so and paid approx. $350 incl. shipping and taxes but here in germany they don't even sell all these things yet. i don't regret spending that money, in fact i'm going to order the same stuff as an x-mas gift for my parents. it's one of the best things i ever did for my health.
The Truth Is In There
14th December 2011, 13:11
Please do share how your are earthing yourself. I will share what I do, and I hope others join in. Here is my routine:
Earthing at home: I have a 2'x3' piece of polished granite that (obtained from a kitchen remodeling place) sitting on the floor under my desk. It sits on an electric heating pad and has copper tape on the surface edge closest to my feet. A wire is attached to this tape, which then exits the wall through a small drilled hole. From there it connects to a copper rod pounded into the ground outside. Sitting at my desk with my feet on this warm earth connected stone is delightful.
Earthing when I am out I walk barefoot outside for an hour or more daily unless it is raining. It is easy where I live because I can walk in sand, however before I moved here, I walked on dirt trails in the hills daily.
Sungazing: Starting about 4 years ago with just 10 seconds and building up an additional 10 seconds daily I arrived at 45 minutes of gazing daily. During the last month I've found that I prefer about 15-30 minutes of gazing. There is a strict protocol for becoming a breatharian this way that you can find here: http://solarhealing.com/ I am not adhering to this protocol at this time and I am not sure why, all I can say is that I am not drawn to it in the moment. Lately I've found that my eyes hurt unless I take CDP Choline (a B vitamin) when I am on a routine of daily sungazing. With the CDP choline my eyes are fine, I have great vision and no discomfort.
DIET: My diet varies greatly from day to day, and I think it is entirely driven by deep seated eating patterns and desires for both food and socializing around it. I really don't know how many calories I eat in a day but it is likely somewhere around 1000-1200. Mostly I eat fruit, with some raw cheese and an occasional egg thrown in. My body is not thin, in fact I am chubby.
NOTE: Actually you can safely sungaze if your solar circuit is connected, according to the Template. My very first time was at noon for an hour after this connection was made... but DO NOT do this unless you participate in this ceremony (you can find info about the ceremony here: thetemplate.org)
The Truth Is In There: if you have health issues, even minor ones, and can't seem to get rid of them even after changing your diet and lifestyle then reconnect with mother earth and they'll slowly but surely go away.
Yes, this is crucial. Thank you so much for bringing it up. I realized as this thread grew that most of the stories of success with breatharianism posted here revolved around connection to the earth. And I was spending about 6-7 hours daily in nature before, during, and after my body became a breatharian.
Currently I cannot go more than 48 hours without direct earth contact before I begin to experience pain from head to toe. My body DEMANDS that I be connected to the earth frequently.
before i got the earthing sheet and pad from earthing.com i used very simple self-made things. conductive tape in the bed connected to a grounding rod in the garden and a pad made of cardboard with conductive tape and a wire plugged into a wall socket. i wanted to to try and see how it works before i spend a few hundred bucks on professional stuff.
i'm also earthing barefoot in the garden or when i'm taking my dog for a walk and every morning i'm doing a bit of nei gung barefoot in the garden, no matter how cold it is and also in the snow.
you mentioned CDP Choline for sungazing. i have something even better for you. natural astaxanthin is the best thing there is (i'm using bioastin). you'll never again get a sunburn and just like your skin is protected your eyes are, too. it's the best antioxidant of all and eating it regularly will kill off any free radicals that are not removed by earthing. so the benefits are the same you get by earthing, just even more increased - more energy, no inflammation, no diseases etc. combining earthing, sungazing + astaxanthin is best.
as for diet, i'd try to get away from the cheese if i were you. i used to think raw cheese is ok (i was a big fan actually) but it isn't. due to the the animal protein your liver will increase cholesterol production which creates gall stones in the liver. i've had perfectly clear bile ducts before i started eating cheese regularly again, then after half a year or so i made another liver cleanse and out came lots of cholesterol stones. after 3 more cleanses i finally got rid of all that stuff again but now i'm staying away from cheese and any kind of animal protein except the bit that's in raw butter.
leavesoftrees
14th December 2011, 21:08
dawn already answered this so i just wanted to add that you can get earthing sheets for your bed or earthing pads and other stuff from earthing.com. yes they cost quite a bit but they 're more than worth every cent. i ordered the set they sell for $199 or so and paid approx. $350 incl. shipping and taxes but here in germany they don't even sell all these things yet. i don't regret spending that money, in fact i'm going to order the same stuff as an x-mas gift for my parents. it's one of the best things i ever did for my health.
I have come across earthing.com before, but remain a little sceptical. How can earthing pads etc, be the same as lying in direct contact with Mother Earth, or leaning one's back against a tree?
Dawn
15th December 2011, 02:11
leavesoftrees: I have come across earthing.com before, but remain a little sceptical. How can earthing pads etc, be the same as lying in direct contact with Mother Earth, or leaning one's back against a tree?
I LOVE the name you chose here at Avalon. Every time I see your name I have mental images of tree leaves dancing in the breeze and sunlight.
I don't pretend that earthing is as wonderful as lying directly on our great planet, or leaning against a wise and dreaming tree. I do love to spend time with my back against trees.
I actually think that sleeping naked on the earth might be best for us all. I've never done that, except in rare instances where I was far from civilization or in a naturist colony. It is against the law to be naked where I live. A strange law, in my opinion.
So the earthing discussion is about how to remain connected to earth energies and electrons when you are sleeping indoors, or on top of insulation, such as a sleeping bag. It is also about how to remain in contact with the planet during the day when indoors. And daily earthing makes a measurable difference in body biology and health.
I believe that living naked, in a warm and friendly climate, would likely create the best environment for being fully conscious, connected to all that is, and aware of all that is. There are some people on the planet living this way, but they are very rare. I'm not sure what would have to change to create that reality for all of us. I personally think that wearing clothes removes us from our ability to connect fully with ourselves... but that is just me... and I don't act on this belief much, because I don't relish being arrested for indecent exposure.
leavesoftrees
15th December 2011, 06:26
I LOVE the name you chose here at Avalon. Every time I see your name I have mental images of tree leaves dancing in the breeze and sunlight. .
Hello Dawn, I am delighted that you like my Avalon name. It was the first thing that came to me when I signed up. I love trees - my favourite tree is a Morton Bay fig near a lake (man made) not far from where I live. It must be well over 100 years old and its branches sprawl in a magnificent spread. It is so nurturing to sit amongst it roots, with my back against the tree, and earth against such a magnificent creature
http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/4/48/Moretonbayfigfrom1850.JPG
I don't pretend that earthing is as wonderful as lying directly on our great planet, or leaning against a wise and dreaming tree. I do love to spend time with my back against trees.
I actually think that sleeping naked on the earth might be best for us all. I've never done that, except in rare instances where I was far from civilization or in a naturist colony. It is against the law to be naked where I live. A strange law, in my opinion.
So the earthing discussion is about how to remain connected to earth energies and electrons when you are sleeping indoors, or on top of insulation, such as a sleeping bag. It is also about how to remain in contact with the planet during the day when indoors. And daily earthing makes a measurable difference in body biology and health.
I believe that living naked, in a warm and friendly climate, would likely create the best environment for being fully conscious, connected to all that is, and aware of all that is. There are some people on the planet living this way, but they are very rare. I'm not sure what would have to change to create that reality for all of us. I personally think that wearing clothes removes us from our ability to connect fully with ourselves... but that is just me... and I don't act on this belief much, because I don't relish being arrested for indecent exposure.
Indigenous peoples used to spend a lot of time naked, or near naked. I have read that Australian aborigines would sleep naked on the bare earth, between 2 fires. That would keep them warm all night. Now that is earthing!!
Dawn
15th December 2011, 07:33
The Truth Is In There: you mentioned CDP Choline for sungazing. i have something even better for you. natural astaxanthin is the best thing there is (i'm using bioastin). you'll never again get a sunburn and just like your skin is protected your eyes are, too. it's the best antioxidant of all and eating it regularly will kill off any free radicals that are not removed by earthing. so the benefits are the same you get by earthing, just even more increased - more energy, no inflammation, no diseases etc. combining earthing, sungazing + astaxanthin is best.
as for diet, i'd try to get away from the cheese if i were you. i used to think raw cheese is ok (i was a big fan actually) but it isn't. due to the the animal protein your liver will increase cholesterol production which creates gall stones in the liver. i've had perfectly clear bile ducts before i started eating cheese regularly again, then after half a year or so i made another liver cleanse and out came lots of cholesterol stones. after 3 more cleanses i finally got rid of all that stuff again but now i'm staying away from cheese and any kind of animal protein except the bit that's in raw butter.
I am very grateful to you. I've ordered astaxanthin, and I've gotten rid of all of the cheese. I've been working towards a liver/gall bladder cleanse the past two weeks with daily raw apple juice to soften the stones. I am aware of gall stones present and a bit uncomfortable at times. I never made the connection with cheese and gall stones. I would be really happy if cleansing, then avoiding cheese were a permanent solution.
Funny to be talking on a breatharian thread about so many things going in my mouth. However in the moment, that is the way I am living, along with most people on the planet.
Dawn
15th December 2011, 08:41
Just a quick note: Here is a link to a post I just created which will change your life through reconnecting the circuits in your body: http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?36806-Connecting-the-Broken-Circuits-in-Our-Bodies-to-Prepare-for-the-future&p=380652#post380652
norman
15th December 2011, 08:59
hi Dawn. I stumbled over something by chance yesterday. I was responding to a post on a different forum where I tried to balance a heavy bias towards describing all the problems in the world as being all down to psychopaths and just ran with my thoughts until I said that we are ALL psychopaths really because if we eat any living thing we are a psychopath.
As that was running thorough my head I remembered this thread and the idea of living without eating at all.
Jeez, what a thought. And what a profound step out of that big hole in our psyche.
Dawn
15th December 2011, 09:26
Norman: ... I tried to balance a heavy bias towards describing all the problems in the world as being all down to psychopaths and just ran with my thoughts until I said that we are ALL psychopaths really because if we eat any living thing we are a psychopath.
As that was running thorough my head I remembered this thread and the idea of living without eating at all.
Jeez, what a thought. And what a profound step out of that big hole in our psyche.
Yes, I agree with you Norman. I have not been able to follow through completely with the sungazing protocol, in a way which has allowed me to begin to totally nourish myself with prana. However, I am very seriously considering using the 21 day method. It is a BIG commitment, and from articles written by others, not particularly easy.... possibly even dangerous. This is why I have kept this thread open....to explore possibilities that will allow my body to return to the natural clean way of nourishment.
I know some doubt has been cast on Jasmuheen, however I believe she is genuine. I have also read articles written by others who have used the 21 day method she professes. These sound genuine as well to me. Therefore I'd like to post the link to her latest newsletter here: http://campaign.r20.constantcontact.com/render?llr=ovit6wn6&v=001laauDGMXfkW8U7_muvnq9kGQCnkzl-jeVuvSrB7sREwE5Hp3F2VSaAb0Ne-CeqbnfsSM-9Y6nO9y5uWrWRS0Ypd8KHl_VQ286HfgJ8eFsV6zHAvt2WAU7_OLNUtwc5gGOwXWR-P_pV6aVsfw1B_Stw2R0PkRyUyNenHyC49i8IqmLn9zlTPiKGxlNhcdeg-Z
The Truth Is In There
22nd December 2011, 12:26
I am very grateful to you. I've ordered astaxanthin, and I've gotten rid of all of the cheese. I've been working towards a liver/gall bladder cleanse the past two weeks with daily raw apple juice to soften the stones. I am aware of gall stones present and a bit uncomfortable at times. I never made the connection with cheese and gall stones. I would be really happy if cleansing, then avoiding cheese were a permanent solution.
Funny to be talking on a breatharian thread about so many things going in my mouth. However in the moment, that is the way I am living, along with most people on the planet.
if you're aware of gall stones it's a good idea to make several liver cleanses every 2-3 weeks until no more stones come out after the last 2-3 cleanses.
i'm not sure what most doctors say how gall stones are built, probably some bs about saturated fats, but in fact it's not fat at all but animal protein. especially cow milk (and milk products with high casein content) is outright dangerous for health if consumed in larger quantities. it's just not made for human consumption but most people don't realize that since mainstream science blames everything on fat. small wonder that more and more people become allergic against milk products.
fact is, saturated fat is the best fat for your health if you use it to partially replace carbohydrates. but it should be primarily from plant sources so it has to be coconut oil (which in fact is also very good for the brain). raw butter is also great, as well a ghee, but that's about as far as healthy animal products go, imo.
what doctors say about polyunsaturated fats is also complete bs. all they do is oxidize in your body, creating lots of free radicals that have to be dealt with. the body of a regular person needs no more than a gram or less of polyunsaturated fats a day and by far the best source is krill oil because it passes through the blood/brain and blood/retina barrier.
i realize i've babbled about anything but breatharianism but i wanted to add these things anyway since i feel they're important. i've had to try lots of things myself and every body is different but what i mentioned above is no hearsay, it's based on personal experience. as long as i can't live from pure energy i'm using a diet that works for me without creating unnecessary stress on the body and avoiding most animal based food means one step further towards the most refined energy sources - pure sunlight and earth energy, or yin and yang. now i just wish the sun would shine again, nothing but clouds and snow over here.
Dawn
23rd December 2011, 11:46
TheTruthIsInThere: f you're aware of gall stones it's a good idea to make several liver cleanses every 2-3 weeks until no more stones come out after the last 2-3 cleanses.
i'm not sure what most doctors say how gall stones are built, probably some bs about saturated fats, but in fact it's not fat at all but animal protein. especially cow milk (and milk products with high casein content) is outright dangerous for health if consumed in larger quantities. it's just not made for human consumption but most people don't realize that since mainstream science blames everything on fat. small wonder that more and more people become allergic against milk products.
I know we're a bit off topic, however this is about how toxic food can be for the body... I am very appreciative of your information here. Meanwhile TraineeHuman just sent me a wonderful PM telling about how the juice of one lemon daily, or at least 2-3 times weekly, can prevent the formation of gall stones in the first place.
I have been enjoying raw cows milk for the first time in about 55 years recently. I started drinking it about 16 months ago when I arrived in my new living situation and my new community. It is so delicious. That's probably why I am needing a gall stone cleanse. Obviously it is time to give up raw milk and its supposed benefits for me.
mahalall
28th January 2012, 16:22
Very helpful thread Dawn, and thankyou all,
Would you mind if i shared a few ponderings on energy in an attempt to understand arising phenomena.
Is it established that perception seems to bend and become porous with increased energy/vibration . So like smells, sights, tastes, sounds, thoughts expand.
With the sense of sight is this how the theory would express,
One looks at a person and within the context a conditioned framework sees it as man-female, age, looks, attractiveness etc, but with ESP of sight one sees the person in a different expanded view.
Like seeing a persons shadow, if this is the right expression, is such observed phenomena a common or expected part of expansion?
seeing a persons vibrational-energy frequency,
seeing how that persons vibrational tone interplays with the mass around them,
see their colours (purple headed children-argh)
seeing manifestations of past live phenomena in the present time,
seeing their guardians-snakes and all!
Is it accurate to say that a difficulty with such arising phenomena is trying to compute such data within a mundane reality hard drive. A hard drive/software package that only seems to only have the capacity (at present) to catch glimpses and seems to block incoming data through possible fear and a rational logic secretary (love her to bits) who reminds one by saying DELUSION and DISTRACTION.
Is acceptance, equanimity and ever present awareness of ones actual physical momentary flux an appropriate method to keep grounded.
ever in practise.
mahal
Dawn
29th January 2012, 06:44
Mahal, your post is excellent. It has to do with awakening siddhas which arise as a natural part of spiritual deepening. It could be said that something such as breatharianism, is one type of siddha, because it seems to be available to those who have spent some time meditating and exposing themselves to ever deeper levels of truth. What you are questioning are other forms of siddhas, having to do with seeing the world around you in new ways through your opened 3rd eye, or second sight.
All I can do in responding to you, is to give you my own personal perspective
Mahalall:... sight one sees the person in a different expanded view.
Like seeing a persons shadow, if this is the right expression, is such observed phenomena a common or expected part of expansion?
seeing a persons vibrational-energy frequency,
seeing how that persons vibrational tone interplays with the mass around them,
see their colours (purple headed children-argh)
seeing manifestations of past live phenomena in the present time,
seeing their guardians-snakes and all!
Is it accurate to say that a difficulty with such arising phenomena is trying to compute such data within a mundane reality hard drive.
I have had, and still have, many such visions and seeings. When first exposed to these, my programmed ego/mind went into a state of shocked horror at what was seen! It took many years, and may exposures to seeing unusual things, to have it calm down. It is my direct understanding that many realities and creations exist all around and through us. Seeing a reality different than our 'normal' 3D world is as simple as changing the frequency you are viewing. The human eyes seem attuned to ONLY see the 3D world - not so the inner 'eye' or pineal. Once this is awakened, it can show you many things which your 3D eyes cannot view.
So what you are speaking of, is the way the world can be perceived using this 'single eye' or '3rd eye'. And these 'seeings' can be utterly shocking to a programmed ego who believes its job is to keep you safe.
There is a supposedly true story which I have heard a few times, but have not researched to check on its origin.... It seems there were Myan tribes on the coast of South America who were on the beaches as the ships of the Spanish Conquistadors sailed towards shore. None of the native people could see the ships, although they were in plain sight... because there was no template in their consciousness that allowed for such things to be real. It was the shaman, who was used to seeing strange things with his awakened 3rd eye, that finally saw them. When he did, he interpreted them as floating islands. He sounded the alarm and pointed to the approaching ships, yet it took some time for the villagers to see them, even so. Their minds just would not allow the possibility of something large to float on the ocean towards them.
This is what it is like in this reality for our society. It is the 'role' of those with awakened sight to become used to seeing the unusual, and to sound the warnings necessary for others who cannot see things clearly as yet.
Kind of difficult to get over those huge snakes, big reptilians, and demonic beings though. It is fun, however, to see fairies, little people, sprites, and angels. I always try to remember that no mater what I see, or how its energy 'feels' to me... it is still all one and part of who and what I truly am at the root. It is all 'another form of me' playing and dancing.
gripreaper
21st September 2012, 01:59
Just watched this video and then found this thread. Dawn, I read your Opening Post. Thanks for sharing your story with us.
I know this has been posted before in this thread and a couple of others, but for those who have not seen it, here it is again "bumped"
http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=5p5ewQ9Z-7g#t=906s
Dawn
21st September 2012, 07:55
gripreaper... thanks for posting this again. It is a wonderful interview.
conk
21st September 2012, 15:01
dawn already answered this so i just wanted to add that you can get earthing sheets for your bed or earthing pads and other stuff from earthing.com. yes they cost quite a bit but they 're more than worth every cent. i ordered the set they sell for $199 or so and paid approx. $350 incl. shipping and taxes but here in germany they don't even sell all these things yet. i don't regret spending that money, in fact i'm going to order the same stuff as an x-mas gift for my parents. it's one of the best things i ever did for my health.
I have come across earthing.com before, but remain a little sceptical. How can earthing pads etc, be the same as lying in direct contact with Mother Earth, or leaning one's back against a tree?
Because electrically, ground is ground, no matter how you find it. I'd guess there are some intangible benefits from being exposed directly to Mother Earth, however. Much more of an emotional connection than from a ground plug in the house. ;)
Dawn, when you get your new bed pad make sure your legs are not too dry or you'll not make a good connection. I like to use some of the gel that medical techs use when applying the little electrical connectors to the body during tests.
Dawn
22nd September 2012, 00:55
Conk: Dawn, when you get your new bed pad make sure your legs are not too dry or you'll not make a good connection. I like to use some of the gel that medical techs use when applying the little electrical connectors to the body during tests.
Thanks for the idea Conk. I've been sleeping on my bed pad for about 8-10 months now. (I'm not sure exactly... time flows by and I don't always keep exact track of it). My pad is made of cotton with carbon fibers woven though it in a grid formation.
When I studied earthing, I learned that a cloud of charged particles surrounds your body when in contact with the earths field. This cloud also changes the electrical circuits in the body. It eliminates pain throughout due to its effect on the blood. As soon as the body is surrounded by the electrical field of the earth, the blood cells un-clump and become rounded. This change in the blood allows it to circulate easily, bringing oxygen into every part of the body. A study of pain has shown that pain is a cry from the body for more oxygen in the effected area, so good blood flow eliminates it quickly. There are other factors that come into play too, such as the natural protection from EMFs that happens when we are well grounded.
The day I got my bed pad was the day I stopped waking up with painful joints and the feeling of arthritis. Now I awaken without any pain. Luckily I don't seem to need to moisturize my legs or feet for this to work. I highly recommend to everyone that they take simple steps to remain grounded during the day. It is so helpful!
PranaChild
22nd September 2012, 19:45
Hi Dawn and fellow followers,
I'm really happy to have found this thread, as something very interesting has happened to me. I have had a lot of mental and physical health issues (anxiety, depression, mysterious numbing and tingling of limbs, lethargy, etc) Well I went to every doctor and have tried plenty of meds, with no relief or explanation of anything.
I used to be an athlete and have plenty of energy, but it just started depleting with everything happening to me. I mean, I had to drop out of Grad School, and then got a job but lost it, etc. So I've been living with my folks in Santa Barbara, California.
What's odd is that after all this started happening, I noticed that food felt rather "funny" like something about eating just wasn't the same. So anyway, I decided to try yoga and after my 2nd class of Ashtanga, I was on my mat laughing and then crying hysterically. It's like for the first time my soul met body. Most incredible feeling ever. So anyway, I'd walk around after class just filled with love and light, just feeling completely in the moment, and i had tons of energy. I felt non attached, completely free. All of a sudden my depression was alleviating.
Well what I noticed was everytime I ate, all these incredible feelings would go away, and what's more interesting was food became rather addicting. It's like I'd eat but never feel "full" and then just wanted to eat more. Hunger pangs didn't feel like "real" hunger, more like emotions moving through my solar plexus.
Anyway, I was rather confused so I went on living life the best I could, then I heard about bretharianism and this woman named Jasmuheen from a friend, so literally the next day I quit eating and drinking. I was alarmed that my body didn't even need water. I did this for 8 days and felt my body start cleaning right away. I mean, wow. The love I felt was absolutely divine. I felt completely connected to everyone and everything- no separation. My skin, my body, my eyes...wow I was transforming. The emotions were intense. I knew I had discovered my path.
I made the mistake of announcing what I was doing to some friends and got some support and some discouragement. Then what happened was my friend who told me about this found out what I was doing and actually came over to where I was housesitting and told me to stop! It's like he was instilling fear into me. He told me to drink water (my lips were really dry but this was part of the process i now realize) so I did drink water and it was so strange: It felt like the water was going down my air pipe, much how Dawn described. It felt horrible. My bliss was instantly gone. So after that I tried to eat some fruit, and ugh that felt terrible too! And strangely I just couldnt stop eating. I just ate so much fruit i felt sick. But this wasn't out of starvation, just to show that food was addicting.
So anyway, shortly after I returned home as my house sitting gig was over, and I was afraid to tell my parents because they just simply aren't openminded like that. I went back to eating out of fear. Fear that I wouldn't be accepted, and at social events how was I to explain why I wasn't eating, and how would I tell my family at the dinner table why I wasn't eating, etc. Well it's been several months and my lethargy, strange physical symptoms, anxieties, depression have returned.
I'll go a day without eating and feel fantastic, problem is I've walked around with so much fear my entire life, I'm afraid to stand strong and stay on the path I know is right for me. It's like I'm too worried about how I will appear socially.
I've recently not only discovered this thread but also Akahi and Camila, Genesis Sunfire, Oberom, Elitom Ben Yisrael, and a few others that are now pursuing this path. So I'm getting geared up to go for this again, I mean I have no choice if I want relief from all this suffering! I almost wish it wasn't my path, since it is just not very "accepted" yet but I suppose I just have to look at myself as an instrument, an example...see where it goes.
Thanks for reading.
ThePythonicCow
22nd September 2012, 20:14
Hi Dawn and fellow followers,
I'm really happy to have found this thread, as something very interesting has happened to me.
...
Welcome to the forum, PranaChild :)!
I added some paragraphs to your post to make it easier to read (hit ENTER twice to start a new paragraph.)
Dawn
23rd September 2012, 05:02
PranaChild: The love I felt was absolutely divine. I felt completely connected to everyone and everything- no separation. My skin, my body, my eyes...wow I was transforming. The emotions were intense. I knew I had discovered my path.....
I'll go a day without eating and feel fantastic, problem is I've walked around with so much fear my entire life, I'm afraid to stand strong and stay on the path I know is right for me. It's like I'm too worried about how I will appear socially.
PranaChild: What a wonderful sharing. I am so happy I started this thread so that you could find it. You have given me the gift of receiving my gift. Very seldom do I get to really see how I effect the world, and you have given me this gift. I'd like to encourage you to stay with your fear... that is to feel it fully and not let it drive you into taking actions in alignment with it. Your story pulls at my heart in ways that are so deep because I let the fear of 'not fitting in' change my behavior. I definitely would choose differently today if I thought I could!
One thing that is very clear to me is that the digestive organs also digest emotions. If there is food in the body then these emotions get stuck. Rivers of intense emotions can move rapidly through the body when it is not hampered by digestion. Is it possible that your body is processing and releasing fear that it has been storing?
I might also suggest that you just might be feeling the level of fear that is present in the people around you. I know that I often experience the anxiety and fear of others. it often takes me a bit of time to realize that these are not originating within me personally, but emanating from others around me.
Really, at this point you are your own authority and I am so honored that you took the time to write a post for us all to read.
In Gratitude.... Dawn
Dawn
23rd September 2012, 14:26
PranaChild, I went to bed last night after reading your post and awoke with excitement and bright expectation as I thought of you. I hope you choose to follow your invitation into a new way of being with your body. Do you realize how much freedom this is offering you?
***It will not matter what economic times show up, you will not be at their mercy because you will never need to purchase or find food.
***It will not matter how many poisons are put into water and food because you will not be relying on them to sustain you.
***Your body will easily be able to process energy without becoming bogged down with toxins and waste.
Though you feel alone and unsupported I understand there are over 10,000 breatharians in the world. If you chose to go ahead and follow what feels natural and correct to you at this time, you will be helping all of humanity. You will be carving a path in consciousness which will allow others to make your choice too and with greater ease. You have inspired me.
joamarks
24th September 2012, 20:48
hello pranachild.
your story sounds very familiar. thanks for sharing.
i have a few thoughts about it, maybe its some help to you.
there are more ways leading to Rome. (a Dutch saying)
take your steps into not eating small and slow.
i don't know if you have experience in (juice) fasting, try this first a few times.
give your body and mind some time to get acquaintance with the concept of not eating.
the detoxification will help you to cope with the mental and physical health issues.
meanwhile think about the change it will bring for your life.
especially for your social life.
be prepared to lose some near friends who won't understand. (ever)
you don't need to haste
there is nothing wrong with eating food.
mostly its about what you eat or more specific in what configuration.
have you tried different diets? did it improve or change your situation?
i ask this because it's kind of dangerous to couple your mental and physical health issues to eating.
even if you couple positive things like dawn is saying in her last reply.
it is a big thing to do all this by your self in an impulsive action
i think you need one nearby friend or at least an expert on the internet to help you.
someone with experience or trust, which can interfere when its not going so well.
or maybe you have found some sort of inner guidance to get you through?
did you read about Hira Ratan Manek sungazing?
im practicing it for a year now (im doing 8 minutes now, we don't have much sun here in holland :( )
it doesn't require a food stop but has the same goals.
but most of all it's a good practice to ground your body and at the same time get a more "lightly perspective" on life.
be aware that if you don't eat, you will be kind of high and float a few feet above ground.
its a wonderful feeling but nothing new if you are an experienced practitioner of fasting.
do you have experience to earth yourself thoroughly?
the downside of floating is that you may lose touch with the thing "they, in general" call "reality"
i think you are on the right path, and i like you to know your not the only one here with the difficulty to digest all the fear here in the world.
greetings from holland
leavesoftrees
27th September 2012, 20:40
Because electrically, ground is ground, no matter how you find it. I'd guess there are some intangible benefits from being exposed directly to Mother Earth, however. Much more of an emotional connection than from a ground plug in the house. ;)
.
I would guess that the emotional connection would be a big factor in earthing's benefits
PranaChild
28th September 2012, 19:22
Thank you Dawn. I feel really supported here. This is crazy, what's happening. My body really truly doesn't want anything, not even a drop of water. I understand that Victor Truviano didn't drink water for 3 years or something. Well what's happened is my heart just completely erupted in a yoga class. All I feel/see is God/the Divine everywhere. I hear it in music, I see it no matter where I am, even if I'm in the middle of a noisy city... Everything around me is art, and I feel like I'm on a stage playing some sort of role here on Earth.
Although I'm feeling bursts of love and joy, I"m also feeling severe anxiety and feeling ungrounded. I am NOT a meditator so this will be quite a challenge for me. I feel like i can be anywhere doing anything, with anyone! So what should I do?? My feelings of attachments are fading, I'm feeling energetic and agile, my vocal chords are clear and what I speak is very precise. My skin has turned a beautiful golden tan color, my hair doesn't need shampoo..
I'm not in control here... But I'm still TRYING to be. My ego is fighting ferociously! I run to the fridge but then just stare at the food, I just don't want to ingest it, even though I think I do. The hunger pangs are quite annoying, and as Dawn states, they are emotions moving through. I have a feeling these pangs will lessen.
I used to take medication for anxiety/depression but it never worked. I was always a sucker for wanting a quick fix. So now all my anxieties are coming out naturally whether I like it or not. IT's funny I swallowed a grape the other day and my body just writhed and i felt so blocked, my divine connection faded. I just started crying and went for a long walk.
I don't really know what to do with my time. Days go by so slow because I'm stuck with my thoughts going a million miles an hour. I'm considering getting a full time job but uncertain about that too. My mind thinks about getting a full time job, but then right after, thinks about going to a cave! I"m a strange incarnation, I have a lot of garbage up there that needs emptying! I just want love and peace! I'll have to keep going with this process.
<3 Amy
Dawn
30th September 2012, 21:53
PranaChild: I don't really know what to do with my time. Days go by so slow because I'm stuck with my thoughts going a million miles an hour.
Your sharing is so deep and so personal. Please continue as there are others who need to find your story. It is important to share. When I went through this I did not keep a diary or tell another living soul what was happening so my path is hazy and lost in incomplete memories. Yours is fresh, and so important.
I also went through not knowing what to do with my time. My answer was to walk in nature. I also had so much energy and vitality that I never slept during that time. I did rest my body each night for 1.5-2.5 hours until it was ready to rise. That left about 22 hours of awake time, and the rest of the world was asleep during much of that time.
Walking in the hills connected me to the natural world in a very deep way. I believe this deep connection is the birth right of all humans, however we have lost this over the time we have lived on the planet. Developing this deep connection gives you a fountainhead of power which you can tap into at any time, even when you are not in nature. You can use this tremendous energy reservoir to create with. As you continue to cleanse deeply you will suddenly 'know' of a change that needs to be made in the world Then you will be able to tap into the earths power grid to accomplish it. That is how I have done some of the 'miracles' I hint at from time to time. These 'miracles' were not ego directed. In each case I suddenly 'knew' that something needed to shift in the world, and I just allowed myself to be the conduit that did the work.
When I was in the state you are reporting, a man appeared during a break at a workshop I was attending. He said to me... I have this tape set and I have been instructed to give it to you. He handed me a recorded class that retailed at the time for about $400.00, then vanished into the crowd. When I went home and listened to the first tape it said.... 'walk in the woods at night and you will be met by a teacher'. So, I simply began to do that every night, after my body was done resting. About 1:30AM each night I walked into the woods. There I was met by a 'teacher' who showed me how to connect with the earth's grid and with all of nature. It was some of the BEST time I have every spent in my life. Not only was it delightful, but I learned something so profound and beyond price, that I have met very few who know it. I learned how to become a PERSON OF POWER.
I am NOT (!!!) telling you this so that you will in some way think I am amazing. I am telling you of one path you can take. It is my belief that this path is open to anyone who chooses it. I am glad I choose this particular university.
Kindred
1st October 2012, 21:33
Dawn... I only just found and read this thread of yours... This Is Astounding Knowledge!
I think I understand your reasons for not 'keeping up with the practice'... Most people need / seek friendship and connections with others. Most do not wish to be to 'alone'. Being 'different' takes it's toll - in many ways. I know this well.
I can only hope to achieve even a fraction of such an experience, but will make every effort to do so.
Thank You for being So open and supportive in relating these wondrous gifts of understanding!
In Unity Peace and Love
Dawn
1st October 2012, 22:04
Kindred: I think I understand your reasons for not 'keeping up with the practice'... Most people need / seek friendship and connections with others. Most do not wish to be to 'alone'. Being 'different' takes it's toll - in many ways. I know this well.
I can only hope to achieve even a fraction of such an experience, but will make every effort to do so.
When I started to write about this on Avalon I was filled with fear, for I had never publicly disclosed much of the info I have shared here. There were choice points where I could have said 'NO' in my life. To be totally honest, I did choose 'NO' at some of these points. However this is not the path of an ego, it is the path chosen by my higher self (some would say God, but I choose not to use that word much as it has been abused by so many). I have written this blog so that others will not feel so 'alone' when they choose to say 'YES'. I wish someone had laid out bread crumbs on the path for me, with simple language, so I could have had some moral support ... perhaps it would have eased my way a bit.
This path is not for the faint of heart. If you read this thread carefully you will see where I was attacked for publishing it in the beginning. The words said in posts were a small part of this attack. The large part of the energy was directed at me personally and I definitely experienced it as an attempt to shut me up. After all these years, I am strong and I have been 'winning' such 'battles' for many years. This is the hero's journey that we are speaking of in this thread. Everyone is asked to 'step up to the plate' and take this journey in one way or another.
I'm glad you found this small offering of love from me and those who contributed. You will find that you can reach through the words of this thread and connect directly to me if you need to. I'm sure it is the same with others who have had the courage to 'go public' on this thread.
And.. this being said... I am not 'fully enlightened' .... I am no longer sure that is a goal that can be reached. Rather, to me, this path keeps unfolding and going deeper. Please don't think I am claiming to be special in some way. I have simply been traveling this 'pathless path' for a while and I have the ability to reach out a hand from time to time to support others who are in need of extra strength.... and like all of those before me, I am able to lend this support from many levels in consciousness... not just in the 3D world.
conk
4th October 2012, 16:46
...and becoming free of the death program.
http://ecx.images-amazon.com/images/I/51R71SCN68L._BO2,204,203,200_PIsitb-sticker-arrow-click,TopRight,35,-76_AA300_SH20_OU01_.jpg
No reason to buy into the culture of death. Very intriguing book.
Dawn
20th October 2012, 01:25
I am having a wonderful experience staying in touch with someone who has made posts on this thread. This person has decided to go fully into the path they are called to go on... breatharianism. I wish I could share more, however I feel it is their story to share- not mine.
In my own process I found this delightful video about an 8 day process which very easily takes participants into breatharianism. It is worth seeing because this takes away the idea that the transition into breatharianism needs to be difficult. Enjoy!
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Jb_5f3JtTG4&feature=relmfu
Arrowwind
20th October 2012, 02:01
I met Dick Gregory when he was into his Breatharian thing. He was DAM SKINNY!
Remember this book?
http://www.rawfoodinfo.com/catalog/books_survivalin21stcentur.html
Dawn
20th October 2012, 02:40
Arrowind:
I met Dick Gregory when he was into his Breatharian thing. He was DAM SKINNY!
Remember this book? http://www.rawfoodinfo.com/catalog/b...1stcentur.html
Arrowind, your remarks lead me to believe that you might not have read the entire thread? When you take the time to look into this subject you will find that living on prana is not a way to get thin. People do loose weight often, however they usually stabilize and become very muscular at some point. (this is mentioned in the video above) Personally I did not either loose nor gain weight during the time I was a breatharian. That was many years ago and my body was already healthy and muscular, so there was no change in body size or dimension during the month or so that I did not eat or drink. In one of the books mentioned in this link the author speaks about first loosing and then gaining back weight, all while in the process of transformation during the first 2 months as a breatharian.
This topic is very interesting... and it is truly 'out of the box' that normal human consciousness puts us all into.
CdnSirian
20th October 2012, 03:56
I'm glad I re-engaged with this thread. Re the stresses or anxieties that may come up - recently I saw an out-of-the-box nutritionist and he told me:
Go sit under a tree. Put one hand over your hard and Hum. Don't worry about Om or Aum - just hum, for about ten minutes. He said that the negative energy/emotions/frequency would be removed.
This is a person who has suffered (in the past) targeted psychic attacks, that kind of thing. He is still being stalked. Yet he is now one of the happiest and most optimistic people I know.
He talks to all the elementals every day when he wakes up. He feels so protected even though his premises are entered regularly. He laughs about it.
I've had the breatharian issue on my radar for a while. Not ready yet, but I have no doubts about it. 25 years ago I had a room mate telling me about it. Unfortunately he was very conflicted philosophically and committed suicide. So I thought "yeah right". But now I see it newly.
I think we are connecting with parallel selves who are doing it. The overlap comes and goes, but it's there.
Dawn, you've inspired me to buy kefir grains and next will be making saeurkraut. Thank you so much for all your threads!
Arrowwind
20th October 2012, 13:56
Arrowind:
I met Dick Gregory when he was into his Breatharian thing. He was DAM SKINNY!
Remember this book? http://www.rawfoodinfo.com/catalog/b...1stcentur.html
Arrowind, your remarks lead me to believe that you might not have read the entire thread? When you take the time to look into this subject you will find that living on prana is not a way to get thin.
Why would you say that? Since Gregory is the only person Ive ever seen that claimed to do the breatharian thing Im just telling what I saw.
Arrowwind
20th October 2012, 14:07
Here is a guy that doesnt eat or drink, and actually he is quite skinny but hes been doing this for many years. His case has been medically confirmed and its one of my favorite stories regarding breatharianism. Wiley Brooks is another famous story.
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DMLFLhw3UGs=related (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DMLFLhw3UGs&feature=related)
Dawn
20th October 2012, 19:18
Arrowind:
I met Dick Gregory when he was into his Breatharian thing. He was DAM SKINNY!
Remember this book? http://www.rawfoodinfo.com/catalog/b...1stcentur.html
Arrowind, your remarks lead me to believe that you might not have read the entire thread? When you take the time to look into this subject you will find that living on prana is not a way to get thin.
Why would you say that? Since Gregory is the only person Ive ever seen that claimed to do the breatharian thing Im just telling what I saw.
Sorry if my reply seemed sharp Arrowind, I am concerned that your remarks might lead others to think that breatharians somehow do not get nourishment from their method of living, or that breatharians are skinny. Some are skinny, and some are quite fat. In fact, I know a woman who is a breatharian and is obese. She thought her countenance would become thin through this method of living, but it has not changed her appearance at all.
I started this thread to open people's minds to the possibility that there is another way of living. It can lead to glowing health, and a continuous feeling of love and joy that is beyond description. It also can lead to freedom from the human conscious patterns of lack which bind the rest of humanity.
At last count by Jasmuheen (based on her classes) there are an estimated 10,000+ people on the planet who are living this way. Most do not speak about it very often because of the judgement of others. For example, I did not tell anyone that I was a breatharian because I did not wish to be looked as separate from those around me until years later. The Avalon member I mentioned who is in touch with me and has been a breatharian for 21 days now. This person is living without eating food or drinking liquid. They are having a terrible time at home. This person is actually going to have to move from home because of family judgements and anger about this lifestyle.
This idea is very threatening to people.... because it breaks so many approved paradigms of thinking.
If you didn't need to eat or drink in order to have glowing health and a very long life then....
what are kitchens for?
what are toilets for?
what are restaurants for?
what are you working so hard to buy groceries for?
what is an organic garden for?
what is a farmer for?
what are grocery stores and distribution centers for?
why would anyone care if TPTB poison the food and water... so what?!
what would modern medicine be good for
and so on and so on....
This information is even more threatening than plans for free energy. TPTB DO NOT WANT YOU TO KNOW ABOUT THIS!
A population that is not caught in the need to feed themselves is an uncontrollable population
leavesoftrees
20th October 2012, 20:36
Go sit under a tree. Put one hand over your hard and Hum. Don't worry about Om or Aum - just hum, for about ten minutes. He said that the negative energy/emotions/frequency would be removed.
Ten minutes of humming puts you in the zone. If ever you are having difficulty stilling the mind, start humming.
Humming is also beneficial for pain in the body. hum into the affected body part and see what happens
Dawn
21st October 2012, 02:56
In case you are interested there is an 8 day Breatharian Process retreat happening in the San Francisco Bay Area in California beginning November 24, 2012. You still have a few days left to sign up for it if you are interested. If you do, I'll meet you there hopefully. I sent in my application today: http://akahmi.com/rsvpmaker/8-day-breatharian-process-san-francisco-2012
Anastasia
21st October 2012, 04:53
Dear Dawn:
I have realized I fear breathing deeply. I am blocked about this topic and at the same time, my soul longs to take in the prana I am starving for. Thank you for your post. I will be asking for guidance about this.
Sincerely,
Anastasia
applepie
22nd October 2012, 04:26
Here is another website with some insightful information on manna. The information listed in the downloads in the right lower corner give some insight on how to activate your manna.
http://www.mannaconnection.com/The_Manna_Journey.html
PranaChild
22nd October 2012, 05:44
MMMMmmmmmmmmm humming I'm going to try that! Yes I went 21 days no food or water. My body refused to put anything in it. I knew this was going to happen. I dropped a lot of excess weight I had put on over the previous year due to a heavy diet related to emotions.
On day 22 I intentionally forced liquid to see what would happen (watered down fresh apple juice) and felt just completely "off." I suffered the rest of the day trying to regain balance in my body. I had some avocado, but then needed more juice, then needed more avocado. My body's natural state is food free. I have known this is my path for over a year now. I spent the next day in bed due to the juice and avocado I had consumed. I felt so terrible that the only thing I could do was consume more. This led to some tea, some more fruit and avocado. This sick cycle starts up again and then I go off my path, back to the depressed, sick, emotional state of being that has plagued me for some time. The suicidal thoughts come back etc.
Because my body is so sensitive, I millions of different thoughts about where this is all leading. Sometimes I feel like I will leave this realm. I am being called someWHERE else. Other times I think I will just go about functioning as regular human, just not eating and drinking.
There are times I think I will need money, and other times I won't need money, or ANYTHING for that matter. I honestly feel like I could walk off into the woods. But then again, which woods? Which part of the world am I to be in? I have not allowed myself to go far enough into this process to know these things, but it's calling me over and over and over so I'm going to have to just be strong and keep going.
I have a blog going, it is : pranachild.blogspot.com. I'm in the middle of recording everyday and everything I went through.
I will however sum up a lot of what happened:
-A lot of excess energy coming out. I wanted to walk/hike/swim everyday.
-My body started waking up just before sunrise, most likely to go sungaze if I got myself out of bed. In fact, I started hating being in a bed. I want to sleep on the Earth.
-My figure was changing completely: muscle was replacing fat, and beautiful curves were appearing
-Huge bright eyes, glowing skin
-Constant pulsating in my stomach
-Constant aching in my back and hamstrings
-anxiety and uneasiness being in a city, around a lot of people
-Nausea. Lots of nausea: going in and out of houses, buildings, cars..
-cotton mouth. horrible. chapped lips. I sucked on ice in order to alleviate this
-Dry heaving. Making vomiting actions when using cellphone, in yoga, cooking food... Nothing came up besides thick balls of mucus.
-Spitting a lot
-Incredibly active mind. Didn't know which thought to go with. Questioning everything. Doubting everything. I could have/do anything but I don't want/need anything
-Feelings of intense loneliness. No one understands this.
-Had to sit under trees a lot or just go be in nature.
-Constant feelings that I'm not living my purpose. I'm not awake. there's so much more i need to tune into that i just can't.
-Also extremely excited feelings of all these things I could do with my life, like become a yoga teacher and travel (had thoughts about going to costa rica, etc). I did have amazing thoughts, like so many. There are so many possibilities one can do in a lifetime. The feeling was so freeing that I just didn't really know where to start.
While doing this i managed to start my own personal cooking gig. So I'm cooking for people but not eating. It bothered me a bit but not because I wanted to eat, because i didn't want to kill the food.
It's been extremely stressful to be around my family and do this. They are so afraid I am not eating, even though I told them I'm juicing (lie). I have this extreme stress/attachment thing with my mother. It's hindering me so bad, I feel crippled. People keep telling me to go into the woods but if I leave home again I most likely won't be welcome back (I've left and come back too many times).
I feel very unstable because there's a lot to work through. A lot. I don't know if I'm going to end up leading people into this path or what. I know there are a lot of people charging money for these 8 day/21 day processes. I don't really see myself charging money for this sort of thing but time will only tell. Right now I'm not feeling so great because of the food I decided to consume, but tomorrow I'm starting back up again. I just have to listen to my body.
To be honest, I really have no interest in doing much. I am not really interested in doing things of "entertainment" such as going to movies or shows, that other people do. Walking outside is my entertainment. I like art, and am thinking about learning an instrument. And keeping busy with a day job is good but at the same time just feels like some sort of distraction.
I am also very confused right now. I have a couple options on places to go to just focus on cleaning and clearing and being with conscious people in beautiful locations. I have been reading a lot about other people's paths of "breatharianism" and thinking maybe mine will turn out like that, but mine could be completely different.
Dawn
23rd October 2012, 03:50
PranaChild: I am so grateful for your sharing and willingness to be vulnerable. Other authors who who wrote about this also mention the tremendous emotional cleansing they went through as part of the process of leaving food behind. You are not alone
As babies we were fed every time we cried. We soon learned that constant digestion calmed us down and soothed our emotions. Mantak Chia points out the the same organs which digest food also digest emotions. And modern science has shown that the 'gut' brain has more neurons than the brain in the skull and that this 'gut' brain actually runs the show in our lives. When we decide to let go of the addiction to food, apparently the emotions are felt in all their vivid colors. This can be very uncomfortable. This path is only for the courageous.
I am grateful for your candor. I have decided to again venture towards this way of being. Whether I succeed or not remains to be seen. Since I've applied to attend an 8 day process in about a month I am going to try to make my intended transition easier by doing a one month cleanse. If all goes as I plan I will be starting on the Master Cleanse tomorrow. My hope is that this will help the transition be easier for me. I will see whether this is actually a path I have chosen to take or whether my ego simply has the idea that this sounds 'neat' remains to be seen.
The gift of this thread has been to help me continue to look at my own desire to go down this path again and to face myself. I am grateful to everyone who has contributed here.
realitycorrodes
23rd October 2012, 08:13
ANOREXIA and BREATHARIANISM? Does anyone feel concerned if someone with anorexia decides to cover their eating disorder up with the concept of breatharianism?
I think I remember Jasmuheen stating that when people undergo the 21 day process that they should be mindful of not losing weight - if people are losing weight, this is a sign that they are not quite ready for breatharianism and should hold of for a while and try again another time? I hope I am right about this? as it has been sometime since I read the literature. Please correct me if I am wrong.
If I am right, I felt that such guidelines was invaluable as there was some obvious safety net against people "killing" themselves from starvation! I hope we are allowed to speak responsibly on this channel. I feel this is an important topic.
Is losing too much weight an indicator on the 8DP that one is not ready just yet to be a breatharian?
Also, I was told the 8DP involved a couple of days consuming fruit juice, followed by 3 days dry fasting, followed by a few more days of consuming fruit juice again? I was under the impression that this 8DP replaces the 21 day process as the 21 day process with it's 7 days of dry fasting had lead to some deaths and as such the 8DP was a lot SAFER - and showed better results in regard to continued ability to go without food?
If I am right about this, I find myself wondering about the ETHICS of supporting others WHO DON'T FOLLOW THE 8DP and dry fast way beyond the recommended 8DP and 21 day process - in terms of SAFETY?
Would anyone feel ethically responsible (on this channel) for encouraging someone (who actually may have the wrong motivations (anorexia) to continue dry fasting beyond the recommended protocol of the 8DP or the 21 day process, only to find out that that person died due to their eating disorder?
I wonder if anyone thinks there might be a danger of "trying to be too positive" about breatharianism AT THE EXPENSE OF THE TRUTH and as such believes they must not give a balanced view/advice which would include the "negative possibilities (DEATH)" as well?
Hoping such free speech is allowed on this channel.
I personally am looking for the truth about breatharianism. I have felt I could be breatharian since a small child, and yet I wish to remain loyal to the truth, for the truth I feel will keep us SAFE.
DYING FROM NOT EATING IS NOT MY IDEA OF BREATHARIAN!
I know people on the breatharian path justify such deaths as being related to the person choosing to die - as having mastered the ability to not need to eat on earth somehow is a graduation ticket out of the earth experience?
They perhaps are given the choice to just move on to another dimension as any other lessons on earth would be like teaching a graduate maths student how to add 1 + 1 =2.
For me such explanations may be correct, but unfortunately they cannot be proven to others who are unable to contact the dead and find out.
And as such too most of us, we might be considered to be behaving perhaps foolishly to BLINDLY FOLLOW such teachings with no direct experience of the truth of such teachings for ourselves.
And if such a teaching was incorrect... would anyone feel unethical about having been "UNREALISTICALLY POSITIVE" about becoming breatharian when such an outlook could lead to some elses death? A death that could lead a mother and father to be left without their beloved child. A sister and brother without a sister or brother? A loyal loving friend without their loyal loving friend?
I feel these are important issues to talk about? Am I the only one on this channel that thinks along these lines?
--------------------------
I am also wondering about the validity of justifying an action as have been given to someone from their guide/higher self? Don't get me wrong! I believe in following one's heartfelt intuition. Whether that is just one's common garden variety of "conscience" or whether one is genuinely in contact with their higher self or guides - I think it is good. However, I wonder about those beings who have "NO INSIGHT" due to one reason or another? Is it safe for people with no insight to be justify actions/behaviors that may be destructive to themselves based on the claim that they were being guided by something within them?
-------------------------------------------------------
I am talking about someone with a self image problem - which I speculate is due to a deep hidden fear of not being loved. If such a person associates being skinny as an attribute that attracts love, then it is not difficult to see that such an individual's thoughts would be heavily influenced by such a fear. Such fear could then lead to inner thoughts being presented to that individuals consciousness in such a way as to lead to destructive behaviour. i.e. an indiviudal with a fear of being not loved - associates it with needing to be skinny to be loved - looses insight - creates false beliefs to hide the fear - e.g. I am becoming breatharian for its spiritual value, rather than as a cover for a deep seated fear of being not loved - as such then uses justifications such as "my guides/my higher self" has told me that this is the correct action - knowing such justifications cannot be justified by anyone else - which leads to a person "WITHOUT INSIGHT" ironically claiming to have insight and following such a lack of insight to a destructive ending?
realitycorrodes
23rd October 2012, 08:40
What if someone with an eating disorder which is essentially a mental disorder is pretending to be breatharian? How easy is it to come on to a forum and hide behind the digital facade of a forum. Communication is I am told 80% non verbal. So on a forum we will only get 20% of real communication if that? Now I have been told by people who work with anorexic people that they can never sit still - they always have to be out hiking, swimming, dancing, studying. Their eyes become "big and bright" because their sympathatic nervous system is running on overdrive - pupils of eyes dilate in a fight or flight situation, which is also why they have this continual restlessness - sympathetic nervous system secretes adrenalin into the system...this over secretion of adrenalin is a high for a while but eventually leads to stress and the release of cortisone - which then leads to depression - hence alot of these types are diagnosed with bi-polar disorder. Also I am told they frequently are found cooking for others but not eating themselves. They are also known for lying!!!! So imagine how easily it could be for people on a forum to believe information on a forum as "useful" and "authentic" when they only get 20% of the intended communication (verbal) and have know idea whether the person commuicating the information is a trust worthy source. The reason I raise these issues is I am genuinely interested in safely transitioning to a breatharian lifestyle.
And as such I have to consider carefully the information I am researching on the subject. I just feel their is some responsibility to highlight these concerns, as other people's safety may be jeopardised by believing in someone else's claims which cannot be proven. Now I am open to people becoming breatharian and doing almost supernatural things - but I would tend to see such people to be very balanced in mind - very stable - as I believe to gain balance of mind is easier than becoming breatharian - I could be wrong here. I guess I just feel suspicious of certain miraculous claims when the person making such claims comes across as unstable to me. I aplogise for such (perhaps) overly negative speculation - but my reason as I have stated is safety for others. I personally don't care if anorexic people wish to kill themselves as I am an out of body traveller and I feel there is a high probability there is life after death, so I personally never get sad when someone dies. But I do feel that it would be irresponsible for someone else to die due to misinformation i.e. the reliability of where such information is coming from. As stated I visited buddha boy and it is common knowledge if he does not meditate he loses too much weight - something he has stated. Now I know personally that he is the real deal - so I just wonder if such an ascetic such as buddha boy with such a powerfully stable practice needs to be deadly serious about his breatharianism, then how do these emotionally unstable people acheive it? Something just does not feel right to me. My apologies for this. I know it is hard hitting - but I seek the truth!
modwiz
23rd October 2012, 08:43
There is such a thing as over-thinking something. There will be obvious signals from the body if the persona is engaging in unhealthy practices. This statement does presume a sound energetic constitution, which an anorexic lacks.
Dawn
14th December 2012, 20:17
I recently completed an 8 day process to again awaken my ability to nourish myself with prana. I highly recommend it! I am still in a transition process and will be for an unknown length of time. This work has moved me from focusing on a past memory to action in the present-- a wonderful thing! I am posting this here because this thread is rich with information, yet if I were to re-create the thread I would give it a new name....... LIVING ON PRANA - FOR EVERYMAN
This process was surprisingly easy and is NOT about giving up food!!!!! It is, instead, about re-programming the cells in the body and about nourishing yourself on prana. Some people who took the process are transitioning to eliminating food, and some are enjoying food for the amazing experience of flavor that it offers.
I completed my 8 day retreat 2 weeks ago and am experiencing an ongoing state of powerful joy. I am also enjoying food in a way I never have before. The experience of eating is, for me, very intense... almost like great sex... since the process. When I choose to eat the experience is amazing, and I am not eating for hunger or because I need to nourish myself. There were 21 people at this retreat and all of them are having slightly different experiences now. Most are still eating a little now and then. As I said... this process is NOT about giving up food!
If you would like to sample this process here is a link where you can sign up for the FREE 2 day online retreat with Akahi and Camila in January 5&6.
http://akahmi.com/rsvpmaker/akahi-camila-2-day-process-workshop-skype-free?rsvp=128&e=dawnmazur@me.com
The couple leading the process have been pure breatharians for 4 years now (no longer needing or using food or liquids of any kind). They gave birth to a darling baby boy who is now 2 years old. I met little Inki, who is a happy and chubby child, at the retreat I attended. He still nurses as well as enjoying the flavors of food. His mom, Camila, is able to nurse him with ease without using food to nourish her body because her ability to live on Prana is fully developed.
At this point I don't wish to write too much about my present experiences in this regard, because they are still unfolding for me. The main purpose of posting this is to let everyone know that you can sample Akahi and Camila's work for free, a rare opportunity.
If you would enjoy seeing a video interview with Akahi and Camila here is a sample:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5p5ewQ9Z-7g
PranaChild
16th December 2012, 19:14
Dawn I am so happy to hear you enjoyed the process with them! Love and Light to you :D
@realitycorrodes: Yourquestion regarding anorexia is indeed valid! Starving yourself in order to look a certain way is at the completely opposite end of the spectrum of living without food in order to connect to your higher self. This is, our natural state, to live in perfect harmony with the world and everyone/everything in it. What led me to this path was I felt such a surge of LOVE enter my being when I went a few days without food or water. I was in Bali, sungazing, walking barefoot, etc. I had no desire of losing weight or any "anorexic" thoughts.
What IS interesting however is if you have ever had anorexic related thoughts in your life, this path will erradicate those! Because you become so connected to the Divine, you learn to love and accept yours and everyone else's body exactly the way it is. All those judgemental thoughts completely fall away with ZERO EFFORT. I now enjoy food when I want (example I had chocolate cake yesterday) but for the most part, I love the feeling of not being "clogged" with food. Evelyn Torrence has some excellent YouTube videos, I just love her! As Dawn did previously mention, though, it is a challenge to relate to others at times. You realize that most of humanity lives in fear, worry, and doubt, and so many things are just completely backwards in this world!
Anyway, happy holidays, cheers!
Amy
Wind
16th December 2012, 22:30
rybFmE2qtaw
An interview which is over 30 years old. Look just how everyone laughed at him... Are people still laughing? No.
Dawn
19th December 2012, 11:01
PranaChild! How nice to hear from you and thank you so much for sharing your process. I agree, food clogs the body system and is responsible for feelings of depression and exhaustion. I am not to a point where I can be totally without food again.. yet! I still have strong food cravings which I am lovingly giving into, but they are greatly reduced. I have every intention of moving into the place where I no longer eat as soon as I can do it in comfort. Last time this occurred in my life it was with total ease, and this is how it is happening for many who attended the 8 Day Process with me recently.
I now enjoy food when I want (example I had chocolate cake yesterday) but for the most part, I love the feeling of not being "clogged" with food.
StarSeed, thank you for the video. Isn't it interesting how the 'way showers' are usually laughed at, ridiculed, or worse?
I would like to write a bit more about the retreat I mentioned in my last post here: http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?34696-Breatharianism-and-living-on-Prana-a-how-to-guide&p=598906&viewfull=1#post598906. There is so much talk about DNA upgrades coming for humanity, yet finding people who are obviously experiencing the gifts from this is not a common thing. In the 8 day process offered by Camile and Akai there was one participant who had organized the retreat and who had taken her initial 8 Day Process 9 months earlier. Since then this person has grown noticably taller. Camilla has grown 3+ inches since she became a breatharian 4 years ago. These 2 people are adult women in their 30s, not an age when people usually grow taller.
Ancient texts talk about a time when we all were 9 ft tall on average, and a time before that when we were 12 ft in height. Perhaps Akai and Camilla have tapped into energies which allow DNA to reconnect. This might explain adult women continuing to grow. Could the energies available in the 8 Day Process return human bodies to the size they were before the Kaliyuga (which we are just exiting)?
4evrneo
19th December 2012, 17:29
I thought I would post a couple of links that I found on how to breath in prana. I have found them to be very helpful. I am going to spend the next couple days practising as I now feel comfortable in doing so.
http://www.zakairan.com/ZaKaiRansArticlesBooks/Articles/PranicBreathing.htm
http://www.abouttheheart.org.za/THE_PRANIC_BREATH.htm
I really appreciate the dialogue on this subject as it has helped me to release more to prepare to connect to this life force energy.
Many blessings,
Annette
Dawn
21st December 2012, 06:49
4Evrneo: I thought I would post a couple of links that I found on how to breath in prana. I have found them to be very helpful. I am going to spend the next couple days practicing as I now feel comfortable in doing so.
http://www.zakairan.com/ZaKaiRansArt...cBreathing.htm
http://www.abouttheheart.org.za/THE_PRANIC_BREATH.htm
I am so glad you put up these links. They are wonderfully magical and such a simple reminder. I was able to connect to my memory of this way of bringing in Prana within 3-5 minutes of reading this. My entire body began to vibrate with a very fine frequency. The Pineal and Heart centers were the most noticeable and intense. Thank you so much for finding this site for all of us 4Evrneo
joamarks
21st December 2012, 10:00
i think 5&6 January 2013 is a good chance to start a new life with less food :) i will try to attend.
meanwhile, here in Holland, there is a mother and her 15 year old boy facing the horror that the are going to be parted by our government.
it's all over the news.
you never guess why?
because of their diet!
the mother chooses, 10 years ago, to go 100% raw food. also for her 5 year old son.
the boy's asthma vanished, he has lot of energy and wasn't sick anymore since then.
a filmmaker made a documentary about their lifestyle and this threw up a lot of negative reactions.
the boy (named tom) didn't go to high school anymore for 2 years now.
the mother chooses to teach him herself, because the school mates made fun of him and were a thread to his diet.
we live in a strange time were we have to re live the European mid ages where they burned witches for their knowledge on natural healing.
weird!
Dawn
21st December 2012, 10:36
joamarks: i think 5&6 January 2013 is a good chance to start a new life without less food i will try to attend.
I think the online class hosted by Camila and Akai will be wonderful. However, it is not about reducing food intake. The 2 days of classes focus on various techniques to awaken our ability to nourish ourselves with prana through the breath. You will likely really enjoy the classes.
joamarks
22nd December 2012, 10:08
here a very interesting video from russia.
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=j54O7ff0DQs
My name is Olga Podorovskaya. I am breatharian (non-eater, inediate). I created this website for people, wishing to change their lives.
Reading about breatharianism (non-eating), I supposed it’s very difficult and available only for chosen ones. Maybe not for chosen ones, but exactly not for me. Now I get full satisfaction from possibility to be free from food.
From today’s position – it is easy and naturally. I see everyone is breatharian`s, but they believe, that they must eat to live. Very funny
Talking about breatharianism at many forums, I understand that people think about breatharianism only as a benefit: Saving personal funds, gain energy, desire not to feel hunger, desire to restore the health, desire to get immortality; desire to create new better planet Earth without grazing, farming and slaughterhouses.
Breatharianism is not transfer or transformation. This is awareness
All that’s stopping you right now to become breatharian — it’s the ideas and images of yourself.
I don’t use Jasmuheen 21 day`s transfer method, initiations or resonating vibrations method; don’t use looking at the sun, diet, or a system of vegetarianism or veganism
Breatharianism is not a rejection of products, not asceticism or anorexia.
In fact there is no transfer.
First of all I understand that Breatharianism is already laid in my cellular memory. And thought or idea: «I must eat physical food» (with all its consequences) comes just because this is habitually.
«Transfer» is recognized immediately.
Appears quite different perception of yourself.
joamarks
22nd December 2012, 10:17
dawn,
did you experience a difference in your transition,
now your consciousness has expanded since the last time you were breatharian?
olga pokrovskaya states in her youtube video above
that people only need to KNOW on a cellular level they don't need food or even air.
that people who live in a sick environment or themselves are sick to the bone can be breatharian also.
she was even eating meat and wasn't a vegetarian or fruitarian when she become a breatharian.
the trick is not to become someone but just are.
greetings from holland.
Dawn
22nd December 2012, 23:56
Because this is 'my' thread and I was able to fully experience breatharianism back in 1979 I have taken on a role in hosting this discussion. It is fair for people to ask my about my personal experience since the thread started with 'my story'. However, before I get into answering a very personal question from joamarks, I'd like to remind anyone reading this that my experience is not an indication of what yours might be. In other words... don't buy into any limitations I might be stuck in... they do not have to be your limitations unless you believe they are.
Joamarks: dawn, did you experience a difference in your transition,
now your consciousness has expanded since the last time you were breatharian?
That is a fair question, and it contains an assumption that my consciousness has expanded since 22 years ago, which I am not sure is true. I went into the 8 Day Process with the intention of again becoming a breatharian. This has not happened yet, and I confess that I am disappointed. The clear memory I have of that time so long ago has left me longing for the deep love, joy and connection to source that is present with every breath. Prana Child says it very well in her post above:
Because you become so connected to the Divine, you learn to love and accept .....
What I enjoy about life on Earth is that it is always surprising, and that is how the 8 Day Process was for me. What happened (for everyone who attended) is that cellular memory was erased so that new memories could be put in the place of old painful ones. When I went into the process I was aware that I was ready for a deep healing of something within me that had been separated .... I was ready for a 'soul retrieval'. This was obvious because there was an internal 'war' going on inside me- I had been experiencing anger against myself coming up. This was totally healed during the retreat and there is now a deeper peace within me.
What I did NOT expect was that I would come out of the process with intense food cravings and that eating food would be such an intensely pleasurable experience. From this I deduct that additional dry fasts are likely needed in order to bring my body to a level of cellular knowledge which would allow me to move into being a breatharian with ease and joy. So... that is my current story, yet it is unfolding as I write this and there is no ending written to it yet.
Dawn
23rd December 2012, 03:32
I'd like to introduce information of dry-fasting. In both the 8 Day Process with Akai and Camilla, and the 21 Day Process introduced by Jasmuheen, dry fasting is used to cleanse the body. This method of allowing the body to cleanse itself has been used extensively by the Russians to cure many chronic diseases. It allows the body to rest from the constant strain of digesting food, and as a result to balance itself.
Here is a link to a great little post which details information about this and also contains links to go further and deeper into understanding this: http://fastingdry.blogspot.com/p/what-is-dry-fasting.html
I've selected some of the information in this link to give you an idea of its content.
Dry fasting has been practiced by the Russians for a very long time. There is quite a bit of literature available on dry fasting in the Russian language. However, none of these writings has been professionally translated. I was first introduced to the concept of dry fast by Tanya Zavasta (a native Russian speaker) in her book Quantum Eating. I found the information fascinating, but did not really know where to go with it. Then I discovered the web community forum The Fasting Connection where I met Milena Albert (a native Russian speaker) who had been practicing dry fasting and was in contact with Dr. Sergei Filonov, a Russian medical doctor who has been conducting dry fasts with his patients for 20 years. Then, I was referred to a Google translation of his 400 page book Dry Medical Fasting: Myths & Reality. While the translation leaves much to be desired (being computer generated), enough of the essence comes through to make it a very worthwhile read for anyone who in interested in embarking on this path.
Although dry fasting is being used to help people transition into breatharianism it has also been used in Russia to 'cure' many diseases:
Dry fasting itself is not a "cure," but it provides the right conditions to allow the body to activate all of its own, God-given, healing powers. Dr. Filonov has seen many illnesses heal through dry fasting; below is a list of the ones he mentions in his book:
ovarian cysts
uterine fibroids
endometriosis
infertility
mastitis
hot flashes
yeast infection
parasite infection
viral infection
bacterial infection
benign tumors
rheumatoid arthritis
osteoarthritis
ankylosing spondylitis
asthma
chronic pneumonia
pulmonary sarcoidosis
atherosclerosis
hypertension
sciatica
herniated disk
brain injury
migraine headaches
gastritis
stomach ulcer
duodenal ulcer
pancreatitis
cholecystitis
ulcerative colitis
irritable bowel syndrome
hemorrhoids
non-insulin dependent diabetes
gangrene
atopic dermatitis
chronic urticaria
eczema
psoriasis
interstitial cystitis
chronic pyelonephritis
prostatitis
prostate adenoma
inflammation
Here's a link to an English translation of Dr Filinov's site (you should be able to click on it and get a Google translation of the site): http://translate.google.com/translate?sl=ru&tl=en&js=n&prev=_t&hl=en&ie=UTF-8&eotf=1&u=http%3A%2F%2Ffilonov.net%2F
joamarks
23rd December 2012, 11:25
hello dawn,
thanks for the (personal) answer.
What I did NOT expect was that I would come out of the process with intense food cravings and that eating food would be such an intensely pleasurable experience. From this I deduct that additional dry fasts are likely needed in order to bring my body to a level of cellular knowledge which would allow me to move into being a breatharian with ease and joy. So... that is my current story, yet it is unfolding as I write this and there is no ending written to it yet.
it's funny you say that, i have the same experience with my fasting periods.
(what's wrong with enjoying food, indeed.)
im sure your consciousness has grew since 1979 :)
to live as a breatherian and being in the process to let it manifest in the real world has brought me so many insights.
for example, not so long ago i have first made acquaintance with a trillion cells which i call my body. :)
these cells have their own divinity and are connected to mother gaya.
all the lives we have had here on earth,
trillions and trillions of re-in-carnations,
all these experiences are stored in this realm we call earth.
but not in only in a spiritual way, also literary, in the flesh!
the flesh is like a goddess with unlimited consciousness.
but it is still a servant or a child.
its in its learning process.
and boy, do i sometimes feel like a bad teacher to learn them a lesson :)
it feels like the film avatar, where the hero is in this magnificent body on a living planet.
but his mind is still in a spaceship (machine) or crippled body in a wheelchair.
to live like a breatherian for me is to reconnect on all the levels to a universal truth.
im not sure if i would have all these insights if i just hadn't been eating from one day to another.
what i have learned this way is what it is to be humble.
Dawn
24th December 2012, 09:09
Joamarks: for example, not so long ago i have first made acquaintance with a trillion cells which i call my body.
these cells have their own divinity and are connected to mother gaya.
all the lives we have had here on earth,
trillions and trillions of re-in-carnations,
all these experiences are stored in this realm we call earth.
but not in only in a spiritual way, also literary, in the flesh!
the flesh is like a goddess with unlimited consciousness.
but it is still a servant or a child.
its in its learning process.
How well said this is! I'd like to share a little deeper about the 8 Day Process I just went through. At one point I was doing a meditation to focus on my creative center (womb for women and lower abdomen for men). This meditation was done in order to bring prana into this center and to enliven the chakra there. Suddenly I had a full 3D movie show up in the air above my abdomen. The experience was like the one in Star Wars where R2D2 plays the holographic movie of Princess Leya begging ObeWanKanobe for help. Remember when the little hologram appeared in space in front of R2D2? Something almost exactly like this happened for me. In my life I've had 3 abdominal surgeries, all were done in an emergency situation, and none had anesthetic which worked and I had to endure them by focusing on my breath through the process. Well, my cells recorded these surgeries and replayed them in full living color and exact detail for me during the 8DP. And... as they did this they released these memories and the sense of being victimized.
This release happened the day after the dry fast ended, when I was re-hydrating with fruit flavored water. It is a large part of why I am experiencing ongoing joy and love... the sad victim energy of this memory is no longer being broadcast by my cells on an ongoing basis.
The dry fast was so beneficial for me that I am planning additional ones on my own within a week or so. The 3 day dry fast was, in fact, extremely easy. It is my hope that with additional dry fasts I will again come to a place where I will revel in the spiritual connection that occurs when one is nourished on Prana without wasting the energy used for digesting food. But life is wonderful and surprising... so I will see what comes next.
realitycorrodes
24th December 2012, 13:33
Hey guys, just to try and put some perspective on the Akahi and Camila thing...I am cutting and pasting some comments I made on one of their facebook channels. The comments I made below which I feel are logical and fair resulted in my announced and unforewarned cancellation of my membership. Freedom of speech is not appreciated there....
I guess if one is still drinking tea, juice and coconut water - it could be more correct to call it a low calorie diet - as there is calories in fruit juice. When one says "if I choose to eat I will eat" is there any real difference from eveyone else who would probably just say, "when I am hungry I like to eat"? It seems to me the low rate of people who actually do the 8DP and continue on not eating juice or any other solid or liquid food is very low if not zero? I wonder if to make the claim at all that such people are breatharian is really more to do with marketing an 8 Day Fast as something more than it really is? Am I the only one that has considered perceiving these things like this?
http://akahiycamila.blogspot.com.au/2011/08/8-day-breatharian-process.html
As one can see Akahi and Camila are unashamedly advertising their fast as a "Breatharian Process". That is what interests me: Breatharianism. If it is more about LOVE and it is NOT ABOUT "NOT EATING"(???) (breatharianism???) as Naraya Urban-Winterfeldt says - then why is the word "breatharian" being used in the title above instead of the word LOVE? Anyone else think this is confusing? It has been my experience: one usually has to come up with complicated "creative" nonsensical explanations to justify things when one is not telling the truth to oneself. The TRUTH in my experience is usually very SIMPLE. Personally, I choose "logical" truth over a version of LOVE going by the name of breatharianism which does not produce many or any "100% juice and food free" breatharians? - just my humble opinion - of course I respect people's right to tell themselves whatever they want to...if it makes them feel good and does no harm to others - but if people are sharing their beliefs with others, one would assume that such beliefs would need to be logical in the sense that they are reproducible by those others hearing such beliefs - i.e. if the course claims to make people breatharian and no one actually practices breatharianism at the end of the course then the course is not achieving a high success rate in regard to what it is advertising itself to be?? I speculate that in order to be really living breatharianism, naturally and easily, one would have to be able to access some kind of inner bliss that can replace the bliss of wanting to eat juice or any caloric filled substance. It is the bliss that is missing IMHO. I speculate one needs a practice that provides the sustaining bliss. The version of LOVE Naraya Urban-Winterfeldt seems to be talking about must be lacking some kind of bliss? - why else would the followers of such LOVE have to resort to getting their (bliss) from eating juice? Give me genuine authentic bliss over LOVE without bliss? I don't know...all I know is...if their were two breatharian processes being offered...Course A - where their graduates actually finish the course and everyone of them became "100% food and juice free" breatharians OR Course B - where no-one became "100% food and juice free" breatharians - then I know I would be choosing Course A.
Also I have a friend who has done the 8 day process with Akahi and Camilla and this is her comments on this subject in regard to Akahi's claim that he only has a fruit juice every six months - exaggeration is a from of lying IMHO, my friends comment is below:
Someone in our group had asked Akahi how Camila could stay at her weight and he said that she had always been a gymnist. But from two of the group members who went through the process before mine, they said that both Akahi and Camila eat when they go out and that they drink a huge amount of fruit juices. To me drinking fruit juices is being a fruitarian or a fast, as you say, but not really being a true Breatharian.
I know, we can get hung up on the details and judgment then becomes easy. Which is not what we want. But frankly, being a Breatharian is living on just breath and sunlight, no? And perhaps a tiny bit of water but without anything in it. And therefore to me Genesis Sunfire and perhaps a few others that I don't know about yet, are the only real Breatharians. He says it as it is, doesn't hold back, is not here to impress, and he's not into the spiritual 'feel good' bull****. He's as real as it gets and I appreciate that immensely about him. Even Jasmuheen to me is not a Breatharian. Something feels off for me with her but I can't put my finger on it...
*NB. I should mention my friend was the only one in the group that stopped eating and in my last contact with her she had gone without eating for three months. Her exact comment was:
"From what I know about Breatharianism having gone 3 months without food and 8 days of dry fasting and the previous weeks with just 3 sips of water per day, I do know this (for me). It is entirely possible to live with no food and no water and no electrolytes, no minerals, no proteins, etc. However, and this is huge, it must first be conceived by the mind that it is so, that it can be so. For as long as we have conditions attached to Breatharianism (such as we need this or that), it cannot happen because our word is the only law that counts. Whatever we say, it is so indeed. And of course out of the overflow of the heart our mouth speaks. So if our beliefs are strongly rooted in needed this or that, our body will take those beliefs as law, and act accordingly."
GENESIS SUNFIRE: A BREATH OF LIFE
by Truth Connections Radio
http://www.blogtalkradio.com/truthconnections/2012/11/14/genesis-sunfire-a-breath-of-life
http://www.blogtalkradio.com/truthconnections/2012/11/14/genesis-sunfire-a-breath-of-life.mp3
Dawn
24th December 2012, 19:47
Reality Corrodes: It seems to me the low rate of people who actually do the 8DP and continue on not eating juice or any other solid or liquid food is very low if not zero? I wonder if to make the claim at all that such people are breatharian is really more to do with marketing an 8 Day Fast as something more than it really is? Am I the only one that has considered perceiving these things like this?
You have made several posts on this thread here which seemed aimed ad debunking, and this is one of them. I appreciate your sharp intellect. I'm not sure where you've seen information that the 8 Day Process is about being Breatharian. Akai and Camilla speak of their process as an 8 Day PRANIC process, and they both say that it is not about food. They are adamant... it is NOT about eating or not eating food. It is about the choice NOT to eat food or to EAT food. In their opinion being stuck in a paradigm where they never eat food is just as limiting as believing they MUST eat food to survive. For them, it is about choice.
I am currently involved in an online group where I stay in touch with others who attended the 8 Day Process with me. Some (but not all participants) are remaining on watered down juice, and one of them has transitioned into full breatharianism. So, if your intent is (like mine was)to become a breatharian... then this 8 day process is not a guarantee for you. Perhaps the 21 day process would be more to your liking.
I do wish to correct you about Camille and Akai advertising this process as a Breatharian one... they are ADAMANT that it is NOT that.... it is a Pranic process retreat and opens these channels.
I am glad that they still eat from time to time. One of the things that is learned is that you can have the choice to eat if you would like to. It seems that you think this makes them liars and cheats. Perhaps it makes them human and free to do as they like in any given moment. I was with them for 8 days, in a shared housing situation and I can tell you that Camilla did not eat or drink at all during that time. Akai had about 1/4 cup of fresh fruit juice. And little Inki nursed every couple of hours had had a couple of snacks to chew on. Does this make them people who are not breatharians capable of living on Prana alone? Or ... does this make them people who are free from food paradigms, even free of strict breatharian paradigms?
I believe that wisdom comes from actual experience. Would you please share what your personal experience is with living on Prana or being a Breatharian. I would love to hear your personal story and the insights you have gained by what you have experienced in this field.
Ilie Pandia
24th December 2012, 20:39
Hello Dawn,
Thanks you for tending to this thread and for sharing your experience. And this goes for the other members as well that share theirs.
I think this is very important information and I am glad that it gets out.
realitycorrodes
24th December 2012, 20:59
http://akahiycamila.blogspot.com.au/2011/08/8-day-breatharian-process.html
I just put into google: akahi and camila breatharian
and the very first link was:
Luz de Alegria* Akahi y Camila: 8 day Breatharian
8 day Breatharian Process
********infinite pranic being***********
*LIVING FROM LOVE*
* 8 DAY BREATHARIAN enlightenment Process *
online *VIA SKYPE*
March 8th to 15th, 2012
starts the thursday 8th at 8 am
during the 8 day workshop you will recive a perfect secuence of conscious breathing technics, accompany by a specific diet that includes 3 day fast and fresh fruit and juices.
the cost per person of the full 8 day group workshop online via Skype is: $1000usd,
2 groups with maximum space for 5 people in Spanish and 5 people in English
reserve your space with a $500.00 USD www.paypal.com
deposit * to: selfmasteryjourney.akahmi@gmail.com Non refoundable *
which must be received 10 days before the beginning of the process* and then
send your name and your basic info to: faby.akahmi@gmail.com, International Bilingual Coordinator.
8 day Breatharian Process
http://akahiycamila.blogspot.com.au/2011/08/8-day-breatharian-process.html
realitycorrodes
24th December 2012, 21:02
I am sharing information which I feel is reasonably factual and balanced.
Because it demonstrates there may be some lying going on and we all know how unpleasant it is to discover that we have been lied to.... then, does that mean it is better not to bring such possible lies to the light of day so that we can all live in denial in order to avoid the unpleasantness of it?
In fact, I thought this was what project avalon was about: getting to the truth?
Is the truth negative?
realitycorrodes
24th December 2012, 21:13
I have gone three months as a liquid fruitarian drinking only orange juice with periods in that of two days dry fasting. I would never dream of calling that "breatharianism" and yet it seems like it really is more than what most people can do after the so called "8 day breatharian process" - the "8 day breatharian process" consists of "I believe" 3 days of eating fruit, followed by 3 days of dry fasting, finished by 2 days of drinking fruit juices? As one can see the activities of the "8 day breatharian process" is not unlike what I have already done by myself "naturally" without spending $1000 US dollars. Perhaps if I had done one more day of dry fasting I could have got a Certificate of Akahi to say I am now a certified breatharian?
In regard to breathing exercises being sold in the "8 day breatharian process" I personally have been doing pranayam for over 15 years and I have at times found myself not breathing at all for periods of up to 6 minutes - this is not a common ability amongst those who claim to be masters of breathing - in the "Hatha Yoga Pradipika" - an ancient indian scripture on yoga and pranayam it describes pranayam as Kumbhaka (breath retention). I hope on the basis of the above information... that the information I am sharing on breatharianism may be considered useful. I am only sorry that I had to state such things to be considered a trustworthy source of information.
Also, I would speculate that the only reason Akahi and Camila started popularising the 8 day process was because the 21 day process was not marketable anymore as people had died. If one then markets another FAST but keeps the dry fasting within the internationally accepted medical community's idea of what is a safe period of time to be dry fasting i.e. 4 days of "DRY FASTING" - then such a FAST when marketed as a "breatharian process" would be seen as more acceptable, marketable, and indeed lucrative when sold within various countries?
Not a bad way to earn a living selling a fast for $1000 USD per head, while all the time calling oneself a master and allowing oneself to be worshipped as such by the followers of such a cult! What is 21 people times $1000 dollars = 21,000 Dollars for 8 days work....not bad!
Again I think it is important to follow a balanced approach to this subject addressing all the information available even when it does not align with one's own personal biases - especially as people have died doing similiar courses e.g. the 21 day process!
When one asks one what "authority" they have to be sharing their research one should be aware that one does not have to be a practising neurosurgeon in order to research neurosurgery - one can simple research other people's research/information and experience - that is what is common practice at most universities. Since Akahi, Camila, Jericho Sunfire, and Jasmuheen have never submitted themselves to a formal investigative study by an objective third party one should not try to infer that they have any more "authority" over someone else in such matters in order to call into question the reliability of the other's evidence. Such behavior is often done to try and unfairly discredit another person and their information - the sole purpose of which is to prevent the public from considering all the available information - the goal of which is to manipulate them into a biased agenda.
I am genuinely interested in breathariansism - otherwise I would not have traveled to ambaji in india to try and talk with Pralad Jani or would I have traveled 7 hours in a bus in the Nepalese mountains...followed by a 1 hour walk through a Nepalese Jungle to talk to Ram_Bahadur_Bomjon (Buddha Boy) about techniques to become breatharian. That is me below in the bob marley T-shirt.
http://sphotos-a.ak.fbcdn.net/hphotos-ak-prn1/15492_141278129358909_1230018353_n.jpg
"Emancipate yourselves from mental slavery; None but ourselves can free our minds."
-Bob Marley
Personally, I am against worshiping another human as a god - as the followers of Buddha Boy do.
To learn from someone... does not require worshiping that person as a god - this is IMHO a deliberate corruption of spirituality for the purpose of making money.
I believe we are our own masters.
However, if someone has some information which can help us realize our own potential, then it would be wise in my opinion to listen to such information... and when understood correctly...then try and practice it - and see if one can prove it to be true for oneself.
If the information when acted upon was reliable and produced the stated claims/results - then personally, I would feel respect and gratitude to that someone for sharing that information - but that is just me!
"Believe nothing, no matter where you read it, or who said it, no matter if I have said it,
unless it agrees with your own reason and your own common sense."
- Buddha
“Do not believe in anything simply because you have heard it. Do not believe in anything simply because it is spoken and rumored by
many. Do not believe in anything simply because it is found written in your religious books. Do not believe in anything merely on the
authority of your teachers and elders. Do not believe in traditions because they have been handed down for many generations. But
after observation and analysis, when you find that anything agrees with reason and is conducive to the good and benefit of one and
all, then accept it and live up to it.”
- Buddha
eva08
25th December 2012, 05:03
Totally amazing information, so grateful; thank you all.
Dawn
30th December 2012, 15:35
RealityCorrodes, you are ABSOLUTELY correct! No one came out of the 8DP as a breatharian, though many of the participants are continuing to repeat the dry fasts, and having many spiritual experiences. It will be interesting to continue my own process and watch others doing theirs.
Yesterday I was inspired to begin yet another dry fast myself. It simply feels like the right thing for me to do in the moment, however I have no specific expectations about the outcome of it. And... I may never be a breatharian again in this life which seems a less painful thought to me than it has in the past.
Here's an even better class that anyone can take. the cost is only $1,000,000,000.00 if you sign up now (seriously). If you delay your sign-up the cost goes up $1,000,000,000.00 per month. There is still time to sign up at the discounted early bird sign up so hurry...
http://www.breatharian.com/wileybrooks.html
"EMPOWERED ASCENSION" or IMMORTALITY INITIATION WORKSHOPS
BY WILEY BROOKS, BREATHARIAN AND FOUNDER OF: The Breatharian Institute of America
To do this workshop you must be able to spend the first 10 days traveling to special places in the four corner states.
The workshop includes a visit to Earth Prime in the 5th Dimension in your physical body if you are ready.
My Workshops are being extended to March 23, 2013
The cost of the workshop is $1,000,000,000.00 USD
http://www.breatharian.com/images/493_photo1-wiley.jpg
Here's why Wiley Brooks says his classes are so important
THE ASCENSION TO THE WORLD DID HAPPEN RIGHT ON SCHEDULE
DECEMBER 21, 2012
There will be a limited amount time or a grace period for people of the EARTH WORLDS to learn how to SURVIVE these new energies.
My Immortality workshops will be extended to
MARCH 23, 2013
To survive the deadly heat energies
of the Ascension process that did occur on
December 21, 2012,
there is a requirement for Humanity to prepare for that time.
THERE IS A REQUIREMENT TO CLEAR ALL OF THE PAST LIFE KARMIC/NEGATIVE ENERGIES THAT YOU MIGHT CARRY BECAUSE THESE ENERGIES CANNOT BE TAKEN TO A HIGHER DIMENSION (5D EARTH), OR A HIGHER VIBRATION. IF YOU HAVE NOT CLEARED THESE ENERGIES FROM YOUR PHYSICAL BODIES, THE IMPACT OF THE ENERGIES COMING ON DECEMBER 21, 2012 WILL DESTROY ALL THOSE NEGATIVE ENERGIES. AND IN DOING SO, THE PHYSICAL BODY WHICH IS HOLDING THOSE ENERGIES WILL ALSO BE DESTROYED!
My opinion on this? Gosh, I have NO idea!!!! Very interesting point of view. I don't have $1,000,000,000.00 so I can't participate anyway. If anyone at Avalon decides to sign up please drop me a line before you go into the 5D world and tell me how it was.
Wind
30th December 2012, 16:32
That's a lot of zeroes! Wiley is a funny man!
r2yh7J4BJLE
7dYHZXUp2ks
Dawn
31st December 2012, 02:10
Starseed: That's a lot of zeroes! Wiley is a funny man!
I'm pretty cautious about who I judge anymore. I have seen so much, and had so many out-there experiences myself that I withhold my judgement most of the time. I must say though that I find a big belly laugh coming up when ever I am exposed to anything from Wiley.
As a point of interest I sent these links to a friend and she takes him very seriously. She even rattled off several 'well known' people who have the same understanding he does about being prepared for the March Solstice with a higher frequency body.
Years ago, during the years when I slept 1.5-2 hours nightly, walked in the hills the rest of the night, and then went to work for a full day.... I had some amazing experiences. One of those was that on most mornings everything was glowing and totally alive, but all interconnected by cosmic dust (perhaps we call the dust photons?) which flowed and eddied through and around all the life forms. I didn't have any mental explanations or ideas about what was going on then... for example I did not think to myself, "I am experiencing the 5th dimensional world. I didn't have any thoughts at all. I was in a constant state of awe, curiosity, love, and delight.
So, although Wiley is extremely unusual... who am I to say what is going on with him.
I guess this is how I feel about the 8 Day Process I just enjoyed at a retreat center on the California Coast. I found it delightful, and I have noticed deep changes since. Other people in the retreat are noticing ongoing changes as well. Yet... no one came out a 'breatharian' after 8 days. I am with holding my judgement and watching it unfold. However, I understand RealityCorrodes comments about it... and these comments are correct... no one came out of the process in 8 days as a breatharian.
HORIZONS
31st December 2012, 03:20
Starseed: That's a lot of zeroes! Wiley is a funny man!
Years ago, during the years when I slept 1.5-2 hours nightly, walked in the hills the rest of the night, and then went to work for a full day.... I had some amazing experiences. One of those was that on most mornings everything was glowing and totally alive, but all interconnected by cosmic dust (perhaps we call the dust photons?) which flowed and eddied through and around all the life forms. I didn't have any mental explanations or ideas about what was going on then... for example I did not think to myself, "I am experiencing the 5th dimensional world. I didn't have any thoughts at all. I was in a constant state of awe, curiosity, love, and delight.
I thought this might fit in here...
“The 3rd-century AD alchemist Ko Hung wrote:
From midnight until noon, energy waxes; from noon until midnight, energy wanes. When energy is waning, breathing exercises are of no benefit.
In other words, chee-gung should be practiced between midnight and noon, when positive Yang energy prevails in the atmosphere. Ko Hung’s observation accords precisely with the findings of Western science, which has determined that the concentration of negative ions (i.e. chee) in the air peaks between 3:00 and 6:00 a.m. Disciplined adepts of breathing rise around 4:00 a.m. to take advantage of this airborne power.”
Excerpt From: Reid, Daniel. “The Tao Of Health, Sex and Longevity.” Simon & Schuster, 1989. iBooks.
This material may be protected by copyright.
Check out this book on the iBookstore: https://itunes.apple.com/WebObjects/MZStore.woa/wa/viewBook?id=405937901
AwakeInADream
31st December 2012, 03:53
Hi Dawn!:) This is a wonderful thread! Thank you!:)
norman
3rd January 2013, 22:01
I found this video in Kerry Cassidy's blog.
This is a Russian Couple who don't eat normal food, but, whaw!, guess what they DO eat.
Very strange............
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=173zxfh9pNk
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=173zxfh9pNk
Dawn
4th January 2013, 02:32
Norman: I found this video in Kerry Cassidy's blog.
This is a Russian Couple who don't eat normal food, but, whaw!, guess what they DO eat.
I watched it too and began my research into radioactive hormesis in a serious way. Although I had done some research on the topic, I did not move into action until I saw their video. I have since raised the background radiation in my home by about 5X what the reading was when I started. I have done this through using natural stones, rather than refined radium. I have some misc healing stones, (water stones, pendants and so on) coming in the mail which should help add a bit more radiation for my body. From absolutely every scientific source and testimonials I've read, Americans really DO NOT have enough radiation to support longevity and good health. Very different from what we were taught. Yet one more place where WE WERE LIED to and PROGRAMMED with FALSE information.
As a note on the above video, a few days later this couple disappeared from sight. One web page I checked said they had been arrested. However from the organizations they belonged to, it seems just as likely that they are black ops, if not when the film was made... then they likely became so later.
I just finished another 3 day dry fast. It is clearly cleaning out the body on a very deep level. Fat cells are actually metabolized to harvest the water they contain which clears out a lot of unhealthy tissue in the body. This did not cause me to become a breatharian again however. My original move into this 20+ years ago had no effort what-so-ever, but happened easily and naturally. I do not feel the ease that I once did. Perhaps it is the age of my body, but perhaps the 3 day dry fast is not long enough to do the deep clearing needed to awaken this natural ability in me. According the the Russian doctor who uses dry fasts to cure just about every kind of ailment, it is wise to begin with a 3 day fast, and then build up slowly to longer fasts. He claims that dry fasting a long time is a learned skill... he never mentions breatharianism. However... he does speak of dry fasts in excess of 24 days. It's hard to believe that a person on such a long fast is not using their natural ability to harvest prana and generate their own water as needed in such a long fast.
The 21 day process introduced by Jasmuheen contains a 7 day dry fast. However, it should be noted that she eats about 300 calories daily now. I wonder if this is due to her age or because her ability to harvest prana was never completely turned on.
Karezza
7th January 2013, 15:04
Realitycorrodes Thank you for posting the Sunfire interview. After listening to the audio I begin to understand why the tone in your post #223 (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?34696-Breatharianism-and-living-on-Prana-a-how-to-guide&p=605167&viewfull=1#post605167) seemed stern. The interview was simple & straight to the point; Informative. Sunfire mentions everyone is a ' Breatharian' for each night we go for long periods without ingesting food. In a sense we are fasting. Once awaken we break-the-fast with our first meal the breakfast. (His assertion of everyone during sleep is fasting seem to complement the understanding that everyone Astral Journeys during night-time).
Sunfire further contends there is nothing remarkable of how he lives. Just has someone unable to break free from nicotine looks at those that can make do without the substance as remarkable; when in fact it is simply a natural way. The same is for being 'Breatharian' (<---Sunfire does not like the term).
Is Genesis Sunfire the former Jericho Sunfire?
GENESIS SUNFIRE: A BREATH OF LIFE
by Truth Connections Radio
http://www.blogtalkradio.com/truthconnections/2012/11/14/genesis-sunfire-a-breath-of-life
http://www.blogtalkradio.com/truthconnections/2012/11/14/genesis-sunfire-a-breath-of-life.mp3
joamarks
11th March 2013, 08:39
hi dawn,
i like to share my last 3 dry fasting (followed up with 6 days water fast) experience.
i had catch a cold after returning from a tired some holiday.
so lying in bed with a fever i decided to do a dry fast to help the body to do a deep cleaning.
the fast went very smooth and i had wonderful emotional cleanings from old old stuff.
then something weird happened...
i became clairvoyant.
i saw myself without restrictions,
no need for food and living from the center, the hart.
i was very happy with that image.
it felted like being enlightened.
but i wasn't there yet....
my body had to make the change to fit the enlightened mind.
so i need to do some more work.
meanwhile i couldn't eat, of course.
my weight was during the holiday already gone down to a 61 kg.
(i have a underweight problem,
normally i weigh 68kg, this due viruses candida ect)
after the dry fast i weighted 55kg.
now the strange thing happens.
i have the feeling a angel is guarding my boundaries so i won't fly away from earth on my space trip meditations.
i have a somewhat hate love relation to this entity,
because it's always there to keep me down.
but this time it was different,
i was able to open i dialogue with this angel.
he called himself Ahriman.
so i was very happy to have found a guard in my former enemy.
close to the source to guide me through the difficult unknown terrain.
my family and friends around me begin to express their worries because my grey and skinny face.
they are afraid im losing it.
also by what i say, seems a little "over sized" related to reality.
my body feels numb i lost also contact with individual cells,
they feel like a sad flowers dried out.
i was drinking water and tea and gained a kilo (56kg) but didn't feel better.
then my weight dropped again.
when i was 54kg i became worried.
especially after i had a special visitor.
i was lying in bed and there he was,
with a eye strong as a hawk and a body as a mountain it told me i had 3 days left......
it was death himself!
you can imagine that this made some impression on me.
i wasn't scared but i had a second guide now.
one you have to keep very close as a friend :)
so i made a decision.
i rent a little house to be by my self.
and here im now. writing this story.
here by myself i regained control over my raging thoughts and the longing to be free from material stuff (food)
i made a decision to stay a little longer here on earth in normal form and learn
my body wasn't ready yet.
it felt like if you take a bush Indian out of its habitat and give him a set of car keys to start the car and take it for a drive.
so was i standing for my body as if it was a bio space ship without any knobs or manuals to enter or even start up its reactor.
i was so far from it :)
now a whole story to reed,
i know. sorry for that.
now my point i like to make to be as a warning for all of you out there on fasting:
this Ahriman angel is very dubious in his role. he could have convinced me not to eat for just a few days more.
i m sure if i had i wouldn't write this on this plane of reality.
there are a lot stories known for demons who are possessing their hosts and are driven them by fasting to another world.
it's known by people who fast,
that the mind changes, becomes clearer.
but also becomes more open to all kind of energies.
also negatives ones.
be prepared!
thanks for reading,
and dawn thank you very much for this thread and all your wise replies
gracieuse
12th March 2013, 12:13
Hey everyone,
Thanks for this thread and the people who have posted so far!
I've found a helpful free ebook that outlines many different techniques you can use on the path to breatharianism. It's available in two different formats on http://breatharian.info, the link can be found in the bottom of that page.
Enjoy!
Dawn
12th March 2013, 22:43
I thought it might be valuable to share an email conversation I had today with the entire Avalon community. I have permission to share this as long as I do not divulge the identity of the author who wrote me.
Hi Dawn, First of all I wanted to thank you for sharing so candidly your experiences about breatharianism or living on light.
By now I have heard and read about it, and it is a state I deeply desire to be in (or, as I should understand it, to be in again ) But there's also a part of me that's incredulous and scared of many things, of losing weight, and of everything eventually going horribly wrong.
I feel it might somehow help to reach out and converse with someone who has been there, to make it seem a bit more real and a bit less 'out there'. I tried just sending a link of the documentary 'in the beginning there was light' to my sister, and I immediately got overwhelmed with negativity.
How did you deal with societal aspects? And how did you know/feel that you were ready, both mentally and physically?
Also, I'm very curious for your experiences with the 8-day process by Camila and Akahi, as this is something I'm considering as well. The financial part is holding me back though (1000 $ for 8 days over skype does nto seem very enlightened to me ).
Thanks in advance for your reply!
-----------------
I'm glad you came for advice from a real person having a real experience of incarnation on this planet instead of listening to 'angels' or other things that talk inside your head like the last person who put an entry onto that thread recently. These invisible consciousness forms are very tricky and almost never friends. They seem to feed on our life force and do it through trickery and lies... but they are sneaky and often pose as friendly.
First I'd like to say that your strong desire is an indication that you are ready to at least try this path. A couple of the books that are mentioned in this thread are good places to get advice also.
Personally, I would NOT take the online classes with Camila and Akai. I had a friend do the online class with them, and it didn't sound like a good thing, nor an effective class. I would take the in-person class I did again... however only 15% of the people who took it have progressed into becoming breatharians. The rest of the people are eating food again, including me. So if you take their class it will be just a first step for you and then you must go the rest of the way on your own.
One of the things that happens when you stop eating is that all kinds of emotions and old patterning finally gets released from the body. Mantak Chia discusses this in depth in his books. It seems that the digestive system that processes food also processes our experiences including old traumas. When we eat all the time this prevents these things from being processed and released. This is why, until recently, we only heard of saints and long time meditators being able to live this way; they had already processed most of their inner patterns of imbalance before they dropped food. If you do not have a strong background in meditation or some other way to rely on your inner strength, then this digestive cleansing may cause you to begin to eat again. In my case (22 years ago) I had been meditating for a few years and facing all of my emotional baggage through the all night walks (a form of silent meditation). When I began to live as a breatharian it was simply spontaneous... but I had done a lot of inner work leading up to it.
The most important thing, when you embark on breatharianism, is to take this action in a loving way. This means that you must listen to your body and love it during the process. If you begin to feel ill or drop a lot of weight, consider eating to support yourself. If you can find a person who is currently a breatharian to visit you daily this will be a BIG help because their energetic pattern will teach your body what to do without words. Simply by being exposed to the frequency of their field, you will pick up non-verbal information which is beyond any teaching anyone can do using words. In the 21 day process they refer to this person as a ‘clear giver’, and in spiritual traditions this person is usually seen in the role of ‘teacher’.
I'd like to answer you about the social ramifications. This is why most breatharians cease to continue to live this way. The social engagement we enjoy in our current culture is almost always over food or drink! Just think of a friend asking you out to coffee, or asking you over for dinner, or asking someone out for a romantic dinner. The list of ways in which we socialize around food goes on and on. I'm not sure why this is, perhaps we enjoy the soothing experience of numbing our emotional digestion with food while in the presence of someone else. Perhaps our first memories of being held by our mothers as we drank milk is triggered with social eating. It is a mystery to me.... but what ever the reason, our social interactions are around food at this time. I understand from Amy, who was kind enough to share her experiences in a very public way on this thread, that there is a community of breatharians in Brazil. They have built homes and have a culture there --- none of them are eating. If you wish to remain in your current culture, then handling this hurdle may be your biggest challenge. This is the hurdle I failed to jump. What drew me back into eating 22 years ago, and again after Camilla and Akai's class, was issues with family eating. I just did not wish to appear different than my family, and this was coming from a place of wishing them to feel comfortable around me. In other words, I was coming from a co-dependent place of wanting to care-take them, instead of putting my own wishes first.
Camilo
13th March 2013, 01:26
Thanks for sharing this amazing journey Dawn.
joamarks
13th March 2013, 08:46
dry fasting is some whole different to wet or juice fasting.
for me it was easier to do without any food or drinks.
also the ability for the body to switch to total fat burning is made faster and more thoroughly.
with dry fasting every individual cell is burning its own fat storage to create water.
important though is to make the body very graduate familiar to dry fasting.
and build up a experience by adding a few ours (12) every time.
start in the afternoon so you have the advantage of the nighttime.
be prepared to process a lot of old emotions,
but also to be released from old wounds.
for example my chronic back pain just disappears over night.
but also strange things can happen.
i lost my taste totally.
during the fasting i had a deep frying metal taste in my mouth.
a direct consequence of a body being in a state of ketose.
for now, i can taste only bitter sweet and salt on the tongue.
after searching on the internet,
it seems there is a link to fasting and losing taste.
normally it should come back after a week or 4.
i will let you know...
greetings from a snowy holland
gracieuse
18th March 2013, 19:53
hey everyone, here is a useful website that outlines different persons, books etc on inedia, so you can keep on reading and clicking ;)
http://ayahuasca-wasi.com/breatharianism/
I really like this bit, it provides a whole new perspective on the road to breatharianism:
So what is necessary to move from the state of eating into a state of being completely sustained by the Universal energy of all life. You have been always sustained by this energy yet you have placed an idea, a belief of separation on top of this direct experience of oneness, and so you have chosen to create the experience of separation within your own life.
So you must first examine your mind, examine the belief structure that you have created within yourself that tells you that the world must be subservient to another, that the world must exist based upon some higher order imposed upon you by some other external power. For as long as you believe that some other holds the power over you, you will not be able to hold the same power within yourself.
The belief of being powerless, the belief of being under the control of some other person, god or force is a difficult one to break for is deeply ingrained within your body, within your cellular memory and within the society which you live. (...) And so you experience this powerlessness within every cell of your body, for the beliefs that you hold within your mind create and dictate the process in all your physical form down even to the cells within your body. (…)
The way to change is simple. It is not about facing your own limiting beliefs but instead understanding that you have simply created the limitation within yourself, and just as easy as you have created it you can begin to uncreate it. Begin by examining your mind, by seeing all the areas of limitations you are creating. Do not judge yourself for this for they have been in created in the ignorance of the higher working order of the human potential, and now that you have more information in life you can choose to create a new experience here and now.
And then understand that once you’ve change your limited thinking and limited structure that you have used to create your life your physical body will begin to change. The cells within your body will begin to reflect the new understanding that you have within your mental field, for the mind itself is a field of energy that surrounds and infuses each and every cell of your body.
The quote is from Lincoln, "The Higher Self on Breatharian Living"
gracieuse
19th March 2013, 11:41
Here are two videos from the Argentinian breatharian Victor Truviano, he hosts an 11-day pranic process in person (tours) and on skype, but has also posted it free of charge on youtube so you can do the process alone if you feel called! To me that is a sign of a really enlightened pranic being or whatever you want to call it, reaching out with free and moderately priced options to help others reach this state.
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=e4LK6ToJojk
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=khZl3DLip-w
These two parts are in Spanish. I've made a provisional translation-summary, but I wanna double check before I post something flawed. Or maybe a native speaker here can help :)
gracieuse
22nd March 2013, 21:24
Brothers and sisters, I really hope you can answer this question I have. Let me explain the context a little first.
For like a month now, things have been accelerating for me when I came in touch with the idea of breatharianism through an interview with Camila and Akahi on Lilou's juicy living tour. At first I dismissed it as total insanity, simultaneously it sparked an interest and I kept researching the topic.. and before too long, my scepticism transformed into a longing to be in this awareness and to be of service to humanity and mother earth (instead of a burden). I've been decreasing my caloric intake rather spontaneously, dismissing certain foods and taking in food and drinks much more consciously. And clearing emotional matters that have started to come up. I admit to having many fears as I'm stepping out into this unknown. This all may seem very sudden, but it's showing up after year of "preparation" in both physical and spiritual ways.
The issue is: my body seems to be transitioning, because I feel tired and slow after eating, yet without eating my energies are quickly depleted. What has been coming up in the last week is something I have never felt before. My inner organs are aching, stomach and intestines in particular, more specifically, the upper part of my stomach. This pain is intensified after eating. It got a bit better when I intuitively chose foods that I found out were high in potassium.
Does anyone recognise these symptoms and if so, what did they mean for you?
I would also like to know people's experiences with any process, solo or group - I have read all the information that has already been posted here. I'm asking because I am going back and forth between doing a process alone or in the context of a group.
Dawn
25th March 2013, 00:35
GRACIEUSE: Brothers and sisters, I really hope you can answer this question I have. Let me explain the context a little first.
For like a month now, things have been accelerating for me when I came in touch with the idea of breatharianism through an interview with Camila and Akahi on Lilou's juicy living tour. At first I dismissed it as total insanity, simultaneously it sparked an interest and I kept researching the topic.. and before too long, my scepticism transformed into a longing to be in this awareness and to be of service to humanity and mother earth (instead of a burden). I've been decreasing my caloric intake rather spontaneously, dismissing certain foods and taking in food and drinks much more consciously. And clearing emotional matters that have started to come up. I admit to having many fears as I'm stepping out into this unknown. This all may seem very sudden, but it's showing up after year of "preparation" in both physical and spiritual ways.
FEAR when living outside of the socially accepted beliefs you have been programmed with is to be expected every time you decide to leave your 'cage'. It is just part of the journey towards freedom.
Sensitive and tender bowels and inner organs.... This is a tough one, because you are the one who is developing a relationship with you body. At some point I really HAD to leave doctors and society behind because as I changed energetically and developed spiritually as a more integrated being I developed the natural ability to feel a number of my 'bodies' which most in this culture are unaware of. Many people know about the fact that we have many bodies which are present in various frequency bands. The physical, emotional, mental, and etheric bodies are commonly spoken of. So, the question is... which body are you feeling when you say you are experiencing tenderness. This is a question for you to ponder. As you integrate and grow spiritually more bodies will become conscious to you and they all feel different, and in many ways they will 'wake up' in this reality as you begin to directly experience them.
Now... this is how I talk to MY body and it works well.... I've also been able to teach this to others so chances are that you can do this too. We all need to learn to have a relationship of love and mutual respect with our bodies. Yes, yes... I know that the universe is really 'all one' being. But here in this reality we are playing the game of separateness and it can be fun, like making love to ourselves. The body is like an elemental nature being with its own wonderful and magical consciousness. How far you can go with your body depends on how you are able to develop bonds of love and trust with it. So... begin by lying down somewhere private and touching/stroking your body very slowly and consciously from head to toe.... but this time do it with the intention of establishing a conscious link with the elemental being that is your body. (If this develops into something sexual that's fine... it is all about the relationship between you two.) While living your life develop the habit of checking with your body before you do something that will effect it.... for example begin to learn to ASK it if it would like to eat or drink! It is YOUR BODY that must handle any food or drink you give it. At first the body may not believe you are serious about this relationship, it is used to being treated as an unconscious slave... but this will change within a short time if you are diligent in your attention and intention.
Most people have a difficult time recognizing the answers their body gives them. This is where muscle testing and using your body as a pendulum comes in handy. The method that works best for me and most people I've taught is the 'body pendulum method'. To do this... stand in front of what you wish to digest and hold it in front of your body's solar plexus area... keep your feet together and your legs straight. Your body will lean towards something it likes and away from what it does not want to have. Sometimes your body may sway or move for a bit and then stop... this is often because your body is INGESTING what you offer ... and does not need to actually DIGEST it. In other words, what your body needs is to absorb the frequency of the item directly but does not want to actually EAT it.
I used to take my body to the health food store and just walk up and down the isles. If something seemed interesting I would hold it in front of my body and wait for it to tell me if it just needed the frequency ... or if it actually needed for me to buy the item and bring it home to eat. So... if you take these words to heart you will set off on a new journey of self-discovery as you make friends with your very conscious body and develop love between you.
NovellSol
5th May 2013, 17:34
Hello Dawn!
Thank you from my heart for your sharings about your life!
It has indeed been wonderful to read.
I am deeply moved by yours and Jessamys stories!
I have shed tears and laughter during the readings of the tread.
It has touched me very deeply!
I have been interested in breatharianism for a very long time. I wanted to go to Holland last year and attend Akahi and Camilas 8 day event, but I didn't.
Some days ago I was searching on the internet for breatharian forums and then I found this tread, wich litterally "blew my mind."
I have been fasting on and of the last two weeks, and I noticed that I almost don't need any food at all to have high energy the few days I eat, then I eat only very little fruit.
I have also started to do dryfasts for 24 hours at a time.
I remember the first time I searched the internet for information on breatharianism, then there was almost nothing to read. When I was a child my mother was very conserned about me, because I ate very little. I remember she used to say when I was only consuming mostly orange juice when I was teenager that if it wasn't for all the orange juice I would be dead, because she ment I consumed way to little food to be alive (I have never been underweight). I remeber I dreaded to sleep over with friends as a child, because of the breakfast, I just couldn't swallow bread, then I started to dry heave. So I chewed as much as possible, not swallowing, then go to the bathroom to spit it out.
I have also (i think) had problems with the kundalini energy since I was a child and still do. There were times when I was in school that the energy was so intense so I couldn't sit still, so I had to leave the class room. Always when I tried to meditate at an older age the energy became strong and I got all tense and couldn't relax anymore. I have attended several healing workshops, and when I was to lie on the table to get healing, sometimes I remember I had to bite my inner chin to not go crazy because of the energy bacame so intense.
There are two times I have managed the energy to rise up to the head, and still I feel I was holding back, when I did this I was listening to binaural beats and manged to get very relaxed, the energy got more and more intense and I felt like every cell in my whole body was vibrating in a much faster rate.
After that experience I felt much better in my body for a while, I didn't felt like I had influenza all the time. That was 5 years ago, now I still struggle with the energy.
I will be very happy for all the tips I can get on this, so the energy can flow freely.. :-)
I also became sick when I was 12 with chronic fatigue. That have made me search for answers so I can become well again. And all these years I have fought with guilt because I just couldn't eat normally no matter how much I tried, and thought maybe that's why I have chronic fatigue and a lot of pain in my body. I always used to say when I was a child that I wish I just could have one tablet that I could eat, and then I didn't have to eat anything else.
But with the two last weeks fasting I had an insight suddenly, that maybe it is because the food I do eat that I have all that pain in my body, maybe the food and the toxin from it is disturbing my electrical system (or the system that runs the prana/chi in my body) some how...?? But I am not able to live totally without food yet, I guess I still have some beliefs in me that I need the micro and macro nutrients. Or maybe I need that energy to flow freely in my body first. I hope that with a lot of fasts I will release the toxins and then see clearer what I need to do. I think my whole system is down because I'm maybe very sensitive to the food and the toxins in it. That has made a major impact on my feelings of self worth and with constant pain I haven't been abel to do much in my life.
This tread made me realise that I can live without food, and that I am definitly on the right path. And that all the magic I do belive in my heart that there is in this reality is really true! Yippy!!
I will start run my energy, like the practise you tell about Dawn.
But one question for you, are you still doing the practise your self? Is it possible that that will make you a breatharian again like the first time?
So thank you once again Dawn and Jessamy for your sharings in this tread and that you are so courages to tell about your life!
The words is not enough to express my gratitude to you and jessamy and all the participants that have made this tread so wonderful!
I really like the word courage, is litterally means acting from heart. (Cour-heart and age from agir wich means to take action)
Blessings
Novell
NovellSoul:... I have also (i think) had problems with the kundalini energy since I was a child and still do. There were times when I was in school that the energy was so intense so I couldn't sit still, so I had to leave the class room. Always when I tried to meditate at an older age the energy became strong and I got all tense and couldn't relax anymore. I have attended several healing workshops, and when I was to lie on the table to get healing, sometimes I remember I had to bite my inner chin to not go crazy because of the energy bacame so intense.
There are two times I have managed the energy to rise up to the head, and still I feel I was holding back, when I did this I was listening to binaural beats and manged to get very relaxed, the energy got more and more intense and I felt like every cell in my whole body was vibrating in a much faster rate.
After that experience I felt much better in my body for a while, I didn't felt like I had influenza all the time. That was 5 years ago, now I still struggle with the energy.
I will be very happy for all the tips I can get on this, so the energy can flow freely.. :-) ......
Thank you so much for sharing with us all NovellSoul! I'd like to point you in the direction of Mantak Chia for help with your kundalini. His exercises work specifically with unblocking the Microcosmic Orbit and storing energy in the solar plexus. His work is very grounded and very easy to follow. He is a VERY prolific author!!! I recommend you start with one of his books that resonates most with you. Or begin here, Taoist Secrets of Love Cultivating Male Sexual Energy
NovellSoul: .... But with the two last weeks fasting I had an insight suddenly, that maybe it is because the food I do eat that I have all that pain in my body, maybe the food and the toxin from it is disturbing my electrical system (or the system that runs the prana/chi in my body) some how...?? But I am not able to live totally without food yet, I guess I still have some beliefs in me that I need the micro and macro nutrients. Or maybe I need that energy to flow freely in my body first....
Yes, isn't this interesting and true for the majority of us. I have been pondering this for some years and I have a strong suspicion about the situation. It is known that more than 90% of the cells and organisms in our body are NOT HUMAN CELLS! There are both friendly and 'unfriendly' micro organisms living within our bodies.
After years of doing cleanses, working with various ways of eating, and my time as a breatharian, I have discovered that the food I am attracted to is due the desires of the organisms in my body.
I am pretty certain that we eat to feed our inner parasites! Wiley alludes to this in his video back a few pages in this thread when he says people eat because they are not 'clean inside' and that they got this from their parents. He stated that breatharian couples who have children would automatically produce breatharian children because their children would be born 'clean and unpolluted'.
When I have gone on specific protocols (in order to do a spring parasite cleanse, for example) I notice that all craving for certain foods vanishes and stays gone for a long time.... even forever.
So consider this, are your food cravings coming from your body... or its residents?
Also consider this, have you tried asking your body what it wants to digest? Or would it rather 'ingest' frequencies? That is... does your body want you to feed it colors? woodland air? sunset energy? sunrise energy? health food frequencies? Asking what would feed your body is a rich and rewarding habit to get into.
About me... I was moved to again go into breatharianism and the results are reported in this thread. (dry fasting and so on) It is interesting to me that I repeated the very same 'self sabotaging' behavior this time as I did 20+ years ago. That is, I stepped back into eating in order to 'join' my family and be in their energy of communion... to come together to share in each others energies.
Perhaps my 'deeper self' is more interested in being part of the whole than being special, or perhaps my subconscious is sabotaging 'me'. In the moment I am not moved to work towards breatharianism again. But in the next moment.... who knows?
Please keep us all posted on your process. This thread is here to provide information to others who may follow in our footsteps.
NovellSol
5th May 2013, 22:57
Thank you for your answer Dawn.
I find it very interesting what you mentioned about asking my body what it wants to digest.
I have a really special thing for colors, I can really feel them vibrating. And you did mention colors first...he he :-)
That idea is very new to me, so I'm not quite shure right now how to feed my body with colors
I will do Mantak Chias exercises.
Blessings from my heart!
hello everyone,
just got on board. I am from the other side of the planet so I might have some handicap in expressing my thought and more so the feelings associated with them, if there is any. So if ever you notice that my words deviate from the avalonians creed please do call my attention.
About a week ago I learned, from this thread, that it is possible for the body to feed on the energy spectrum. As I am just around the vicinity I was able to grasp the essence of the topic with ease. At that instance I made up my mind to live on energy spectrum (prana).
The purpose of this post is to ask guidance from those who have been there.
I am a person afflicted by peptic ulcer that persisted for the last 15 years or so of my life. I finally decided that the root cause is over eating. I normally discharge waste 2 or 3 times a day and with volume every time. This has become so uncomfortable that I have to wake up and eat two or three times each night to calm my burning stomach.
First I’d like to relate the information I gathered so far and the way I understand each and the whole subject. This way I can be corrected just in case, before I finally hit the road to Breatharianism. Since I am ill physically at the moment which of course may render my prana processors unresponsive; my plan is to do the things I have learned, mostly from this thread, which is readily doable. Making my body receptive to prana at once is probably close to impossible and my body could perish before it is able to do so.
Walking barefoot- I occasionally walk barefoot on hot gravel and it feels good. This technique is confirmed here more than ones so it is a go.
Sun bathing- feels good also I do it occasionally but I normally do it when the sun is about 30 to 60 degrees from the horizon letting it hit my backside and feel the heat in my lungs.
Sun gazing- is something that do not suite me. Since it does not feel good at all and according to Mr. HRM who promoted this, one has to stop sun gazing after sometime because it is not good for the eye to continue; therefore it is bad for the eye from the beginning. Another more important reason is the fact that energy is present for harnessing even when there is no light, light is a short portion of the energy (prana) spectrum which includes heat, sound and many more that is probably not yet familiar to science. This analogy is confirmed by grounding the bed system; and energy is gathered all thru out the body, even during the night, via the DNA receptors. It is then channeled to the pineal, and other glands which selects, splice and concentrate the correct combinations of prana (energy) spectrum to produce diverse forms that are usable by the physical ; such us multivitamins minerals carbohydrates etc. and besides even if we don’t gaze at the sun the eyes can pick up the whole light spectrum represented in color spectrum. To those who have and have not tried this please do share your experience.
Hiking- it makes my tummy forget food that I am able to survive on two crackers and some water the whole day when I am walking even with shoes on, but then I will learn to survive longer and longer on barefoot.
Diet- gradually cut on food intake; gradually switch to raw and juicing. Drink more water and juice supplemented by diluted sea water. Sea water contains all of the minerals needed by the body in a form readily assimilated by the body. The reducing process (to fundamental nutrient) is done via erosion of earth’s surface.
Then when I sense that my body is ready I will go into the master cleanse. In this regard I’d like to ask if someone have tried honey instead of maple syrup since there is no maple syrup in our place. And also sea water instead of sea salt since sea water has many benefits .http://oceanplasma.org/documents/quinton.html . With this regimen I expect to transition to breatharian with ease and safety.
Have anyone tried the 21 day of jasmuheem? Do you think it will be ok for a first timer? Don’t you think it is quite dangerous for those that are not prana borderline receptive?
In my understanding matter is the physical manifestation of energy matrix ( a combination of distinct forms of energy from the energy spectrum splice together). When Dawn related how she is able to talk to trees and see stones staring at her, it occurred to me that the energy matrix in her is communicating with that of them. The prospect of doing so excites me and I know I will be able to experience it too… just a matter of time. Our physical body has the capacity to assimilate nutrients via the digestive organs or it can make these nutrients via the pineal and other glands. The advantages of being a breatharian is the fact that all of the ingredients to make all of the nutrients needed by the body is present everywhere in space in quantity and in pure state while in the eating system we might miss some nutrients if we don’t eat the right combinations and amount of necessary foods. The grounding aspect makes the energy flow thru the body in a fast forward pace thus our body is able to select and absorb the necessary ingredients quickly and completely. This is how I understand this whole subject, I could be right or wrong.
Thanks, all the best to everyone
Powered by vBulletin™ Version 4.1.1 Copyright © 2025 vBulletin Solutions, Inc. All rights reserved.